Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Questions1:          Mathematics

 

An investor is considering purchasing a bond with a 7.89 percent coupon interest rate, a par value of $1,000, and a market price of $1019.06. the bond will mature in nine years. Based on this information, answer the following questions:

1. What is the bond’s current yield?
2. What is the​ bond’s approximate yield to​ maturity?
3. What is the​ bond’s yield to maturity using a financial​ calculator?

 

Question2: Business

 

Search the internet for financial statements of publicly traded companies. Students are required to utilize different financial statements from the Week 2 Individual Assignment.

Analyze the financial ratios of the identified publicly traded company in a minimum 1,400 words including the following:

• Review week 2 graded assignment feedback and restate/revise the uses for each of the three classifications of ratios: liquidity, solvency, and profitability.
• Calculate the current ratio, profit margin, and after tax ROE, of an additional (different company from week 2) publicly traded company—then compare this second company ratios with the ratios you computed for the company from week 2 “Revenue Forecast” assignment). Include both verbiage and a chart to compare the company’s ratios from week 2assignment with the ratios from the company for this week’s assignment.
• Display your calculations.

Question 1: Statistics

 

Though 70% of women with children younger than 18 years participate in the labor force, society still upholds the stay at home mother as the traditional model. Some believe that employment distracts mothers from their parenting role, affecting the well-being of children.

Question 1: In the GSS 2024, respondents were asked to indicate their level of agreement to the statement, “A working mother hurts children”. Of the 435 male respondents who answered the question, 18% strongly agreed that a working mother does not hurt children. Construct a 90% confidence interval for this statistic.

Question 2: of the 566 female respondents who answered the question, 40% strongly agreed that a working mother does not hurt children. Construct a 90% confidence interval for this statistic.

P.S. these questions are on chegg 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 3: Business

1. 1What are some ways that social media has changed your daily life? What can marketers take advantage of for their promotional purposes?

 

1. Choose a local business that is utilizing social media effectively. Analyze what they are doing by conducting your own social media monitoring. What tools can you use? What are the company’s objectives? What are they doing right?

1.3    Provide some examples of brands that have garnered success with social media. Provide some examples of some brands that have not been successful with social media. Based on this comparison, what are the key ingredients to getting customers to engage with a brand?

1.4  Assume you are starting a new yogurt store on campus. Develop a profile of your likely target market. What social media tools do you think will be most effective at reaching that audience? Why?

 

Question 4: Business

 

Topic: Is it ever moral to break a promise? A rational analysis and conclusion.

Thread: The Reading & Study materials this module/week discuss the complex issue of poverty, and the moral imperative of promise-keeping is mentioned several times. After reviewing the Reading & Study materials, compose a 500-600 word argument that is objective, carefully-constructed, and free of emotion (and hence it should not contain any exclamation points) in support of your opinion on each of the following questions.

1. Why is promise-keeping morally important?
2. Is it ever morally permissible to break a promise?
3. If you answer “yes” to #2, then what are the conditions that render promise-breaking morally acceptable?
4. If you answer “no” to #2, then explain why you believe it is never permissible. How would you handle difficult scenarios wherein someone has made a promise the keeping of which would have significant undesirable consequences?
5. Is it ever morally obligatory to break a promise?
6. If you answer “yes” to #5, what are the conditions that render promise-breaking morally obligatory?

Be sure to carefully define your terms. You are encouraged to support your position with rational arguments, fitting examples, and expert sources. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

You will be penalized for falling short or exceeding the word count. This is a university-level writing assignment and therefore it must be carefully proofread, free of grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Do not use slang, emoticons, or abbreviations (as if you are texting or sending an email to a friend).

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Reply: After reading your classmates’ threads, choose one to which you will respond, then write a reply that interacts with your classmate’s thread and presents a well-reasoned alternative to his or her approach to the issue. You do not have to defend a position that is diametrically opposed to your classmate’s position, but you do need to either defend a position that is significantly different from his/hers or defend the same position in a very different way. If possible, you must reply to a classmate to whom no one else has yet replied. Treat your classmate’s opinion with sensitivity and respect.

This is a university-level writing assignment. Therefore it must be carefully proofread, free of grammar, spelling, and punctuation errors. Do not use slang, emoticons, or abbreviations (as if you are texting or sending an email to a            friend).

Your reply must be 500–600 words. You will be penalized for falling short or exceeding the word count. Any quotes or information used from sources other than yourself (including your classmate’s thread) must be cited using footnotes in current Turabian format and will not count towards the total word count.

 

Question 5: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

 

Explain how training can be an organizational competitive strategy.

 

 

 

 

Question 6: Business

 

Imagine that your training plans are not yielding the expected results in learning according to the data that you’ve analyzed. There has been discussion with the leadership team about issues with employees not being motivated to learn, and employee surveys have confirmed that employees are not sufficiently motivated. Your team has been asked by the HR Director to investigate what may be causing the lack of motivation. Your investigation should consider barriers to learning, motivational theories, and alternatives for enhancing employee motivation.

Create a report of no more than 700 words that summarizes various motivational theories.

Write a report that includes the following components:

• A comparison of motivational theories
• Alternatives that should be considered to enhance learner motivation
• The impact on self-efficacy on learning
• Recommendations for improving motivation for learning
• Data that you will collect to determine whether or not your recommendations are having a positive effect upon employee motivation
• Strategies for enhancing the retention of learning
• Post-implementation surveys and analysis to determine the effectiveness of training on motivation

 

Cite any outside sources according to APA formatting guidelines.

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

 

Question 7: Business

 

As people become increasingly comfortable posting their lives online via social networks like Facebook or through microblogs like Twitter, some companies have begun to build Web dossiers of consumers. They do this by mining the social Web on Facebook, Twitter, blogs, and online forums. Then they sell it to other companies. And here is the deal . . . most consumers have no idea that this is being done.

While the use of customer data has been around for a few years (especially through companies like Amazon who use algorithms based on customer searches and purchases to make product recommendations), there are some privacy advocates who feel that mining and using data from the social Web crosses ethical lines. For their part, the companies that aggregate this information say that they are using this information to detect behavioral patterns in order for companies to provide better products and customer service.

SOURCE: “How Companies Are Using Your Social Media Data,” http://mashable.com/2010/03/02/data-mining-social-media.

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment. Answer the following three question!

Questions

1. Do think that this practice violates privacy, or is it acceptable since it uses information that a person has posted voluntarily?
2. What are some promising ways that companies can use this data?
3. What are some questionable ways that companies can use this data?

 

Question 8: History

 

According to Khrushchev’s address to the 20th Congress of the Communist Party in February 1956, what were Stalin’s major crimes? To what degree were these problems resolved under later Soviet leaders? How would Russia’s current leaders react to this speech? Follow these guidelines: Write an essay of 500 words (or more) responding to the prompt Use complete and accurate sentences, avoid showing bias or using “I/me” statements, and avoid text-message writing Your paragraphs need to be at least four to six sentences long Include at least one APA-style citation (Author, year, p. #) with each paragraph, placing it immediately after a sentence with evidence

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 9: Language

 

Differences between Urdu and Modern Standard Arabic

Topic: consonants :

Form: essay form

Compare and contrast consonants inventory in ​two languages​ by following these criteria: (Write the paper using essay form)

(introduction)

1. Start the essay with a paragraph of the ​history​ of the two languages. Do they have a common origin?

(body)

1. The ​number​ of consonants these languages have.
2. consonants inventory in terms of: Phonetic description – consonants quantity –  consonants quality
3. Include a consonants quadrilateral “graph”
4. Are there any special features associated with “language1” which are not present in “language

?”2

(conclusion)

1. End the essay by relating the first paragraph with the rest of the paragraphs by stating how these two languages’ origins resulted in similar or different consonants inventory, ​highlighting the biggest similarities or differences.
2. Citation using ​APA style.
3. Maximum 3 pages. ​Minimum: cover the criteria assigned in 3 paragraphs​.

*note: use consonants IPA symbols for consonants

 

 

Questions 10: History

 

Choose one of the following topics and answer the questions based on what you learned from the readings and resources for this week: 1) What were the global forces that influenced the civil rights movement within the United States? 2) What reasons have been advanced to explain why the Soviet system collapsed in 1991? Which do you think are the most persuasive? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation Respond to at least two of your classmates. Each response should: Be at least 50 words in length and include more than one’s agreement or disagreement with another student’s post React to the classmate’s post and demonstrate higher-order thinking (challenge, connect, suggest, question, or expand) Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 11: Business

 

It’s a 2 part assignment. First part is to write a profile of a wine consumer, like who is the type of person that consumes wine, age, loyalty to a particular brand? Is there a preference to certain types of wine? any difference between a younger wine consumer vs an older consumer. something general like that.

2nd part is what is the image of wine from Chile, locally and internationally

 

Question 12: Political Science

 

how has the war on drugs affected living in Latin America and in the US”.

 

Question 13: Psychology

 

Answer in complete sentences. Chapter 11 A. What neurotransmitters are active during any emotional output? B. How do appraisals impact our emotional experiences? Chapter 12 D. In what way can intrinsic motivation be more powerful than extrinsic motivation for achieving something? E. Explain the attachment theory as it pertains to the romantic relationship.

 

 

Question 14: History

 

HIEU 201 LECTURE QUIZ 1

• Question 1

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” which empire brought conflict to Egypt and were the first to fashion iron weapons?

• Question 2

 

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who built the very first, world empire?

• Question 3

 

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who were considered a “deadly force of ruthless attackers”?

• Question 4

 

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” Sumer, the foundation for Mesopotamian culture, was located in which region?

• Question 5

 

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” which of the following is NOT one of the legacies of the Persian Empire?

• Question 6

 

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” where did most civilizations rise up?

• Question 7

 

According to the lecture, “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” which seafaring people, mentioned in the Old and New Testaments, gave us the writing system based on sound, rather than pictures?

• Question 8

 

According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” which of the following peoples contributed the greatest legacy to Western civilization?

• Question 9

 

True or False: According to “Earliest Civilizations of the Near East,” the purpose of this course is to consider all important civilizations from around the world.

• Question 10

 

According to “Empire Builders of the Near East,” who was the greatest Chaldean ruler, who sacked Jerusalem and took many Israelites into captivity?

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 15: Mathematics

 

How much will a $7,500 EE savings bond cost when you initially purchase it? Assuming the bond earns 4.13 percent annually, approximately how long will it take for the bond to reach its stated face value?

When you initially purchase it, the EE saving bond will cost $ 3750

Assuming the bond earns 4.13 percent annually, the length of time it will take for the bond to reach its stated face value is ___ years.

 

 

Question 16: Biology

 

NUR 602 Midterm Study GUIDE – Chanberlain College of Nursing

 

Question 17: Psychology

 

A criticism of the use of anesthesia during childbirth is that it

 

A baby is defined as post mature if it

 

Question 18:  Education

 

Which of the following are traits that effective teachers demonstrate in their dealings with peers, administrators, and parents?

According to Gary Borich, which of the following is a characteristic behavior of effective teachers?

 

 Question 19:  Health Care

 

Nutritional Principles in Nursing: Evaluating Diets Module 11

NURSING: NUR1172 N Garcia NUT Mod11 Diets

 

 

Question 20: Health Care

 

Bparker Module 01 PowerPoint Carbohydrates Proteins Lipids Vitamins Minerals Water

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 21: Health Care

 

Walden NURS6660 Final Exam ( 2019)

 

Question 22:        Health Care

 

Question 1

1 out of 1 points

 

Rashidah is a 55-year-old female who is experiencing acute chest pain and shortness of breath. She describes the pain as “pressure and squeezing.” When she becomes nauseous and light-headed, her son insists that he take her to the emergency room.

 

Health History: She started smoking when she was 18, attempted to quit several times in her 40s, and had her last cigarette on her 50th birthday. She has been overweight for most of her adult life, but has gained 20 pounds in the last few years, which increased her BMI to 34. The last time she had a physical exam was when she turned 50. Her vital signs and blood test results from that exam are listed below.

 

BP: 178/90

HDL: 62 mg/dl

LDL: 190 mg/dl

Triglycerides: 174 mg/dl

Total cholesterol: 252 mg/dl

Fasting blood glucose: 128 mg/dl

 

Which of these statements is most likely correct?

Selected Answer:

Question 2

1 out of 1 points

 

 

In the emergency room, multiple tests are performed. Which of these results would confirm myocardial damage?

Selected Answer:

 

Question 3

1 out of 1 points

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Which of Rashidah’s physical exam lab test results was within normal limits for her age and sex?

Selected Answer:

 

Question 4

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Given her last physical exam results, Rashidah’s physician believes she has likely had undiagnosed atherosclerosis for years. Briefly describe the pathophysiology of atherosclerosis.

Selected Answer:            Atherosclerosis is the narrowing of arteries from plaque build up on the arterie walls. When there is a build up of plaque it makes it harder for the body to get oxygen rich blood through out the body. If there is too much build up in the ateries it can cause a blockage which can make it more likely to have blood clots

 

Question 5

1 out of 1 points

 

Rashidah’s most recent Body Mass Index indicates that she is:

Selected Answer:

Obese

Question 6

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Which of the following statements is true?

Selected Answer:

Question 7

1 out of 1 points

 

 

A coronary angiography is performed and shows a complete blockage of the LAD. Briefly describe what this means.

 

Question 8

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Which of the following treatments would help correct Rashidah’s condition?

Selected Answer:

Question 9

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Rashidah quit smoking 5 years ago, but still suffered a myocardial infarction. She is tempted to start smoking again since quitting “obviously didn’t make me healthier.” What does research tell us about her future health risks if she resumes smoking?

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 10

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Before Rashidah is discharged from the hospital, her care team informs her that she may experience stable angina, a form of chest pain, in the future. Briefly explain how angina is different from the pain associated with a myocardial infarction.

 

Question 11

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Roberto is a 78-year-old male who has recently been diagnosed with Class III Congestive Heart Failure (CHF). His physician told him that his left ventricle has become stiff and cannot relax. Although there is no current treatment that can “fix” Roberto’s condition, he is prescribed two medications- an ACE inhibitor and beta blockers.

 

There are multiple types of CHF. Which of these types does Roberto have?

Selected Answer:

 

Question 12

0 out of 1 points

 

 

Which of these statements is most likely true of Roberto’s current symptoms?

Selected Answer:

Question 13

0 out of 1 points

 

 

Because of the dysfunction of Roberto’s left ventricle, which of these findings is most likely?

Selected Answer:

Question 14

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Briefly describe how beta-blockers will influence Roberto’s heart function, specifically the physiology of the ventricles.

 

Question 15

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Briefly describe how ACE-inhibitors will influence Roberto’s heart function.

 

Question 16

1 out of 1 points

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Roberto’s doctor orders several tests of his heart function, including “ejection fraction.” Briefly explain what an ejection fraction measures. (Include what a normal measurement would be.)

Question 17

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Which of the following conditions may have led to Roberto’s CHF?

Selected Answer:

 

Question 18

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Which of the following choices is NOT a risk factor for developing CHF?

Selected Answer:

 

Question 19

0 out of 1 points

 

 

Which heart valve opens to allow blood to leave the left ventricle?

 

 

Aortic valve

 

Question 20

1 out of 1 points

 

 

Further testing reveals that Roberto has hypertrophy of the left ventricle. How does this finding relate to his diagnosis?

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 23: Health Care

 

BSC 2347 Module 1 Case Study / BSC2347 AP 2 Module 1 Human Anatomy and Physiology II Case Study

Question 1

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Jasper is a 7-year-old boy who has had flu-like symptoms for several weeks. It was mild at first, but his parents notice that he has been getting worse. They took him to his pediatrician last week, but he was sent home with suggestions to use OTC medication to treat his symptoms while his body recovered from what appeared to be a mild infection. Jasper appears weak, has lost 3-4 pounds in the last month, and has been complaining of headaches. Jasper’s parents have now brought him back to the clinic and another physician orders a CBC.

 

What is a CBC? In your own words, briefly describe why it is useful.

Question 2

1 out of 1 points

Correct           The physician suspects that Jasper may have leukemia. Which of the lab results most likely lead the physician to this conclusion?

Question 3

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Jasper exhibits many symptoms that could relate to a diagnosis of leukemia. List and briefly explain 2 other symptoms of leukemia that are NOT mentioned in this case study.

Question 4

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Because of Jasper’s age, which type of leukemia is the most likely?

Selected Answer:

Question 5

1 out of 1 points

Correct

If Jasper has ALL, which of the following lab results is most likely?

Question 6

1 out of 1 points

Correct           What is the most common type of childhood leukemia? In your own words, briefly describe the pathophysiology of the disease.

Selected Answer:

Question 7

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Which of these tests would NOT be helpful in diagnosing leukemia?

Selected Answer:

Question 8

1 out of 1 points

Correct           In your own words, briefly describe the difference between myelogenous and lymphocytic leukemia.

Selected Answer:

Question 9

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Which of the following is NOT a treatment option for ALL?

Selected Answer:

Question 10

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Assuming that Jasper has the most common type of childhood leukemia, what is his prognosis?

Selected Answer:

Question 11

0 out of 1 points

Incorrect        Elsa is an 11-month-old girl. Her parents have brought her to her pediatrician because they have noticed she seems lethargic and pale. Both parents have noticed that she appears bloated, doesn’t want to eat as much as she has before, and is tired and “cranky all the time.” They suspected she might be suffering from anemia, since she was being fed a low-iron formula, so they had switched to a high-iron formula. The change made no difference in her symptoms. The pediatrician notes that Elsa’s belly appears swollen. Her vital signs show that her temperature is normal and her heart rate is on the low end of the normal range for her age. She has dropped from the 50th percentile in height and weight (at her last check-up) to the 10th percentile in both height and weight.

 

Blood test results:

Hemoglobin: 5 g/dl

RBC: 4.6×106 cells/ml

MCV: 65

WBC 15,000 cells/ml

Platelet count: 250,000

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Which of Elsa’s symptoms is NOT typical of anemia in infants?

Selected Answer:

Question 12

 

1 out of 1 points

Correct           In your own words, briefly describe why Elsa’s parents changed her formula to the high-iron baby formula.

Question 13

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Which of her blood test results is within normal range?

Selected Answer:

Question 14

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Elsa’s blood sampled was analyzed under a microscope and it was determined that her red blood cells were “hypochromatic” and “microcytic.” Explain, in your own words, what these terms mean.

Selected Answer:

Question 15

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Elsa’s pediatrician suspects that she has thalassemia. Which of the following statements is true of thalassemia?

Selected Answer:

Question 16

1 out of 1 points

Correct           In your own words, explain why hemoglobin is important in hematology.

Selected Answer:

Question 17

1 out of 1 points

Correct           It is determined that Elsa is experiencing beta-thalassemia major. Which of the following statements is NOT true regarding this diagnosis?

Selected Answer:

Question 18

1 out of 1 points

Correct           Because Elsa has received a confirmed diagnosis of beta-thalassemia major, which of the following statements is true about her parents?

Selected Answer:

Question 19

1 out of 1 points

Correct           As Elsa gets older, which of the following choices is NOT a likely complication of her disorder?

Question 20

1 out of 1 points

Correct           In your own words, briefly describe how thalassemia is related to Elsa’s failure to thrive.

Selected Answer:

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 2: Psychology

 

Introduction Guided Response#1 This is what i wrote i have to response back to students and the Teacher

Hello everyone. It is my sincere congratulations to you for making it this far and for being part of this class. I am again looking for a fun and exciting time together and with our instructor. My name is Tishawn Thomas I am 42 years old and reside in Easton, Pennsylvania. I come from Brooklyn, New York. I have a Bachelor of Arts in Social Science and Master of Arts in Special Education from Ashford University. I am kind of old school because I love jazz and classical rock. Currently, I have joined this class to take a master’s program in psychology to enable me become a licensed counselling psychologist.

When navigating the left I found this course very interesting. I have reviewed the major theoretical approaches, research methods, and assessment instruments that will be covered in the course and I must say that this course will be interesting. I am looking forward to learning how the theoretical approaches and research methods can be combined with the assessment instruments to assist personality analysis.

The model of personality that I am more interested in researching further is the five-factor model (FFM) of personality. The FFM is a set of five personality trait dimensions, often called the Big Five: Extraversion, Agreeableness, Conscientiousness, Neuroticism, and Openness to Experience. The initial model was advanced by Raymond Christal and Ernest Types in 1961. In 1990, J.M. Digman advanced the five-factor personality model, which was later extended by Lewis Goldberg, making Goldberg the father of FFM. This model is important in my current and future careers because it provides me with a basis of judgement and personality analysis. As an educator, the five-factor model provides an opportunity for understanding students and engaging them appropriately.

References

Choca, J. P. (1999). Evolution of million’s personality prototypes. Journal of Personality Assessment, 72(3), 353-364

Jung, C. G. (1933). Psychological Types. New York: Harcourt, Brace.

Carl Jung. Jung Journal, 6(2), 86-102. doi: http://dx.doi.org/10.1525/jung.2012.6.2.86

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

 Guided Response#1 

Glad to be in class with you. I too enjoy the Big Five as it tends to show up in the entertainment industry. One simply has to look to Harry Potter to see the how the Big Five and in extension psychology affects people without them knowing. People subscribe and find out their ‘houses’ on a daily basis by taking a personality test that places them in one of the five houses of Harry Potter. It’s simply amazes me how much we use psychology daily.  There are many ways the Big Five may be used even when assisting persons with PTSD. Each personality handles stressors differently and would need to be assisted in a different way. I’m glad to be in class with you.

Guided Response#2

Welcome to the course and I am excited to about you. As a Marriage and Family Therapist here in California I can attest to the very rewarding and challenging nature of the job and how important self care is. My favorite part of the work is finding a way to engage the client to access their own resources to solve their problems. I am curious how you will balance all you do?

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 3:  Biology

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

PURPOSE:

Soil Sampling

To introduce students to:

• Bucket auger sampling
• Head space analysis
• Sieve soil sizing procedure and plotting
• Soil moisture by difference method
• The soil texture by feel procedure

INTRODUCTION

For this lab you will be taking samples using a bucket auger which you will then analyze using head space analysis, soil moisture by difference and by moisture probe, and perform soil texture by feel protocol. In addition, you will analyze a pre-dried soil sample using sieve analysis.

Headspace analyses done in the field typically use a photoionization detector (PID). The PID uses ultraviolet light to irradiate the sample, thus ionizing it. The analysis chamber is composed of two plates between which an electric field is established by application of a difference in potential on each plate. Since the plates are not in contact, electricity can only flow through the circuit by bridging the electric field. When a sample is introduced, UV light ionizes gaseous molecules present, and the ions travel to the charged plates. When the ions reach the charged plates, an electric current is produced. The magnitude of the current is proportional to the concentration of ions preset (and, by extension, the concentration of molecules present). Although the exact response of the detector depends on the lamp ionization energy and the ionization potential of the molecules present, the PID responds to almost all VOCs – though not equally. Consequently, both false positives and under reporting of VOC concentrations are relatively common.

Refer to the accompanying slides for instructions on sieve analysis and workup.

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

METHODS Equipment List:

• Bucket auger
• Sample container
• Temperature probe
• Soil moisture probe
• 4×8’ sheet of plastic (optional)
• Mason jar with foil lid
• Weigh boats or pieces of aluminum foil
• PID air sampler
• Sieve stack and shaker
• Small shovel for backfill

Procedure:
Sample Collection
Using a decontaminated bucket auger, you will collect a soil sample from a depth of at least 3” below ground surface (bgs).

• Use the decontaminated bucket auger to remove the top 3” of soil
• One individual from each table, measure the temperature of the soil and the soil

moisture using the soil moisture probe (both at 3” bgs)

• Collect soil sample with bucket auger

o Place in clean container and seal immediately, place on ice o Be sure to collect enough for:

• Head space analysis
  §Texture by feel protocol
  §Moisture analysis (at least 3 samples)

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Headspace Sampling

Weigh a small portion of your soil sample and place in a clean mason jar:

• Should be enough to completely cover the bottom of the jar to a depth of at

least 1 inch

• Place a square of aluminum foil over the opening of the jar (shiny side up)

and screw the retaining ring down to seal

• Allow sample to rest in jar at room temp for at least 5 minutes, and take a

reading of the headspace in the jar (using PID)

o Pierce the foil with the sampling probe, being careful not to tear too

large of a hole
o Insert the probe approximately 4 cm (1.5 in) and sample until the

reading has stabilized
·Place tape over the opening you created with the sampling probe and allow

sample to rest another 10 minutes, then sample headspace again

ESOH 315 Soil Sampling Lab

In addition to the sample you collected, there will be 2 additional soil samples provided upon which you should perform headspace analysis. You are only required to measure each of the additional samples once.

Moisture Determination

Each table will perform a moisture determination

• Place at least 3 samples of your soil into either weigh boats or pieces of foil
• Weigh samples (and container)
• Place in oven for 24 hours (record start time)
• After 24 hours remove samples and weigh again (record end time)
• Determine % water content (by mass)

Sieve Sizing

Follow directions and analysis instructions found in the accompanying slides

REPORT

Include all of the normal sections, be sure to include:

Analyses

Be sure to complete and include in your report (I expect all to be professionally formatted):

• All analyses included in the sieve slides (size distribution plot, sizing, coefficients of uniformity and gradation, etc.)
• Soil moisture analysis
• Headspace analysis

Discussion Questions:

1. What kind of soil did you have by the ‘Soil Texture by Feel’ test? What color was the soil? What does that tell you?
2. Compare the soil moisture by difference value to that obtained from the soil probe – provide a quantitative analysis.
3. How did the headspace analysis of your sample compare to those of the provided samples?
4. What are the Coefficients of Uniformity and Gradation for your soil sample? What does that mean about the variability in grain size for your sample? What about the soil’s ability to drain effectively?
5. Compare the results of the Soil Texture by Feel test and Coefficients of Gradation and Uniformity – are they contradictory?
6. What percent of your soil sample was lost during the sieve procedure? Is any explanation required?

 

What two reagents are used in preparation of the chloride complex

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 2: Psychology

University of Phoenix Material

Week Four Homework Exercise 1

PSYCH/610 Version 2

Answer the following questions, covering material from Ch 8–10 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

1. What is a confounding variable and why do researchers try to eliminate confounding variables? Provide two examples of confounding variables.
2. What are the advantages and disadvantages of posttest only design and pretest-posttest design?
3. What is meant by sensitivity of a dependent variable?
4. What are the differences between an independent groups design and a repeated measures design?
5. How does an experimenter’s expectations and participant expectations affect outcomes?
6. Provide an example of a factorial design. What are the key features of a factorial design? What are the advantages of a factorial design?
7. Describe at least four different dependent variables.
8. What are some ways researchers can manipulate independent variables?
9. What is the difference between main effects and interactions?
10. How do moderator variables impact results? Provide an example.
11. A researcher is interested in studying the effects of story endings on preference ratings. He randomly assigns participants into two groups: predictable ending or surprise ending. He instructs them to read the story and provide preference ratings. The experimenter’s variation of story endings is a __________ (straightforward or staged) manipulation.
12. A researcher was interested in investigating the vocabulary skills of 6th graders in a program for gifted students. She gave a group of participants a test of vocabulary that was aimed at the 7th-grade level. She quickly discovered that there was limited variability in the scores because nearly all the students answered 90% or more of the questions correctly. This outcome is called a _______ effect.

Question 3: Chemistry

 

The fuel for your car is a mixture of octane and several other hydrocarbons.  What mass of CO₂ will be produced when 219 g of C₈H₁₈ react completely in the following equation?

2 C₈H₁₈ + 25 O₂ → 16 CO₂ + 18 H₂O

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 4: Computer Science

 

Using C, write a simple program to exhaustively list (generate) all binary strings of length N. Your program should read N > 5

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 5: Computer Science

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF THE WEST INDIES

ASSIGNMENT 1
SEMESTER I, 2019/2020
Code and Name of Course: COMP2201 – Discrete Mathematics

Assignment 1 – Individual Assignment
AREA	DESCRIPTION
Objectives	To have a student apply the knowledge garnered during the first few weeks of the course
Title	Assignment 1 – Individual Assignment
Deliverable	The answers for the questions which follow the given case
Instructions	1. 2. 3. Review Lectures of the first three weeks of the course, the COMP2201 Text and any other related Discrete Mathematics material Read the Assignment 1 Sheet thoroughly Submit the gradable solution by using the COMP2201 Assignment 1 – Individual located within the ASSIGNMENTS Section of the OURVLE COMP2201 Course Environment. This may also be accessed by choosing the Assignments section below “Activities”
Format	The solution for this assignment must be submitted as a Microsoft Word document. Your ID number should form part of the Microsoft Word file name. The file name should take the format “COMP2201 Assignment 1 Semester 1 2019- 2020 XXXXXXXX” where XXXXXXXX represents the student ID number.
Upload Constraint	The solution for this assignment should be uploaded in the relevant space provided in OURVLE (See “Instructions” section above). A message indicating “File uploaded successfully” will acknowledge that the file has been sent successfully. Do NOT assume your project has been received if you do not get this acknowledgement.
Scoring Rubric	Your electronic submission will be evaluated on: Your attempt of the compulsory questions 1, 4 and 7 The response submitted for each question (See detail individual marks below) – Maximum 50 marks The actual grade of 50 marks will be displayed. The actual grade allocated is the percentage of the maximum marks (5 points)
Late Assignments	Late assignments are accepted. These are however graded then 25% deducted for each day of late submission.
Expectation	It is expected that students will discuss means to a solution. The actual work written is expected to reflect each student’s uniqueness. Where replication of work is identified, each paper will be graded. The allocated grade to each student’s piece of work for where this anomaly is identified will be the grade divided by the number of replications discovered.
Due Date	Sunday, October 6, 2019

Question 1 [10 marks] – COMPULSORY

[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 2 and 3.]
Given a sequence with n objects where there are n1 indistinguishable objects of type 1, n2 indistinguishable objects of type 2, …, nt indistinguishable objects of type t

(a) Where the number of repetitions of each object is known as in the string

PNOUMONOULPRAMICROSCOPICSILICOVOLCANOCUMARSIS

show why the formula for the number of unordered k-selections of t types is 𝑘+𝑡−1𝐶 𝑜𝑟 𝑘+𝑡−1𝐶 [3]

𝑘 𝑡−1

1. (b)  Using the word from question (a) as an example, show that the reason given for question (a) holds. [2]
2. (c)  Hence, determine the number of unordered 3-selection of the said string PNOUMONOULPRAMICROSCOPICSILICOVOLCANOCUMARSIS [2]
3. (d)  Using your formula in (b), state a simplified formula for the number of unique codewords, assuming a codeword such as

PNU276(*#*$!dqjb

is made up of the letters of the word in (a) , 3 distinct digits where order is not important, 6 special characters (allowing repeats with order not being important), and 4 lowercase letters of the English alphabet where order is important, all in the same order. For ease of reference, it is accepted that there are 32 special characters. [3]

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 2 [2 marks]

By applying Pascal’s Identity, determine the row of Pascal’s triangle containing the following binomial coefficients (8) , 0 ≤ 𝑘 ≤ 8 [2]

𝑘

Question 3 [6 marks]

Solve the following question using Tree Diagrams.
A seven-person committee composed of Tian, Uber, Vera, Weir, Xylo, Yani and
Zoey is to select a president, treasurer and liaison officer. How many selections are
there in which either Tian is treasurer and Zoey is not an officer, or Weir is president
or Vera is treasurer? [6]

Question 4 [5 marks] – COMPULSORY
[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 5 and 6.]

1. (a)  Why is the study of modular arithmetic important? [2]
2. (b)  Construct the Addition and Multiplication Tables in Z10. [3]

Question 5 [3 marks]
Expand the following expression using the binomial theorem: ( –2p2 + 3q – 4r2 )4 [3]

Question 6 [5 marks]

1. (a)  If any nine letters (of the 23-letter Latin alphabet) could be used to form a ten-letter words, how many words would have at least one repeated
   letter? [3]
2. (b)  A computer access password consists of from four to nine letters chosen from
   the 26 in the alphabet with repetitions not allowed. How many different passwords are possible? [2]

Question 7 [10 marks] – COMPULSORY
[The fraction of the marks attained for this question determines the fraction of the attained marks to be allocated for questions 8 and 9.]

1. (a)  Use modular arithmetic to explain why a date that falls on Saturday this year

will fall on Tuesday eight years from now. [2]

1. (b)  The Greek Mathematician Euclid developed an algorithm to determine the

Greatest Common Divisor (GCD) also known as the Highest Common Factor (HCF). Develop an algorithm to determine the Least Common Multiple
(LCM). [3]

1. (c)  Using the algorithm provided for section (b) of this question, illustrate how
   your algorithm would find the Least Common Multiple of 55692 and 119340. [3]
2. (d)  Using the Euclidean Algorithm, illustrate how the Highest Common Factor of 55692 and 119340. [2]

Question 8 [5 marks]

The function This_Is_Not_A_Fib_Chkr takes a list of integers, int_list and returns
True if they are NOT consecutive numbers within the Fibonacci sequence; False is returned otherwise. Using any programming language taught in your first year at the university, write the function This_Is_Not_A_Fib_Chkr . [5]

Question 9 [4 marks + Bonus 5 marks (to an assignment maximum of 50 marks)]

Let f(n) be defined by

𝑓(1) = 2

𝑓(𝑛) = 32𝑓 (𝑛) + 3𝑛5 2

if n > 1 and n = 2m, where m is a positive integer.

1. (a)  By using the principles of Recurrence Relation, find a general formula

for f(n)

1. (b)  Hence show that f(n) = Θ (n5 log 2 n).

[4] [Bonus – 5]

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 6: General Question

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 4: Engineering

 

High resolution digital TV broadcasting (HDTV) uses a form of SSB-AM for signal transmission. 2. Regular sinusoidal AM is often called double-sideband AM (DSB-AM). WHY??? 3. When AM and FM are used? 4. What are the advantages and disadvantages of FM and AM?

 

Question 5: Business

 

ACCT. 510 – Accounting for Business Decisions

TEAM PROJECT

FALL 2019

 

The basic financial statements of a company include the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.  Each statement contains specific information about the company.  When viewed together, much can be learned about how the company operates and the impact of decisions made during the period.

 

Obtain the 2017 and 2018 annual reports for Starbucks.  Use the information in the financial statements to respond to the following questions:

 

1. Write out the basic accounting (balance sheet) equation and provide the values reported by Starbucks at September 30, 2018.
2. Did total assets increase or decrease in 2018 over the previous year?
3. How much inventory did the company have at September 30, 2018?
4. What are the major operating revenue accounts? What percentage is each to total revenues?
5. What are the major operating expense accounts? What percentage is each to total operating expenses?
6. Describe the company’s revenue recognition policy, if reported. (See significant accounting policies).
7. What is Starbuck’s gross margin in 2018? Was this an increase or decrease from 2017?
8. What type of costs do you think is included in Starbuck’s ‘Cost of Sales?’
9. How do ‘cost of sales’ differ from ‘operating expenses’
10. What inventory valuation method does the company use?
11. What were cash flows from operating activities?
12. What were cash flows from investing activities?
13. What were cash flows from financing activities?
14. What was the increase/decrease in cash in 2018 from 2017?
15. Ratio Analysis: Compute the following ratios for 2017 and 2018 for Starbucks?
    1. Current Ratio
    2. Quick Ratio
    3. Accounts Receivable Turnover Ratio
    4. Inventory Turnover Ratio
    5. Debt-to-Equity Ratio
    6. Return on Equity
    7. Return on Assets
    8. Quality of Net Income (Cash Flows from Operating Activities/Net Income)
    9. Profit Margin
16. What does each ratio measure and what does your results suggest about the company?
17. If available, find the industry ratios for the most recent year, compare to your results, and discuss why you believe your company differs or is similar to the industry.
18. Were there any economy, industry or company-specific factors that impact Starbuck’s future income and growth? If so, briefly discuss.

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 6: Other

 

Hotel Rwanda

How does this film illustrate the concepts of “forward-looking” and “backward-looking” justice? How is the problem of personhood discussed in this film?

 

Question 7: Other

 

Unit V Case Study

Case studies are an important learning strategy in business classes as they provide an opportunity for you to critically analyze events that have taken place in real-life businesses. This develops your critical thinking and research skills as you research the competition and industry in which your business resides with an end goal of formulating a recommendation for the challenges faced by the company. Select one of the three case studies listed below, which can be found in your textbook. Evaluate the case of your choice, and respond to each of the questions below using both theory and practical managerial thinking as well as supporting research. Option 1: Procter & Gamble (pp. 332–333) Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for P&G? How does this relate to the company’s brand management strategies? Who are the top three competitors of P&G, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies? P&G’s impressive portfolio includes some of the strongest brand names in the world. What are some of the challenges associated with being the market leader in so many different categories? With social media becoming increasingly important and with fewer people watching traditional commercials on television, what does P&G need to do to maintain its strong brand images? What risks will P&G face in the future? Option 2: Caterpillar (pp. 394–395) Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for Caterpillar? How does this relate to their brand management strategies? Who are the top three competitors of Caterpillar, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies? What were some of the key steps that made Caterpillar the industry leader in earth-moving machinery? Explain how Caterpillar’s products differ from competitors. Discuss Caterpillar’s future. What should it do next with its product line? Where is the future growth for this company? Option 3: The Ritz-Carlton (pp. 424–425) Using segmentation strategies, what are the target market(s) for The Ritz-Carlton? How does this relate to their brand management strategies? Who are the top three competitors of The Ritz-Carlton, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their competitive product/service strategies. How does The Ritz-Carlton match up to competing hotels? What are its key differences? Discuss the importance of the “wow stories” in maintaining top quality customer service for a luxury hotel like The Ritz-Carlton. In formatting your case analysis, do not use the question-and-answer format; instead, use an essay format with subheadings. Your APA-formatted case study should be a minimum of 500 words in length (not counting the title and reference pages). You are required to use a minimum of three peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old (one may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Unit 5 DB AM

 

Consider the many means of differentiating products and services. Which technology brand does the best at impacting consumer buying decisions? Why? In an attempt to maintain diversity in this discussion forum, please bring a different brand example into this discussion than your fellow classmates.

 

 

Question 8: Finance

 

A project requires an initial investment of $700,000 depreciated straight-line to $0 in 10 years. The investment is expected to generate annual sales of $400,000 with annual costs of $120,000 for 10 years. Assume a tax rate of 30% and a discount rate of 15%. What is the NPV of the project?

 

Question 9: Psychology

 

So, imagine you are a researcher trying to find a new medication to treat depression.

What would be a type 1 errors?

What would be a type 2 error?

You don’t have to tell us the research and null hypotheses, just tell us what happened, (ex: what you thought you found, and what you really did find).

 

Question 10: Finance

 

A Bank has $100 million in capital, and $900 million of checkable deposit. The bank currently maintains a total reserve of $100 million dollars, $200 million in T-bills, and rest in loans. A new corporate customer opens a checkable deposit account, and deposit $100 million.

1a. Please show the T-Account of the bank after the deposit?

 

1b. If the required reserve ratio is 10%, what is likely to happen?

 

1c. If the required rate for reserves increase to 11%, what should the bank do? How much can the bank lend out after the adjustment? Assume the bank want to maximize return.

 

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

1f. Suppose there is a reserve outflow of $ 20 million, and the reserve ratio is 11% for the bank. Assume the bank decides to borrow from the Fed to meet reserve requirement. How much they will borrow? Please also show the new the T-account.

1g. Suppose the bank is reconsidering to generate more profit. They want to restructure their assets. After the restructuring, they want have 10% second reserve, 40% residential mortgage, 30% corporate loans or securities, and 20% inter-bank loan to OECD banks. In addition, there is $600 million of off-balance activities for the bank. What is the risk-weighted capital ratio?

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

 

1i. Suppose the T-bill yield 1.44%, the Libor is 1.83%, average residential mortgage rate is 5.5%, and average corporate loan is 7%. What is the new ROE? Assume the new structure yield a profit margin of 13%.

 

1j. Recently, 20% of checkable deposit is still in checking accounts. 40% of them becomes saving account, and 40% of them becomes CDs. If interest will increase by 2%, what is the financial result for the bank?

 

1k. If there is a terrible news hits the mortgage markets, and mortgage rate jump by 6%, which cause the value of the residential mortgage drop by 25%. What does the bank’s balance sheet look like? What will happen for this bank?

 

Discuss an experiment that you would like to perform. State 1. the population that you wish to study and 2. what the factor (or factors) would be. 3. How would you sample your subjects from that population? 4. How would you set up the experiment (Block design? Matched pairs? Double-blind?) How you would ensure 5. control, 6. randomization, and 7. replication? 8. What sort of conclusion could be drawn from the results

 

Question 7: Finance

 

Answer the following question regarding the price of a five percent coupon bond with the face value of $1000, which matures in three years from today. Coupon is paid annually at the end of the year. Your investment plan is to purchase the coupon bond today and hold it to the maturity.

1. a)  Assuming the market price of bond is $1000, what would be the yield to maturity?
2. b)  Suppose that you can reinvest your coupon at the annual rate of return of 3%. What is your effective

annual rate of return on the bond investment. Why is your effective rate of return different from the yield to maturity, if it is different? Under what circumstance, effective rate of return is equal to yield to maturity?

3. c)  Now suppose the market price of bond drops to $900 right after the purchase. Would you expect higher or lower effective rate of return on the bond investment than the yield to maturity you compute in a? Explain why.

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 11: Finance

 

1d.       What is the equity multiplier?

1e.      If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

1f.        Suppose there is a reserve outflow of $ 20 million, and the reserve ratio is 11% for the bank. Assume the bank decides to borrow from the Fed to meet reserve requirement. How much they will borrow? Please also show the new the T-account.

1g.      Suppose the bank is reconsidering to generate more profit. They want to restructure their assets. After the restructuring, they want have 10% second reserve, 40% residential mortgage, 30% corporate loans or securities, and 20% inter-bank loan to OECD banks. In addition, there is $600 million of off-balance activities for the bank. What is the risk-weighted capital ratio?

1h.      Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

1i.        Suppose the T-bill yield 1.44%, the Libor is 1.83%, average residential mortgage rate is 5.5%, and average corporate loan is 7%. What is the new ROE? Assume the new structure yield a profit margin of 13%.

1j.        Recently, 20% of checkable deposit is still in checking accounts. 40% of them becomes saving account, and 40% of them becomes CDs. If interest will increase by 2%, what is the financial result for the bank?

1k.       If there is a terrible news hits the mortgage markets, and mortgage rate jump by 6%, which cause the value of the residential mortgage drop by 25%. What does the bank’s balance sheet look like? What will happen for this bank?

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 12: Mathematics

 

Describe using pseudocode as described in class an algorithm that takes a list of n integers a1, a2, …, an, and returns a count

 

Question 13: Engineering

 

The University has recently leased a building for new campus. The building will
house some Administrative offices, classrooms, library, and computer labs.
There will be four computer labs that will be used for instruction. Each of these
labs will have 32 computers (30 student computers and 1 instructor computer). Each
of these labs will also have a server in the closet located inside the lab.
In addition to the six regular labs, there will also be a Additional Computer Lab
that will provide computer access to students to do their assignment. There will be
63 computers in this lab and a server in the closet.
The library will also have some computers to allow students access to the library
resources. There will be 64 computers for students to read digital resources.
In this project you are required to design a network for a typical academic
institution that requires its computers to communicate with each other and on the
internet. It aims to provide student labs, provide computers for its education and
administrative staff and also set up a web server. The institution has just purchased
one T1 connection providing 1.5Mbps for upload and download. It has also
purchased the network address 12.22.32.0/24 from its ISP.
Additionally, make sure that all sub-networks are split up allowing them the
fastest access possible depending on their requirements. Also keep the design as
simple as possible allowing efficient troubleshooting while guaranteeing the least
downtime in the system.
As a Network Administrator, Design and Draw the network including
topology and Subnet for this institution with proper explanation/justification and
wherever the data necessary proceed with your assumption.

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 14: Economics

 

1. Explain how the following changes in aggregate demand or short-run aggregate supply, will affect the level of total output and the price level in the short run.
2. An increase in aggregate demand
3. A decrease in aggregate demand
4. An increase in short-run aggregate supply
5. A reduction in short-run aggregate supply
6. In the Keynesian framework, which of the following events might cause a recession? Which might cause inflation? Sketch AD/AS diagrams to illustrate your answers.
7. An increase in government purchases
8. An increase in nominal wages
9. A major improvement in technology
10. A reduction in net exports

 

 

 

Question 15: Psychology

 

The relationship between social media use and narcissistic personality trait

 

Question 16: Economics

Your submission should include the screenshots of the STATA outputs (graphs, summary tables, regression tables) along with your answers to the questions.

Stata file Growth.dta contains contains data on average growth rates over 1960-1995 for 65 countries, along with variables that are potentially related to growth. These data were provided by Professor Ross Levine of Brown University and were used in his paper with, Thorsten Beck and Norman Loayza “Finance and the Sources of Growth” Journal of Financial Economics, 2000, Vol. 58, pp. 261- 300.

Using this dataset, we would like to study determinants of GDP growth rate.

Variable	Definition
Country name	Name of country
growth	Average annual percentage growth of real Gross Domestic Product (GDP)* from 1960 to 1995.
rgdp60	The value of GDP* per capita in 1960, converted to 1960 US dollars
Years school	Average number of years of schooling of adult residents in that country in 1960

1. 1)  Report a summary table where you have the mean, median, standard deviation, etc. of the outcome variable (growth) and the explanatory variables listed above (rgdp60 and years school). Interpret these results.
2. 2)  Construct a scatterplot of average annual growth rate of real GDP on the variable rgdp60. Does there appear to be a relationship between the variables?

4) Construct a scatterplot of average annual growth rate of real GDP on the variable years school. Does there appear to be a relationship between the variables?

3) Run a regression of growth on rgdp60.

1. a) Comment on the sign, magnitude and the significance of the slope coefficient.
2. b) Does the intercept coefficient have a meaningful interpretation?
   c) Provide an economic interpretation to this regression model.

5) Run a regression of growth on years school.

1. a) Comment on the sign, magnitude and the significance of the slope coefficient. b) Does the intercept coefficient have a meaningful interpretation.
   c) Provide an economic interpretation to this regression model.

 

Question 17: Psychology

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

University of Phoenix Material

 

Correlation

 

A researcher is interested in investigating the relationship between viewing time (in seconds) and ratings of aesthetic appreciation. Participants are asked to view a painting for as long as they like. Time (in seconds) is measured. After the viewing time, the researcher asks the participants to provide a ‘preference rating’ for the painting on a scale ranging from 1-10. Create a scatter plot depicting the following data:

 

 

Viewing Time in Seconds	Preference Rating
10	3
12	4
24	7
5	3
16	6
3	4
11	4
5	2
21	8
23	9
9	5
3	3
17	5
14	6

 

 

What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference? Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of  greater preference for paintings? Explain. Submit your scatter plot and your answers to the questions to your instructor.

 

Last assignment!! Please use the word document to get data from scatter plot. Whoever chooses part 1 needs to create plot for everyone to be able to answer the other 3 questions. Please be mindful of that before selecting part one. It would need to be in before everyone else completes their part.

 

Part 1 – create scatter plot–Dawn

Part 2 – What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference?

Part 3 – Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of  greater preference for paintings?

Part 4 – Please explain why or why not?

Part 5 – Separate parts for assignment – Put completed parts together – edit – submit – Tanya

Correlation

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

A researcher is interested in investigating the relationship between viewing time (in seconds) and ratings of aesthetic appreciation. Participants are asked to view a painting for as long as they like. Time (in seconds) is measured. After the viewing time, the researcher asks the participants to provide a ‘preference rating’ for the painting on a scale ranging from 1-10. Create a scatter plot depicting the following data:

 

 

Viewing Time in Seconds	Preference Rating
10	3
12	4
24	7
5	3
16	6
3	4
11	4
5	2
21	8
23	9
9	5
3	3
17	5
14	6

 

 

What does the scatter plot suggest about the relationship between viewing time and aesthetic preference? Is it accurate to state that longer viewing times are the result of  greater preference for paintings? Explain. Submit your scatter plot and your answers to the questions to your instructor.

 

Question 18: Business

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Exercise A

Barney Company makes and sells stuffed animals.  One product, Michael Bears, sells for $28 per bear.  Michael Bears have fixed costs of $100,000 per month and a variable cost of $12 per bear.  Howe many Michael Bears must be produced and sold each month to break even?

 

 

Exercise B

What is meant by the term break-even point? What are two ways in which the break-even point can be expressed? What is the relevant range?

 

 

Question 19: Chemistry

 

Using equations 1 and 2 and their respective equilibrium constants, K, determine the equilibrium constant for the third equation:

1. A –> B    K1=0.10
2. 3A + C –> D K2=0.020
3. D –> C +3B K=?

 

 

Question 20: Psychology

 

 

University of Phoenix Material

 

Week Eight Homework Exercise

 

Answer the following questions covering material from Ch. 14 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

 

What is replication, and what role does it play in increasing the external validity or generalizability of a study? In what way is the IRB involved in using participants in a research study?

 

 

What are the advantages and disadvantages of using college students as participants in research studies?

 

 

What potential problems can arise from generalization of results to different cultures or ethnic groups?

 

 

What is meta-analysis, and how is it useful to practitioners and scholars?

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

True or false: In many cases, meta analyses involves calculating an average effect size for a relationship between variables.

 

 

True or false: Many constructs, such as physical attractiveness and self-esteem, appear constant across cultures; thus, external validity is less of a concern when conducting research on such constructs. Provide a brief explanation of your answer.

 

 

Summarize the main points of the course, emphasizing the importance of research to the psychology profession.

 

 

 

 

 

Question 21: Psychology

 

University of Phoenix Material

 

Week Seven Homework Exercise

 

Answer the following questions, covering material from Ch. 13 of Methods in Behavioral Research:

 

Define inferential statistics and how researchers use inferential statistics to draw conclusions from sample data.

 

 

Define probability and discuss how it relates to the concept of statistical significance.

 

 

A researcher is studying the effects of yoga on depression. Participants are randomly assigned to one of two groups: yoga and medication (experimental group); or support group and medication (control group). What is the null hypothesis? What is the research hypothesis?

 

In the scenario described in the previous question, the researcher implements two programs simultaneously: a 6-week yoga program coupled with medication management and a 6-week support group program coupled with medication management. At the end of the 6 weeks, participants complete a questionnaire measuring depression. The researcher compares the mean score of the experimental group with the mean score of the control group. What statistical test would be most appropriate for this purpose and why? What is the role of probability in this statistical test?

 

In the scenario described in the previous questions, the researcher predicted that participants in the experimental group—yoga plus medication—would score significantly lower on measures of depression than would participants in the control group—support group plus medication. True or false: A two-tailed test of significance is most appropriate in this case. Explain your response.

 

Explain the relationship between the alpha level (or significance level) and Type I error. What is a Type II error? How are Type I and Type II errors different?

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

A researcher is studying the effects of sex—male and female—and dietary sugar on energy level. Male and female participants agree to follow either a high sugar or low sugar diet for eight weeks. The researcher asks the participants to complete a number of questionnaires, including one assessing energy level, before and after the program. The researcher is interested in determining whether a high or low sugar diet affects reported energy levels differently for men and women. At the end of the program, the researcher examines scores on the energy level scale for the following groups: Men – low sugar diet; Men – high sugar diet; Women – low sugar diet; Women – high sugar diet. What statistic could the researcher use to assess the data? What criteria did you use to determine the appropriate statistical test?

 

Question 22: Chemistry

 

Consider the following calculation:

x=(b−c)/a

The following experimental values and their errors are obtained:

a = 22.1, Δa = 1.4

b = 29.6, Δb = 1.2

c = 25.7, Δc = 1.2

What is the absolute error in x (Δx)?

Note we are not asking for the value of x itself, only its error. Report your answer to 2 significant figures.

 

Question 23: English

 

Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wales. Unusually, it gives people much needed experience of life outside the classroom, as well as the opportunity to study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the word, spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such
as helping on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.
One of the great things about Atlantic College students is that they come from many different social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of £20,000 over two years, grants are available. A quarter of students are British, and many of those can only attend because they receive government help. “I really admire the college for trying to encourage international understanding among young people”, as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. ”You learn to live with people and respect them, even the ones you don’t like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn’t believe how much less I argued with my sister.”
To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really seem to work.

 

What is the writer trying to do in the text?

1. give an opinion about a particular student
2. give an opinion about his own experience of education
3. describe the activities the student
   s do in their free time
4. describe his own experience of education

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 24: Economics

 

A Bank has $100 million in capital, and $900 million of checkable deposit. The bank currently maintains a total reserve of $100 million dollars, $200 million in T-bills, and rest in loans. A new corporate customer opens a checkable deposit account, and deposit $100 million.

1a. Please show the T-Account of the bank after the deposit?

 

1b. If the required reserve ratio is 10%, what is likely to happen?

 

1c. If the required rate for reserves increase to 11%, what should the bank do? How much can the bank lend out after the adjustment? Assume the bank want to maximize return.

 

1d. What is the equity multiplier?

 

1e. If the bank collects an average interest of 7.8% on their loan, and T-bill yield 1.44% return. What is the Return on Equity (ROE)? (Assume the profit margin is 8%)

 

1f. Suppose there is a reserve outflow of $ 20 million, and the reserve ratio is 11% for the bank. Assume the bank decides to borrow from the Fed to meet reserve requirement. How much they will borrow? Please also show the new the T-account.

 

1g. Suppose the bank is reconsidering to generate more profit. They want to restructure their assets. After the restructuring, they want have 10% second reserve, 40% residential mortgage, 30% corporate loans or securities, and 20% inter-bank loan to OECD banks. In addition, there is $600 million of off-balance activities for the bank. What is the risk-weighted capital ratio?

 

1h. Can this bank be classified as well capitalized bank?

 

 

1i. Suppose the T-bill yield 1.44%, the Libor is 1.83%, average residential mortgage rate is 5.5%, and average corporate loan is 7%. What is the new ROE? Assume the new structure yield a profit margin of 13%.

 

1j. Recently, 20% of checkable deposit is still in checking accounts. 40% of them becomes saving account, and 40% of them becomes CDs. If interest will increase by 2%, what is the financial result for the bank?

 

1k. If there is a terrible news hits the mortgage markets, and mortgage rate jump by 6%, which cause the value of the residential mortgage drop by 25%. What does the bank’s balance sheet look like? What will happen for this bank?

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

 

Question 25: Computer Science

Define an array of 100 ints, and write a loop (including the body) to initialize every element in the array to 0. You can name the array whatever you’d like.

Question 26: Physics

Design a digital circuit that receives a 4 bits BCD-coded(*) number X = abcd and returns a signal M7=1 if X ≥ 7, and M7=0 otherwise. The algorithm below shows the functional description of the circuit (“dc” means a “don’t care” combination).

Inputs and outputs of the circuit must be named as: a, b, c, d, and M7. Respect the upper and lowercases.

(*): BCD code (Binary Coded Decimal) encodes any base-10 number from 0 to 9 in base-2, using 4 bits. That is, 0 is coded by 0000, 1 by 0001, 2 by 0010 and so on until 9, which is encoded by 1001. Base-10 numbers higher than 9 require at least 2 digits and, consequently, they will never enter to the circuit.

if X > 1001 then M7<=dc; else if X > 0110 then M7<=1; else M7<=0; end if; end if;

Question 27: Other

Power-flow programs are used to analyze large transmission grids and the complex interaction between transmission grids and the power markets. Historically, these transmission grids were designed primarily by local utilities to meet the needs of their own customers. But increasingly there is a need for coordinated transmission system planning to create coordinated, continent-spanning grids. Describe in detail some of the issues associated with such large-scale system planning

 

Question 28: Physics

 

a) What is an island in an interconnected power system?	[3]
(b)Why is a micro grid designed to be able to operate in both grid-connected and
standalone modes?	[4]
(c) When operating in the stand-alone mode, what control features should be
associated with a micro grid?

 

Question 29: Other

 

Write a three to four (3-4) page paper in which you:

1. Analyze how standardizing procedures and documenting steps can improve outcomes when performing a complex procedure. Review the peer-reviewed journal article, The Next Wave of Hospital Innovation to Make Patients Safer. Articulate your position as the top administrator concerned about the importance of professional conduct and negligence in SCIP quality guidelines.
2. High Reliability Organizing emphasizes the varying actions that can affect patient safety given that standardized systems ignore the fact that each patient is different. Ascertain the major ramifications when the health care team “fails to rescue” the patient. Identify what hospital policies should be in place and identify previous case laws.
3. Analyze the four (4) elements required of a plaintiff to prove medical negligence.
4. Discuss the overarching duties of the health care governing board in mitigating the effects of medical non-compliance as they apply to the rules of practice set forth in the We Care Hospital governing board’s manifesto.
5. Use at least five (5) quality academic resources in this assignment. Note: Wikipedia and similar websites do not quality as academic resources.

Question 30:    Mathematics

 

Let T:R^3->R^3 be the transformation that reflects each vector x=(x_1, x_2,x_3) through the plane x_3=0 onto T(x)=(x_1,x_2,-x_3). Prove that T is a linear transformation

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 31: Geology

 

Name the five factors that involve in soil formations. With regard to each of these factors of soil formation compare a forested rocky mountain slope to the semi-arid grassland plains.

Question 32: General

 

GUIDELINES FOR WRITING A RESEARCH ESSAY

The Objective

The overall objective of a research paper is to present a thesis (a coherent and substantiated/evidence-supported argument) about a topic. The ideas that inform the paper are often those of the researcher and other people. It is the student’s responsibility to faithfully and meticulously acknowledge other people’s ideas by citing the sources. Quotation marks must be used for direct quotes.

The Requirements
The research paper should be a maximum of 8-10 double-spaced typed pages/2000- 2500 words (of text). Font size should be 12 points. Margins should be a minimum of 1 inch. Papers that significantly depart from these requirements will be given a lower grade. Students may discuss the assignment, but the essay must be the student’s own work. Plagiarism and any other form of academic dishonesty will be heavily penalized.

The Assignment

Regions across the world are deeply entwined in economic, political, cultural, and environmental processes and activities. The term globalization is used to describe these transcontinental and interregional flows, processes and activities that bind the world’s regions. What are the impacts of globalization in our world of stark regional and social inequalities? “Globalization invites a fundamental questioning of the prospects for developing economies and the world’s poorest people in an era marked by powerful forces of world-wide economic, political and cultural interconnectedness, over which they have little direct political control”, according to McGrew (2000: 346) (McGrew, A., 2000. Sustainable globalization? The global politics of development and exclusion in the new world order. In Allen, T. and Thomas, A. (eds.), Poverty and Development into the 21st Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press). China is a key driver of globalization. There is a narrative that “China is quietly reshaping the world.” For example, China has, since 2013, spent US$300 billion, and plans to spend another US$1 trillion on an infrastructure project called the “Belt and Road” project (the largest ever infrastructure project) connecting countries across the globe from East Asia, to Southeast Asia, South Asia, Central Asia, Russia, Southwest Asia, Northeast Africa, and Europe. The regions in which this project occur comprise 65% of the world’s population and one-third of the world’s economic activities. The project is expected to increase interregional trade and economic cooperation. Beyond this massive infrastructure plan, China’s political, cultural and economic relations with other regions of the world have escalated at an astounding speed since the 1980s. Ninety-two countries in the various world regions have China as their largest international trade partner. Africa is a region which is experiencing rapid and deepening regional ties with China. McGrew (2000) invites us to fundamentally question which region and its people are (or are not) the primary beneficiaries of the increasing and deepening ties between China and Africa, and why. Write an explanatory research essay on: China-Africa Relations: Who Benefits, Who Loses, and Why.

1

Note: This assignment will be the subject of one of the questions posed in the final exam

The essay must be informed by the research of scholars and specialists, which is typically published in peer-reviewed academic journals and books. There are multiple academic journals and book resources in the University of Regina library, including electronic databases, which report the findings of research. Do subject and key word searches for the topic, for example, China and Africa economic relations, in order to identify the relevant journals and other sources of information. Seek the assistance of the librarians if you need help!

To help you with this assignment and to provide a solid context for a comprehensive explanation of China-Africa relations, please proceed as follows:

1. Read:
   a) The journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled

“Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76, as an example of “a middle-of-the-road/win-win” discussion of China-Africa relations. Note that there are other perspectives that question the balanced/win-win approach and instead emphasize the skewed benefits of this relationship for China, and the heavy costs for African countries.

1. b) The short article by Manuel, Anja (2017) entitled “China is quietly reshaping the world” https://www.theatlantic.com/international/archive/2017/10/china- belt-and-road/542667/ that describes the emerging scale of China’s ties with the rest of the world and some of the implications.

Do further library research to gather the key research-based material that would substantiate and support your arguments and discussion relating to the topic;

Prepare a one-page research proposal/plan that outlines:
a) The title of the essay;
b) The thesis statement (central idea/overall argument) of the essay. The thesis

statement is the overall (overarching) assertion/point regarding the topic, and

the rationale for making that assertion/point;
c) The objectives/goals that would be met by the essay in order to

comprehensively address the topic and its related thesis statement;
d) The argument/discussion you intend to make under each objective/goal and

the sources you intend to use in support of each argument/discussion.

An excellent exercise would be to identify the thesis statement (and rationale), and the objectives of the journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled “Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76;

2

Append a reference list to the plan. Note that a minimum of 5 reputable academic sources, e.g. academic journal articles, is required;

Submit the proposal to your professor for comments, no later than Tuesday October 29; and

Finally, after careful consideration of the proposal and the Professor’s comments, start preparing the essay.

A sample of a research proposal is posted in URCOURSES

Writing Tips

Your final essay must reflect a thesis—an organized, well-structured, and coherent argument focused on the topic. The common rule is to have an introduction, main body, and a conclusion.

Introduction: provide a context for the topic, and a statement of the thesis and objectives of the paper.

Main body: present, in full, the analysis of evidence to support/substantiate arguments and systematically organize the discussion in paragraphs. Section headings are useful for improving the coherency of arguments (see example of journal articles, such as the journal article by Rich, T.S. and Recker, S. (2013) entitled “Understanding Sino-African Relations: Neocolonialism or a New Era?” in Journal of International and Area Studies, Vol.20. No.1,pp. 61-76).

Conclusions: summarize the thesis and highlight any related issues.

Grading

First class papers (A- to A+; 80% and above) will score very high on each of the criteria below. Lower grades will be inadequate in one or more of these criteria.

1. Research
2. a)  Has the student provided relevant references, and a cited references list

and a bibliography that follow carefully the citation rules*?

1. b)  Are there enough sources and are these sources actually used in a

substantive manner in the paper?

1. c)  Are most of the sources academic refereed sources?
2. d)  Are the references relatively recent or dated?

*Reference citations should conform to the APA (American Psychological Association) style. See PDF of summaries and samples of APA citation style in URCOURSES.

3

Argument: organization, logic, and coherence

1. a)  Is a thesis (central idea/claim/assertion) clearly expressed and is it set in an

appropriate larger context?

1. b)  Is the topic effectively limited in its scope?
2. c)  Are the aims and objectives of the essay outlined clearly?
3. d)  Is an analytical, easy to follow, and convincing argument sustained

throughout the essay?

1. e)  Are ideas well developed and logical?
2. f)  Does the essay have a clear structure with smooth transitions of sentences

and paragraphs?

1. g)  Does the essay have a strong introduction and conclusion?
2. h)  Does the conclusion follow from the evidence?

Argument: depth and breadth of evidence

1. a)  Is sufficient evidence (specific empirical examples from specific research

in specific locations) provided to support the thesis and arguments?

1. b)  Is the evidence factually correct, substantive, and precise?
2. c)  Is the evidence provided relevant to the thesis?
3. d)  Are there relevant facts and alternative arguments that are ignored?

Writing: style and mechanics
a) Are sentences clear, well-structured, focused, and meaningful?
b) Are grammar, spelling, and punctuation of excellent quality?
c) Does the paper demonstrate careful proof-reading and superior editing?

ANY CHALLENGE TO THE ASSIGNED GRADE MUST BE IN WRITING, AND MUST CLEARLY INDICATE THE SPECIFIC REASONS FOR DISSATISFACTION, AND MUST PROVIDE EVIDENCE TO SUPPORT THE REQUEST FOR CHANGE.

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 33: History

 

Instruction

How did the societies discussed in this chapter deal with the political, economic, and social challenges that they faced after World War I? How did these challenges differ from one region to another? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

 

Question 34: History

 

Instruction

Review the telegrams under “Opposing Viewpoints” titled “Communications Between Berlin and Saint Petersburg on the Eve of World War II.” Based on these documents, what was the chief issue that led to the outbreak of war? Was Emperor William II correct when he told Tsar Nicholas II that the latter would “have to bear the responsibility for war or peace”? What do these telegrams suggest about why wars happen? Follow these guidelines: Write an essay of 500 words (or more) responding to the prompt Use complete and accurate sentences, avoid showing bias or using “I/me” statements, and avoid text-message writing Your paragraphs need to be at least four to six sentences long Include at least one APA-style citation (Author, year, p. #) with each paragraph, placing it immediately after a sentence with evidence

 

Question 35: History

 

Instruction

Choose one of the following topics and answer the questions based on what you learned from the readings and resources for this week: 1) How have historians answered the question of whether the United States or the Soviet Union bears the primary responsibility for the Cold War, and what evidence can be presented on each side of the issue? 2) How did the Cold War impact the nations of Southeast Asia? Your response to the discussion question should: Be at least 150 words in length Be thoughtful and substantive Respond to the discussion prompt and demonstrate critical thinking Follow APA formatting and documentation guidelines when referring to course readings and other materials Use proper spelling, grammar, and punctuation

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

 

Question 8: Other

Unit II Essay

Marketing Plan: Part I Throughout this course, you will compile a comprehensive marketing plan using one of the product/service scenarios listed below. (Note: You will use the same scenario throughout the course.) This scenario will be the basis of your start-up company and will be the catalyst for the three parts of the marketing plan that you will compose in Units II (Part I), IV (Part II), and VII (Part III). The company that you choose to submit a marketing plan for is a fictional start-up company (not an existing company). Scenarios for your start-up company are explained below. (Note that these descriptions are basic, and you will need to be creative and develop the business idea/model for your selected scenario.) Scenario #1 Travel Supreme is a start-up travel organization with the mission of assisting customers with travel planning. While today’s customers enjoy developing their vacations themselves, Travel Supreme believes there are travel services that are still in demand. Initial research needs to develop what types of travel services are in demand by this target market. Scenario #2 IT to Seniors is a start-up company interested in ensuring a positive experience for seniors (65 and older) with respect to the use of technological gadgets, software, the Internet, and/or any additional aspects of technology. Initial research will provide an idea of the business model that would be in most demand for this target market. Scenario #3 Galaxy Restaurant is a start-up restaurant developed with the idea of providing the customer with a unique dining experience. This could extend from the product offering, service offering, atmosphere, or a host of other unique experiences. Initial research will provide an idea of what this unique dining experience would look like. Scenario #4 Women on the Go is a startup company targeted at women who need assistance with the selection and purchasing of their clothing/accessories. This service is aimed at the more affluent customer who simply does not have the time and/or knowledge to dress to the business or social setting that they are expected to fulfill. Initial research will provide insight into the types of services that this particular target market would be interested in. Remember to choose one of the aforementioned scenarios to use for the entire course. Submissions will be completed in Units II, IV, and VII and, together, will comprise a full marketing plan. While this is a cumulative marketing plan, submit only the designated unit’s work. This unit’s submission should consist of the items listed below. Include an introduction/overview of the company. This section of the marketing plan should introduce the company and business model along with a brief description of the products/services. Discuss market research strategies. This section of the marketing plan should discuss the research strategies that will be used by your company to understand the target market(s), industry, competition, and/or any other aspects of the company that will provide valuable insight into profitable operations. Describe the macro environment through a political, economic, social, and technological (PEST) analysis. In this section, you will compile a PEST analysis of your company. You will analyze how the changes in the macro environment as described in the PEST will impact the company and, specifically, the marketing decisions. Ensure you provide an introduction for this assignment that is engaging and provides a clear background to the purpose of the assignment. The format of the submission should be in essay format using subheadings. Use APA format. Additionally, you need to include a minimum of five sources, three of which must be peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old. The submission should be a minimum of three pages in length (not counting the title and reference pages).

 

Select an existing company, and think about applying the political, economic, social, and technological (PEST) analysis to this company. Discuss with your fellow students how using the PEST tool best assists marketers in analyzing the external environment in which they are operating. Review the Unit II Lesson in order to better understand the PEST analysis tool. Please bring forward a company that fellow students have not previously discussed.

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 9: Economics

 

(a) The specific-factors model holds that an increase in the relative price of a good lead to real gains for the specific factor used in that sector, losses for the other specific factor, and an ambiguous change in the real wage for labour, whereas the Heckscher Ohlin model predicts unambiguous real gains for one factor and losses for the other. In other words, the industry of employment should not matter in Heckscher Ohlin model but it does in the alternative model. Discuss the underlying causes of these different predictions.

(b) Think about an extension of the specific-factors model, in which, in addition to their wage, labour also earns some part of the rental on specific factor in their industry, i.e., farmers who own their own land and manufacturing workers who salary includes a profit based bonus. Discuss how this extension affects the conclusion of the model.

*Found two sources on course hero

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 10:        Health Care

 

Promotional Plan Assignment
In this assignment, you will complete another key section of your marketing plan:   Write a 2-3 page recommendation for the integrated promotional plan necessary to successfully market your health care product or service.   Describe the audience you hope to reach with the promotion efforts, the primary message to be delivered across all media, and the rationale for your media choices.  Take into consideration the geographic reach of your target market, and adapt your media choices accordingly. Also, be realistic in cost considerations – do not plan a $2 million ad campaign for a product that will only create $1 million in revenue. The U.S. Small Business Administration suggests spending 7-8% of sales revenue on marketing and advertising each year. So, a new product expected to produce $10 million in sales annually might have a $700,000–$800,000 ad budget for the first year. You will need to research the costs of local media and other communications such as public relations or special events to create an estimated budget for your total promotional plan.  Much of this information can be found on the websites of local media outlets (search “ad rates”).  For purposes of this assignment, estimated costs are acceptable. Within this section draft, please demonstrate your grasp of the marketing terminology and concepts related to promotion and advertising.  Be sure to include the use of traditional media and interactive/social media that you feel are the best choices to reach your target consumers.  Explain why you have chosen these media, using the concepts of market segmentation and consumer buying behavior.

 

 

Question 11: Finance

 

Westlake Corporation has the following information (obtained) from its balance sheet, income statement and statement of retained earnings.

Increase in current assets	$50
Operating income	$75
Interest expense	$25
Increase in accounts payable	$35
dividends	$15
Increase in common stock	$20
Increase in net fixed assets	$23
Depreciation expense	$12
Income taxes	$17

Calculate the free cash flow from operations. (Answer found on chegg)

 

Question 12: Business

 

1. Provide a description of the company at which you work. The Company will be a government agency and primary product is travel arrangements. The system is called Defense travel system. (DTS)
2. Describe an “agency problem” (not just any problem) within the firm and discuss what you think is causing the problem and how the problem might be better controlled.
3. Describe the job dimensions of the firm and discuss whether or not you believe the current design is appropriate for the firm.  Discuss any suggestions you might have for improving the job design.
4. Describe the compensation package for executives/employees within the firm and discuss whether or not you believe that the compensation package is effective.  Discuss any suggestions that you might have for improving the compensation package.
5. Describe the individual performance measures for executives/employees within the firm and discuss whether or notyou believe that the performance measures are effective.  Discuss any suggestions that you might have for improving the performance measures.

 

Question 13: Psychology

 

Survey discussion (please engage in the discussion the professor will be looking at this discussion thread. Please respond to this thread with your comments.

Team, why is it important to write good survey questions? and who is it important to?

 

Question 14: Other

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Case studies are an important learning strategy in business classes as they provide an opportunity for you to critically analyze events that have taken place in real-life businesses. This develops your critical thinking and research skills as you research the competition and industry in which your business resides with an end goal of formulating a recommendation for the challenges faced by the company. Select one of the three case studies listed below, which can be found in your textbook. Evaluate the case of your choice, and respond to each of the questions below using both theory and practical managerial thinking as well as supporting research. Option 1: Nike (pp. 30–31) How has the industry in which Nike resides been doing over the last 5 years? What are the pros, cons, and risks associated with Nike’s core marketing strategy? How have they managed to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market? Who are the top three competitors of Nike, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development? Looking at the competitors you discussed in question #3, what would you recommend as being the next steps for these competitors and, subsequently, the next steps for Nike to combat these competitors? Option 2: Cisco (pp. 58–59) How is building a brand in a business-to-business (B2B) context different than that of a business-to-consumer (B2C) market? How has Cisco managed to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market? How has the industry in which Cisco resides been doing over the last 5 years? Who are the top three competitors of Cisco, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development? Is Cisco’s plan to reach out to consumers a viable one? Why, or why not? As a marketing manager for Cisco, what would you recommend to be the next steps? Option 3: Intel (pp. 59–60) Discuss how Intel changed ingredient-marketing history. What did it do so well in those initial marketing campaigns? How did Intel manage to develop a strong customer relationship with their target market? How has the industry in which Intel resides been doing over the last 5 years? Who are the top three competitors of Intel, and what are their advantages/disadvantages with respect to their product/service development? Evaluate Intel’s greatest risks and strengths as the industry moves out of the personal computer (PC) era. Identify the next steps that Intel needs to employ in order to maintain its competitive advantage. In formatting your case analysis, do not use the question-and-answer format; instead, use an essay format with subheadings. Your APA-formatted case study should be a minimum of 500 words in length (not counting the title and reference pages). You are required to use a minimum of three peer-reviewed, academic sources that are no more than 5 years old (one may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

 

Discuss an example of an organization that you believe does either a good job or a not-so-good job of marketing. Explain your rationale. For the sake of diversity within the class discussion, please do not duplicate organizations that have already been discussed by your fellow classmates.

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 15: History

 

SLO #2 The 2020 Elections in Texas

Research the current candidates running for state offices in 2020.

Create a table listing candidates and party affiliations for the following offices being elected in November 2020:

Only list candidates for YOUR district. Don’t list all candidates for every office, just ones you could vote for.

Find your representatives here: https://wrm.capitol.texas.gov/home

You may not be able to find all challengers (it’s early) but at least list the incumbent.

• S. Senator
• S. House of Representatives
• Texas State Senator
• Texas State Representative
• Some School Board Members
• Texas Railroad Commissioner
• Texas Supreme Court
• Texas Court of Criminal Appeals
• Pick ONE of the offices above. Analyze and evaluate the candidate’s platforms. What goals or positions do they share? Where do they differ? In your opinion, which candidate is more aligned with Texas’ changing demographics? In your opinion, which candidate do you think will win the election? In your opinion, will the “best” candidate win?
• If you can’t find a challenger, at least evaluate the incumbent’s background and platform and determine if he/she should face a challenger.

Resources:

You should be able to find most, if not all, of the information you need here:

https://www.sos.texas.gov/elections/candidates/guide/2020/offices2020.shtml

https://ballotpedia.org/Texas_elections,_2020

By following links on the site above, you should be able to learn more about the candidates, including following links to candidates’ websites, Facebook profiles and Twitter pages.

My area: location for representatives is:

4900 Valley Ridge Drive

Irving, Texas 75062

 

Question 16: Economics

 

Based on your findings in the readings, place yourself in the role of a person determining the U.S. currency rate. Recently, you found that the U.S. dollar appreciated against the New Zealand dollar and depreciated against the Chinese yuan. If your goal was to promote U.S. exports, what would be your strategies? Address the concepts below within your essay submission.

• Discuss the operation of the foreign exchange market.
• Explain how traders benefit from the forward exchange market.
• Describe how exchange rates are determined in a free market.

In addition to addressing the bullets listed above, your essay should be comprised of the sections listed below.

• Introduction: Include an engaging paragraph or two on the important concepts that the reader will learn about while reading your essay assignment.
• Discussion: Provide a brief summary of one article by comparing and contrasting the advantages and disadvantages of promoting U.S. exports. Then, briefly state your position in light of the article. The online databases listed below are recommended in order to find articles for the essay assignment.
  • Business Source Complete
  • ABI/INFORM Collection
• Conclusion: Summarize the main results, and provide policy recommendations to promote U.S. exports.

Your APA-style essay should be a minimum of 500 words in length, not counting the title and reference pages. You are required to use a minimum of two sources; at least one source must come from the CSU Online Library (one source may be your textbook). All sources used, including the textbook, must be referenced; paraphrased material must have accompanying in-text citations.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 17: Engineering

 

We have a piece of cardboard that is 50cm by 20 cm and we are going to cut out the corners and fold up the sides to form a box. Determine the height of the box that will give the maximum volume.

 

Question 18: Mathematics

 

Find two positive number whose product is 750 and and for which the sum of one and ten times the other is a minimum

 

Question 19: English

 

Write an exemplification essay in which you argue the internet and social media (facebook,instagram,twitter,etc.) helps people feel good about themselves through sharing images, comments,stories,confessions,etc., or bad about themselves, for instance because it as an invasion of privacy. Some topics you could include are online bullying, the many internet challenges ( tide pod challenge, the Kylie Jenner Challenge, the cinnamon challenge,etc.) or on the other side how the internet and social media helps people stay connected.

If you use any quotes from an outside source cite it both in the, for example (Jones 56) and on the last page as a works cited listing.

 

Question 20:        Economics

 

A monopolist is operating at an output level where |ε| = 3. The govern- ment imposes a quantity tax of $6 per unit of output. If the demand curve facing the monopolist is linear, how much does the price rise?

 

 

 

Question 21: History

 

Compare and contrast the steamboats of the antebellum years with technologies today. In your estimation, what modern technology compares to steamboats in its transformative power?

This answer is on Chegg

Question 22: English

 

One paragraph that explains why the industrial revolution is described as the “antithesis to romantic literature.”

 

Question 23: Business

 

Instruction

CASE STUDY Nissan Company Nissan Motor Company, Ltd, shortened to Nissan, is a Japanese multinational automaker. Head quartered in Japan, founded 1932. It formerly marketed vehicles under the “Datsun” brand name and is one of the largest car manufacturers –revenue appx $90 billion USD (2007) and Employees 190,000 (2008). Nissan continues its quest to optimize product development and deliver highly innovative technology. Today, in various countries and regions around the world they enjoy a reputation for creating truly innovative vehicles and service programs. With facilities around the world, the Qashqai, Micra, Micra C+C and Note are produced by Nissan Motor Manufacturing (UK) Ltd in Sunderland, Tyne & Wear. • Answer the following questions on the above case, you should review about this company through secondary available information and use APA style references 1) Describe the nature of operations management in the organization. In doing this, first describe the operation process of the production system. Second, identify operations decisions and responsibilities. Finally, write a short paper on some of the challenges facing operations management.? (Marks 2) (word count maximum:500) 2) Evaluate Nissan Motor Company in terms of its emphasis on the operations strategy objectives? What are the order winners and the order qualifiers? (Marks 1) (word count maximum:300) 3) What is the proper role of the operations function in product design? (Marks .05) (word count maximum:100) 4) How to manage production and operation issues in the context of demand uncertainty and fluctuation? (Marks 1) (word count maximum:300) 5) Suppose that Nissan Motor Company has considering moving from a batch process to an assembly-line process to better meet evolving market needs. What concerns might the following functions have about this proposed process change: marketing, finance, human resources, accounting, and information systems? (Marks 0.5) (word count maximum:150).

 

Question 24: Other

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Instruction

Conduct research on behavior skills assessments. Then, complete a self-evaluation using information you gained or realized through this week’s Books and Resources. Prepare a written appraisal of your own specific skills and behaviors, and then examine how these can be beneficial to guide organizational change as a leader/coach. Determine how these findings would affect your personal relations and those of others within an organization. Then, provide real world examples of the application to support your assessment. Support your assessment with at least five scholarly resources. In addition to these specified resources, other appropriate scholarly resources, including older articles, may be included. Length: 5-7 pages, not including title and reference pages Your assessment should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course by providing new thoughts and insights relating directly to this topic.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 25: Mathematics

 

1. With only a part-time job and the need for a professional wardrobe, Rachel quickly maxed out her credit card the summer after graduation. With her first full-time paycheck in August, she vowed to pay $210 each month toward paying down her $7,424 outstanding balance and not to use the card. The card has an annual interest rate of 24 percent. How long will it take Rachel to pay for her wardrove? Should she shop for a new card? Why or why not?

If Rachel continues to pay $210 per month, it will take her 62 months to pay for her wardrobe. Answer is 62 how did we get 62?

 

Question 26: Business

 

Refer Attachment for questions. Pls refer the YouTube links. 

Requirements Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

 

 

Case: Discussion on Australian Auto Industry

Some videos related to the event covered in the case:

1. Toyoda Announcing the closure:

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2xTioEnSuSM

 

2. Speech to the Parliament about Tony Abbott’s inaction on Toyota (Note he mentioned the loss of jobs in US between 2007-2009)

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qbrEOPkerD0

 

3. Workers reacting to closure:

• https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LFh4q-S7tGI

 

Discuss in detail: 

1) What caused the decline of auto industry in Australia?  Does it make sense to have an auto industry in Australia in the first place?

2) Should the government adopt more protective trade policies to save the auto industry in Australia? What kind of policies would work?

3) What do you think of the on-going trade conflicts between US and China?

 

Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

 

Case : Global Capital Market and Foreign Exchange Risks

 

The risks and rewards of global capital market

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VEq04xjxfyY

this topic, we will focus more on the flow of capital globally. Obviously, the global capital market provides opportunities as well as risks for investors & companies looking for financing. However, a major development over the past 2 decades — a rather worrisome one in my mind — has been the dominance of financial institutions (the ultimate handlers of capital) in the world economy. Financial industry emerged to serve the “real” industries. For instance, the creation of install payments allowed the exponential sales growth for Singer sewing machines. The innovative mortgage products allow us to enjoy the ownership of a house before we save up enough to buy one. But now, the servant has become the master — CEOs of companies now listen to Wall Street and try to meet the earnings estimate of some analysts who may have never set foot on the floor of any factory. Private equity fund managers buy and sell companies, often destroying the core competencies and the culture of a company while dressing up the balance sheet and then they exit with 100% to 300% returns in 1 to 3 years. A newly college-minted investment banker can make $200k plus while a senior engineer makes half of that. Smart graduates from MIT go to Wall Street to do financial engineering rather than real engineering. With their ingenious engineering, we now have all kinds of financial products. While the real-world economy is about $70 trillion, outstanding derivative contracts are estimated to be more than 10 times that, some of which we don’t know what they are and how they work or how risky they are and whether they will lead to another financial crisis like 2008 again. With my rather “biased” negative view of Wall Street out in the open (Mind you, I have an MBA in finance),

I would like that you think about the following:

1) In what ways can a company be exposed to foreign exchange risks? What are some of the ways to hedge? Should companies try to make money from such hedging activities?

2) What are the causes of the global financial crisis of 2008? What caused the crisis in Greece a few years back? Have we (governments, financial institutions, investors etc.) made enough changes (or any changes at all) to prevent future crises?

Note: Answer each question briefly and include the references. (12 pt. 1.5 spacing)

 

Question 27: Religious Studies

 

Please imagine, that you are the architect of a new society.  It is up to you to determine the social order, the culture, the norms and values of this totally new world.  You are indeed creating a religion, but you are not limited to theological tenets.  Your goal is to influence the way that your community interacts with one another.  Therefore, it is important to think about what you want people to believe.  How should individuals interact with one another, and what boundaries and rules will govern those interactions?  Is there a sacred space that encourages community in this new society like a church, synagogue, or the Kaaba in Muhammad’s day?  What holidays are important if there are any?  Does your religion believe in a spiritual realm, or how does it deal with death, life, and the afterlife if at all?

Please think about all of the religious teachers that we have discussed such as the Buddha, Confucius, Lao Tzu, Moses, Jesus, and Muhammad, to name a few and their stories.  Think about what they taught and the challenges they faced in influencing others to believe and behave in a certain manner.  Like them, …others will be dissecting your “Religion” centuries from now, and they will determine if what you’ve organized and constructed is a good and logical system to follow.  Nevertheless, your goal is to achieve the common ends of promoting social cohesion, or helping people to achieve an eternal reality, or simply the best “good” within the individuals that encounter your religion.  This is your world, and the fate of it will lie in your system of beliefs.

 

Below are a few elements to include and/or consider for your new society.  Just remember…its success depends on the health of your socio-religious ideas that you put forward.

 

Name of Religion:

Founder:

The story of the Founder:

• Circumstances of Birth, Childhood, Adult Life (Ex: Story of Buddha in the Palace & the Four Passing sights; Jesus’ virgin birth narrative)
• Country and the realities of their day, etc. (Confucius and the Warring States of China; Buddha and the caste system)

 

Religious Creed: a written formal statement of beliefs that highlight central tenets of your religion.

• Nicene Creed (Catholicism)
• Shahadah (Islam)

 

Major Tenets of Belief: Primary characteristics, practices, or beliefs that define a follower of your religion.  You can include your Ten Commandments extra credit for this.

• Ten Commandments (Judaism)
• Eight Noble Truths (Buddhism)
• 5 Pillars (Islam)

 

Denominations: Give at least 2-3 variations of your initial belief system and how they differ from original, or orthodox belief.  What happened?  What caused the split?

• Theravada, Mahayana, Vajrayana (Buddhism)
• Catholicism, Eastern Orthodox, Protestantism (Christianity)
• Sunni, Shia, Sufi (Islam)

Religious Symbols:  Think of a symbol that already exists, or that you can create, that represents your religion and belief system.

• Re-visit your Iconography assignment from Lesson 9

Other Things to Consider:

• What is your religion’s view of God?
• What is your religion’s view of the afterlife?
• How can someone be initiated into your religion?
• Is this religion the only way to truth?
• Does your religion address any social realities like politics, social order, and behavior?  Is there a Caste system, or other social programs? Think Confucius’ deliberate tradition
• Is there a day of the week that your religion congregates?  What does this look like?
• What holidays are important, and how are they relevant to your religion? (Feel free to create a holiday)

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 28: Education

 

Research a health care organization or network that spans several states with in the United States (United Healthcare, Vanguard, Banner Health, etc.). Assess the readiness of the health care organization or network you chose in regard to meeting the health care needs of citizens in the next decade.

Prepare a 1,000 word paper in APA format  that presents your assessment and proposes a strategic plan to ensure readiness. Include the following:

1. Describe the health care organization or network.
2. Describe the organization’s overall readiness based on your findings.
3. Prepare a strategic plan to address issues pertaining to network growth, nurse staffing, resource management, and patient satisfaction.
4. Identify any current or potential issues within the organizational culture and discuss how these issues may affect aspects of the strategic plan.
5. Propose a theory or model that could be used to support implementation of the strategic plan for this organization. Explain why this theory or model is best.

 

 

Question 29: English

 

One paragraph that explains why the industrial revolution is described as the “antithesis to romantic literature.”

 

Question 30: Chemistry

 

An ice freezer behind a restaurant has a Freon leak, releasing 42.39 g of C2H2F3Cl into the air every week. If the leak is not fixed, how many kilograms of fluorine will be released into the air over 6 months? Assume there are 4 weeks in a month.

 

Question 31: Chemistry

 

The compound known as butylated hydroxytoluene, abbreviated as BHT, contains carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen. A 3.876 g sample of BHT was combusted in an oxygen rich environment to produce 11.61 g of CO2(g) and 3.803 g of H2O(g).

Question 1: Engineering

 

Research Paper

 

Solid fuel and component recovery from tetra-pak
waste using hydrothermal treatment

 

Question 2: Computer Science

 

Java Tutor-A*

COSC 520/CPMA 580: Artificial Intelligence

Assignment #2: 19-Puzzle

Points: 100

Consider a variant of the 8-puzzle where there are 19 tiles plus a blank, arranged in the shape of a cross. An example would be:

+———+
| 2| 1| +———+
| 6| | +—————————–+ | 4| 5| 7| 3| 8| 9| +—————————–+ | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +—————————–+ | 16 | 17 |

+———+

| 18 | 19 |

+———+

The rules of the puzzle are the same as that of the 8-puzzle. A tile may be moved to the blank space in each move (or you can think of it as moving the blank). The goal is to get all the tiles in the following order using the fewest number of moves:

+———+
| | 1| +———+
| 2| 3| +—————————–+ | 4| 5| 6| 7| 8| 9| +—————————–+ | 10 | 11 | 12 | 13 | 14 | 15 | +—————————–+ | 16 | 17 |

+———+

| 18 | 19 |

+———+

Write an program using the A* algorithm to solve this puzzle.

The program should use a consistent heuristic measure for h. One possible function is the Manhattan distance: For any non-blank tile, find the difference in the x-direction from where the tile is to where it should be in the solution and add that to the difference in the y-direction from where the tile is to where it should be. Sum up these numbers for all the non-blank tiles to calculate h.

The program should read in the starting state from standard input and print out the states that lead to the goal to standard output. The input and output will consist of just the numbers, not the lines as shown above. The number 0 will indicate the blank in the input and the output.

Allowable Code

You may use any code from the book or from class. You may use the APIs for a PriorityQueue, HashMap or HashTable, and ArrayList, or similar code for these data structures (and accredit the code.) You must write your own A* algorithm code or use the book’s code.

Sample Run

java Puzzle

Start State:

21

63
4 11 5 7 0 8

10 12 13 14 15  9

16 17

18 19

21

63
4 11 5 7 8 0

10 12 13 14 15  9

16 17

18 19

21

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 14 15  0

16 17

18 19

21

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13 14  0 15

16 17

18 19

21

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12 13  0 14 15

16 17

18 19

21

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10 12  0 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

21

63
4 11 5 7 8 9

10  0 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

21

63 405789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 19

21

63 450789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

21

03 456789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

01

23 456789

10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17

18 19

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 3: Engineering

 

suppose first and second ball drawn from urn are red and black what is the probability you have presented with urn c2

 

Question 4: Engineering

 

Acetone is typically produced in commercial quantities as a by-product during the formation of phenol. Benzene is alkylated to cumene, which is further oxidised to cumene hydro peroxide and finally cleaved to yield phenol and acetone. However, acetone manufactured thus generally contains small amounts of the reactant benzene and the desired product phenol. In the past, these impurities were deemed to be within allowable limits. However, recent downward revisions of these limits, particularly in the pharmaceutical industry, has made alternative processes (which do not involve benzene) more attractive. You are required to design one such alternative process, using isopropyl alcohol as the reactant and appropriate catalyst(s) that will achieve minimal effluent discharge. Assume an operating period of 8000 hrs on stream and 95% purity of the final product.

 

Question 5: Computer Science

 

COMP 2412
Fall 2019
Assignment 1#
Total Marks: 30

Notes:

1. For each assignment question submit program files (C/C++).
2. Make a document file and write pseudocodes for all three

program.

3. Each question has 10 marks (5 for pseudocode and 5 for the

implementation)

4. Your program should have well documented too. If your code is

not well documented (commented), you will recive 20% (1 mark) penalties on each question.

Final Deliverables:

Three program files for three tasks and one document file which will have pseudocodes. And finally compressed all files in one assignment1.zip file.

1. Write the C/C++ program that uses a recursive function to print the elements of a list in reverse order.
2. Write a C/C++ program for the recursive algorithm that removes all occurrences of a specific character from a string.
3. Write down a program which will create a list (simple linear linked list) of nodes. Each node consists of two fields. The first field is a

pointer to a structure that contains a student id (integer) and a grade- point average (float). The second field is a link. The data are to be read from a text file. Your program should read a file of 10 students (with student id and grade point average) and test the function you wrote (by printing student’s information on screen).

Question 6: Engineering

 

6-13. As a junior field engineer, you have been asked to assist the contractor on your job in resolving the following problem. A 4.9 kW motor and gear drive rated at 175 rpm has been shipped with the four impellers described below. The baffled rapid mix tank into which it is to be installed is 3.0 m3 in volume (1.56 m diameter by 1.56 m deep). Which impeller should be used? Assume a water temperature of 10°C, a G = 1,000 s–1, a water density of 1,000 kg/m3, and that the motor power to water power efficiency is 80%. Show the calculations to justify your decision.

Impellers

• Propeller, pitch of 2, 3 blades, diameter = 0.48 m, Np = 1.0
• Propeller, pitch of 2, 3 blades, diameter = 0.61 m, Np = 1.0
• Turbine, 6 flat blades, vaned disc, diameter = 0.48 m, Np = 6.3
• Turbine, 6 flat blades, vaned disc, diameter = 0.61 m, Np = 6.3

 

Question 7: English

having read rachel harveys essay my serenity. Write a paragraph describing your serenity. Like the author,you should convey an impression not just of the feeling itself or of the setting that produces it ,but both

 

Question 8: Mathematics

Suppose that, historically, April has experienced rain and a temperature between 35 and 50 degrees on 20 days. Also, historically, the month of April has had a temperature between 35 and 50 degrees on 25 days. You have scheduled a golf tournament for April 12. If the temperature is between 35 and 50 degrees on that day, what will be the probability that the players will get wet?

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

estion 9:      Accounting

 

Laurie Manufacturing Pty Ltd., manufactures grass collection attachments for Lawn Mowers that are sold in the market. The income statement for 2018 indicated an operating loss of $420,000 details of which are given below: Laurie Manufacturing Pty Ltd. Sales (30,000 attachments @$500 each) 15,000,000 Fixed Costs 5,670,000 Variable Costs 9,750,000 Operating income (420,000) Mr Samuel (cost accountant) and Mr Martin, his assistant, have been asked by the owners of Laurie Manufacturing to see if there are ways to reduce costs. After some thinking and some analysis, Martin proposes to Samuel the following two options: 1.Option 1 – To reduce the variable costs by 70%, by procuring cheaper direct raw materials. 2.Option 2 – To reduce the company’s variable costs by 60%, by reducing the costs it currently incurs for safe disposal of wasted plastic resulting from the manufacture of the grass collection attachments. Samuel is concerned that this would expose Laurie Manufacturing to potential 3 environmental liabilities. He requests Martin to factor into his analysis an estimation of potential environmental liabilities. Samuel responds by saying: “We are not violating any laws. There is some possibility that we may have to incur environmental costs in the future, but if we bring it up now, this proposal will not go through because the owners will always assume that these costs could be larger than they turn out to be. We may be in danger of the company closing down and costing our jobs. The only reason our competitors are making money is because they are doing exactly what I am proposing.” REQUIRED: 1. Show calculations for break even revenues for 2018. 2. Show calculations to determine the break even revenues for 2018, if variable costs are at 70% and 60% of revenues as per options 1 and 2. 3. Show calculations to determine the operating income for 2018, if variable costs were at 70% and 60% of revenues as per options 1 and 2. 4. Evaluate Martin’s comments in line with the ethical standards as advanced by the Institute of Management Accountants. 5. How would the non-inclusion of environmental costs impact Laurie Manufacturing in the future.

 

Question 10: Business

 

Excel has the capability to convert/summarize numbers into visual representation through various charts. Share with the class why charts are important. Are there particular types of charts for specific purposes? For instance, when is the right time to use a pie chart instead of a line chart or a bar chart?

 

Question 11: Other

 

You are a manager in charge of a marketing research project. Your goal is to determine what effects different levels of advertising have on consumption behavior. Based on the results of the project you will recommend the amount of money to be budgeted for advertising different products next year. Your supervisor will require strong justification for your recommendations, so your research design has to be as sound as possible. However, your resources (time, money, and labor) are limited. Develop a research project to address this problem. Focus on the kind of research designs you would use, why you would use them, and how you would conduct the research.

 

Question 12: Computer Science

 

Let us consider the following Elliptic Curve Equation y 2 = x 3 + x + 6 mod 11 over the
Prime field of 𝑍ଵଵ
∗ and solve the following questions
a. Find the list of points lies on the elliptic curve
b. Assume that 𝑃 = (5,2), Calculate 5. 𝑃 = (𝑥, 𝑦) and find (𝑥, 𝑦)

 

 

Question 13: Statistics

 

Name: _____________________________________________________

 

Directions: (1) For each set of variables provided, please form a research question, (2) next, create a Research and Null hypotheses, (3) identify which variable is the independent variable and which variable is the dependent variable, (4) provide a conceptual definition for each variable, (5) lastly, create five indicators for each of your conceptual definitions (if needed).

 

I have done the first one for you as an example.

 

1. Cash Incentives and Test Performance

RQ: Will cash incentives increase test performance?

H_A: Cash incentives will increase test performance.

H_O: There is no relationship between cash incentives and test performance.

IV: Cash incentives

DV: Test performance

Conceptualization 1: For the purposes of this research cash incentives will be defined as a cash award for grades received on an examination.

Indicators for conceptualization 1: $50 for an A, $40 for a B, $20 for a C, $0 for D or F.

Conceptualization 2: For the purposes of this research, test performance is defined as grade received on an exam.

Indicators for conceptualization 2: None needed. The conceptualization does not require operationalization as it already specifies exactly how the concept will be measured.

 

2. Attractiveness of Person and Perceived Credibility

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

 

3. Academic Stress and Prescription Amphetamine Abuse

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

 

4. Intelligence and Assertiveness

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

 

5. Number of Hours of Daylight and Suicide

RQ:

H_A:

H_O:

IV:

DV:

Conceptualization 1:

Indicators for conceptualization 1:

Conceptualization 2:

Indicators for conceptualization 2:

 

 

Question 14: Business

 

Select one element of the Marketing mix and discuss how marketing research could help that area.  Be specific in your recommendations.

Your original response is due, and then reply to another student’s post .  The required length for your original posting is 350 words, and your reply should be a minimum of 250 words.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 15: Communications

 

This week you will have the opportunity to write a letter to the editor as a way to explore your research topic. If you have never read any letters to the editor, you might find reading a few as a way to see what it is you will be writing. The source you choose to read them from will not matter since the content and guidelines for letters to the editor are quite similar. As I wrote in the syllabus, the letters are short (usually about 200 words so one typed page double spaced) and are to the point with a specific focus. This means you will want to write about an aspect of your research topic.

 

 

Question 16: Psychology

 

I just need an introduction paragraph for the paragraph below… 100 words

• A well-known researcher at a major university has two graduate student assistants. He conducts three studies in his laboratory, all of which involve very labor-intensive procedures. The graduate research assistants complete all of the data collection. They also assist in writing the Discussion section of the final article, adding their thoughts and suggestions to the various drafts. The article is accepted into a leading journal for publication. The primary researcher lists only himself as author of the article, claiming that he wrote at least 75% of the final paper.

 

• Describe the ethical consideration(s) involved with the scenario.
• Has the primary researcher committed an ethical violation?

 

Question 17: Physics

 

In a cycling road race consisting of a flat section and an uphill section, a particular cyclist pedals with an average power of 324 Watts for 5.50 hrs on the flat section of the course, and an average power of 418 Watts for 30.0 mins while climbing the uphill section, which has an average grade of 6%. Potentially useful information: power=energy/time; 1 watt= 1 joule/sec; 1kcal= 4186 J; 1kcal = 1 food Calorie.

(A) calculate the average mechanical power output of the cyclist over the whole race.

(B) given that the human body has an efficiency of 25.0% at converting foo energy into mechanical output, how many kcal of food energy must the cyclist consume to replace the mechanical energy expended during the race?

 

 

 

 

Question 18: Mathematics

 

Find The Limit As X Approaches 0 Of (5x-tan(5x))/x^3 Using L’Hospital’s Rule.

 

Question 19: Health Care

 

Objectives & Target Market Assignment

 

In this writing assignment, you will complete the following steps:

 

Write at least two marketing objectives to be accomplished by this marketing plan.  Be sure that your objectives are stated in a way to meet the criteria for “S.M.A.R.T.” goals, which means they are:

Specific  — answer the who, what, when, where, why questions

 

Measurable – include a numeric objective (“increase sales to $10 million”)

Attainable – within your reach, even if optimistic (you are willing to commit)

Realistic – have a reasonable likelihood of being met (you are able to commit)

Timely – have a deadline or time period attached

 

Based on your analysis of the market data, and a comprehensive understanding of the customer and the buying processes, write a 2-3 page description of the major segments of the market and the specific target market segment you have chosen to serve.  Be sure to include a discussion of demographic and psychographic factors if you are targeting a consumer segment, or for business targets, a discussion of whether you are serving a producer, reseller, institution or government unit.  Include your reasons for concluding that this is the target market segment that is most likely to be served profitably by your firm.

 

Please combine all sections of this draft (Marketing Objectives and Target Market Strategy) into a single document, along with citation of sources.

 

 

Question 20: Economics

 

On September 6, Sam Goldfarb reported for the Wall Street Journal that the “average yield on double-B bonds, the highest-rated type of speculative-grade debt, has fallen to 4.07% from 4.69% at the start of May, according to Bloomberg Barclays data. The average yield on a tiple-C bond, close to the lowest-rated type of speculative-grade debt, has increased to 10.89% from 9.64%”. Explain why the average yield on double-B bonds has decreased, while the average yield on triple-C bonds rose?

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 21: Economics

 

Visit WSJ.com Bond Benchmark page, and calculate the risk premium on the latest Baa corporate bond relative to AA corporate bonds.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Question 22: Accounting

 

Need to completely answer three accounting case questions. Please take a look at the attached document and answer the case study questions completely and accurately.

 

Accounting discussion Questions

 

Case A Revenue Recognition

 

 

Smooth Blend, Inc., a calendar year company, produces several blends of whiskey. Maturing whiskey is stored for 3 years in a large, dark aromatic warehouse owned by Smooth Blend. Smooth Blend sells the whiskey to Distributor Company at the beginning of the aging process (January 1, 2011). Distributor Company will pick up the whiskey at the end of the aging process (December 31, 2013) and take it to its facilities for bottling. Distributor Company pays the full purchase price to Smooth Blend on January 1, 2011 to protect itself against price increases.

 

1. When should Smooth Blend recognize revenue? Why?

 

2. Would your answer change

 

• If the quality control manager of Distributor Company had the right to taste the whiskey on December 31, 2013 and receive a full refund if not satisfied with the quality of the liquor?

 

• If there was no right of return but Smooth Blend promised to help Distributor Company attract customers?

 

• If Smooth Blend acquired a fixed price option from Distributor Company to repurchase the whiskey in 6 months?

 

3. How would your answer change if Smooth Blend sold the whiskey to Friendly Bank, agrees to oversee the aging process on the bank’s behalf, and acquires a fixed price forward from Friendly Bank to repurchase the whiskey in 6 months?

 

 

 

Case B:  Revenue Recognition: Timing

 

 

 

Accountants from Construction Company, Boat Builder Company and BMW are discussing revenue recognition. All are calendar year companies. A description of the production process of each company follows.

 

Construction Company builds homes on lots it owns. It currently is building a home for Billy Bob (BB). The terms of the contract required BB to pay the entire $200,000 price of the home on the date the construction contract was signed (October 1, 2012). The advance payment protects BB from a forecasted increase in home prices. The contract promises BB that he can move into the house no later than 9 months from when he signs the contract (June 30, 2013). The total expected cost of completing the house is $150,000. If the house is not completed by June 30, 2013 Construction Company must pay BB a $1,500 penalty each week until he can move into the house.  Construction Company spends

$20,000 to lay the foundation for the house in 2012. It completes the house for $2,000 under budget on July 1.

 

 

Boat Builder Company currently is completing work on a boat that a customer contracted for on September 30, 2012 and expects to take delivery of on August 1, 2013. The $200,000 fixed price contract does not obligate the customer to pay Boat Builder until the boat is delivered and the title transfers to the customer. The boat is a basic design offered by Boat Builder. Customers individualize the basic boat by selecting custom trim, accessories and other finish details. Boat Builder typically fulfills specific customer orders rather than holding boats in inventory. If the customer cancels the contract prior to delivery, Boat Builder must be paid for any work completed up to that date. Boat Builder incurs initial design and selling costs of $10,000. Boat Builder’s actual and expected building costs are

$150,000, which consists of raw materials of $50,000 and labor costs of $100,000. The raw materials are purchased on October 1, 2012. Raw materials are consumed and direct labor costs are incurred evenly over the construction period.

 

 

BMW agrees to sell Joe Customer a new BMW 650i for $85,000 on December 4, 2012 through one of its company-owned dealerships. The cost to BMW to produce the car is $60,000. Because of the highly specified nature of the options requested by this customer, BMW must build the car from scratch, a process that will take 8 weeks. BMW anticipates delivering the vehicle on February 1, 2013.

 

1. Under current GAAP, how much revenue should Construction Company, Boat Builder and BMW recognize in 2012 and 2013? Please answer in a minimum of 200 words

 

 

 

Case C: Cellular Telephone Contract

 

 

 

XTel runs a promotion in which new customers who sign a two-year contract receive a free phone. There is a one-time activation fee of $50 and a monthly fee of $40 for the ongoing service. The same monthly fee is charged by XTel regardless of whether the free phone is provided. Each phone costs XTel $100.

XTel frequently sells the phone separately for $120. XTel is not required to refund any portion of the fee paid for any reason. XTel is a sufficiently capitalized, experienced and profitable business. There is no reason to believe the two years of service will not be provided.

 

 

1. How should XTel account for this transaction? Please answer completely with a minimum of 150 words.

 

Question 23: Mathematics

 

https://www.chegg.com/homework-help/wildlife-management-wildlife-manager-crocodile-lengths-worki-chapter-1.6-problem-24e-soluti

 

Question 24: Business

 

Friedman identifies 10 ‘Flatteners” in part 2 of TWIF that he believes have accelerated the pace of Globalization.  For this discussion assignment, you should rank what you believe to be the top 3 of these 10 flatteners in order of their impact.  In other words, identify your first, second and third most important Flattener based on TWIF or other observations or information you may have.  Give a brief explanation for why these particular flatteners are so important and a rationale for your ranking as part of your contribution.  Feel free to comment on the responses of your peers.

 

Question 25: Business

 

Current position of the organisation: Provide an outline of goals and the philosophy of the
organisation. Present the current target market and performance of the organisation. (10 Marks)
2. Analysis of the business environment: Effectively assess the Micro-Environment, Market /
Task environment and Macro-Environment of your organisation. (20 Marks)
3. Roles and skills of managers: To discuss the overlapping roles of managers and the skills
required of them in order to take the organisation. The management style of the management
team and its relevance to the achievement of the organisational goals. (15 Marks)
4. Human Resources: An assessment of the organisations human resources in terms of skills,
motivation and retention. (15 Marks)
3
5. Change Management: Ways in which management can react to the changing business
environment. Discuss the inter-related approaches which the organisation can adopt in reacting
to the environment. (10 Marks)
6. Organisation Design: The fundamental principles underlying organisation design should be
discussed. Evaluate the organisational structure of the organisation and its suitability for the
growth and expansion of the organisation. (15Marks)
7. Recommendations: Present possible recommendations and critical success factors that the
organisation should implement to achieve the desired goals.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 26: History

 

Instruction

In one paragraph, identify which 3 colonies you feel were the best examples of what would become the United States. Then explain why for each in 1-2 sentences. Total length of paragraph should be 5-8 sentences. Consider values important to us today as Americans, which colonies really influenced these core values the most?

 

Question 27: Health Care

 

(Title of the paper): Identify the prevalence of tick-borne diseases from existing data and the risk of co-infection in the United States for the last two decades then provide public health recommendations to increase awareness regarding the tick-borne diseases

 

 

Nature & scope of proposed paper:

 

Tick-borne diseases have been a significant public health problem in the last two decades. Climate change and global warming are two crucial factors affecting the growth of tick-borne pathogens that should be controlled to maintain humans and domestic animals’ health (Sutherst, 2004).  According to the CDC report (CDC, 2016) listed that top five tick-borne diseases in the United States: anaplasmosis, babesiosis, Lyme disease, spotted fever rickettsiosis, and ehrlichiosis. Regarding to the geographical distribution to TBD, the CDC demonstrated in the 2016 report that cases have been found of Babesiosis in the east coast states, west coast states, southern states, northern states; additionally, anaplasmosis cases have been found in Colorado, Idaho, New Mexico, Alaska, and Hawaii in (2016, CDC). The US Department of Health and Human Services has released in ‘Tick-borne Disease Working Group 2018 report’ (HHS,2018) to the Secretary and the Congress that Lyme disease has raised by 300% in the northeastern states and 250% in the north-central states.

There are three significant tick-borne diseases in the northeast states, including, Lyme disease, babesiosis, and anaplasmosis according to the (CDC, 2018). The Lyme disease profile contains the disease agents: Borrelia burgdorferi and B. mayonii; as well as the mode of transmission: a lone star tick bite; also, the disease has two stages localized stage and disseminated stage; additionally, the incubation period: 3 days to a month (CDC, 2018). The second TB disease is babesiosis including the agents: Babesia microti and other Babesia species; also, the disease could be transmitted by the vector Ixodes scapularis ticks and the signs of the disease are mostly asymptomatic, however, sometimes it could be lethal; lastly, the incubation period is one to more than nine weeks (CDC, 2018). The third tick-borne disease profile is anaplasmosis. The anaplasmosis’ agent is Anaplasma phagocytophilum also the diseases could transfer by a bite from an infected tick and a contaminated blood transfusion (CDC, 2018). In addition to the epidemiological profile of the tick-borne disease, the risks of co-infection consider a significant health problem that concerns the public health community. In a retrospective cohort study conducted by (Fida, 2019) stated that 37% of patients with babesiosis developed non-fatal co-infection of Lyme diseases and anaplasmosis.

In conclusion, this project aims to identify the magnitude of tick-borne disease in the US, create a geographical map of at least four of tick-borne diseases in the US, compose an epidemiological profile of 4 TB diseases, finally develop public health recommendation of the prevention and public education of tick-borne diseases.

TBD- Tick-borne disease                    TB- Tick-borne

 

Objectives (please list a minimum of three):

• By 9/12/19, conduct literature reviews with a minimum of 15 evidence-based article of the top 5 tick-borne diseases in the US.
• By 9/19/19, identify the prevalence of a minimum 4 of tick-borne diseases in the United States specifically the northern states of the US from existing data.
• By 9/25/19, distinguish prevalence of co-infection and the risk of tick-borne diseases co-infections from existing data.
• By 10/10/19, create geographical map of the top 5 tick-borne diseases in the northern states or in the US by using existing maps
• By 10/20/19, arrange epidemiological profile of 5 tick-borne diseases in the north east states.
• By 11/1/19, develop minimum of 4 public health recommendations focusing on prevention and public education of tick-borne diseases in the US.
• By 11/15/19, finalize and submit the report, portfolio, and the poster.

 

Strategies to be used:

 

Review of the literature (primary studies, case studies) and public health sites including the CDC, MMWR, https://www.cdc.gov/ticks/diseases/index.html to identify tick borne diseases in the US, prevalence, and epidemiological profiles.

 

 

Site resources to be used (if special permission is needed to gain access to data, records, etc. how it will be arranged):

 

 

Identify which competencies you will be developing during the course of your APE (please identify a minimum of five competencies, of which three must be foundational competencies):

1. FC1: Apply epidemiological methods to the breadth of settings and situations in public health practice
2. FC2: Select quantitative and qualitative data collection methods appropriate for a given public health context
3. FC3: Analyze quantitative and qualitative data using biostatistics, informatics, computer-based programming and software, as appropriate.
4. FC4: Interpret results of data analysis for public health research, policy or practice
5. FC7: Assess population needs, assets, and capacities that affect communities’ health
6. EPIC1: Identify key sources of data for epidemiologic purposes.
7. EPIC2: Describe a public health problem in terms of magnitude, person, time and place.
8. EPIC3: Apply the basic terminology and definitions of epidemiology.
9. EPIC4: Draw appropriate inferences from epidemiologic data.

 

 

References: (AMA or APA formatting)

 

Fida, M., Challener, D., Hamdi, A., O’horo, J., & Abu Saleh, O. (2019, June). Babesiosis: A Retrospective Review of 38 Cases in the Upper Midwest. In Open forum infectious diseases (Vol. 6, No. 7, p. ofz311). US: Oxford University Press.

Hersh, M. H., Ostfeld, R. S., McHenry, D. J., Tibbetts, M., Brunner, J. L., Killilea, M. E., … & Keesing, F. (2014). Co-infection of blacklegged ticks with Babesia microti and Borrelia burgdorferi is higher than expected and acquired from small mammal hosts. PloS one, 9(6), e99348.

Sutherst, R. W. (2004). Global change and human vulnerability to vector-borne diseases. Clinical microbiology reviews, 17(1), 136-173.

Tick-borne disease of the United States a reference manual for healthcare providers Fifth Edition, 2018. Retrieved from https://www.cdc.gov/ticks/tickbornediseases/TickborneDiseases-P.pdf

Tick-borne disease working group 2018 report to congress. Retrieved from https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/tbdwg-report-to-congress-2018.pdf

 

 

 

 

Practice-based products that demonstrate MPH competency achievement
Specific products in portfolio that demonstrate application or practice	List competency name and number as defined in the APE Guidelines (see Appendix A, Appendix B)
Epidemiological profile of the top 3 Tick-borne diseases in the northern east states	EPIC2, EPIC3, FC1,FC2,FC3,FC4
Create geographical map of 4 tick-borne diseases	EPIC2, FC1, FC2, FC4, EPIC4
Provide 3 public health recommendations on prevention and public education	FC1, FC7
Practicum Report	FC1, FC2, FC3, FC4, FC7, EPIC1, EPIC2, EPIC3, EPIC4
Practicum Poster	FC1, FC2, FC3, FC4, FC7, EPIC1, EPIC2, EPIC3, EPIC4

Final products (Each student must include two products. Students must match their identified competencies to their products. A specific deliverable can cover more than one competency

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 28: Sociology

 

Instruction

Based on your reading of Ghetto, and other materials we have covered in this course, your essay will outline forces that influence the lives of those residing in ghettos and how the activities of people affect life in the ghetto. You will accomplish this by answering the following questions: 1. What political, economic, and cultural forces influence life in ghettos? In answering this question, you will want to outline the economic and political forces that influenced people’s pursuit of livelihood opportunities in the economy (both formal and informal). More specifically, you will want to discuss the economic, cultural and political factors that contributed to overall condition and the day to day lives of the residents. 2. How do race, class, and gender differences play a role living in the ghetto? In answering this question, you will relate specific examples from the book on how differences in race, class, and gender influence interactions between different types of people. Are these differences causes of tension or sources of unfairness? You will also describe how ideas about race and class influence outsider’s perceptions and, in turn, how those perceptions influence institutional ‘solutions’ to the perceived problems. Are the tactics used to address the (perceived) problems effective (or not)? 3. How does space affect the life of the residents and the city? In answering this question, you will use evidence from the book to argue whether the people and their activities are positive or negative influences on the life of the city as a whole. In other words, you will use specific evidence from the book to evaluate whether outsiders’ negative perceptions of street people are accurate (or not). FORMAT : Your essay should be 4 pages long, not including your bibliography (a cover sheet is not necessary). It should be in 12-point font, double-spaced, and with 1 inch margins. Writing much less than 4 pages will hurt your grade. You must use the APA system for references.

 

Question 29: Education

 

Instruction

Using Leverage Leadership 2.0: A Practical Guide to Building Exceptional Schools 2nd Edition as a tool to complete the paper. (this book is mandatory in writing this paper) The paper should be on building school culture and a vision that would be beneficial to the entire school. (Staff, students and parents) Research project or research paper: Topics for the research project/paper may come from any listed in the course training materials, review of literature, the textbook, or a topic of interest to the individual consistent with the content of this course. The research paper should be eight to ten pages in length and utilize the American Psychological Association (APA) documentation and include at least 8 sources. Projects may be done in PowerPoint, Publisher or other 21st-century software appropriate for the task, but should contain internal citations and end with a reference list that is matched to the sources cited in the project.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Project Grading Rubric

SCALE	1	2	3	4	Total Points
Organization (Focus and rationale)	No focus/no rationale	Information somewhat relates to the topic and rationale	Information tied to topic and supports rationale	Information presented in logical and engaging sequence, closely tied to topic/supports rationale
Content knowledge	No research evident (e.g. power point slides only with no elaboration)	Some research evident (e.g. power point slides with limited elaboration)	Research evident (e.g. power point slides with some elaboration)	Extensive research evident (e.g. explanation and elaboration in notes of power point)
Introduction	Introduction does not convey the topic.	Introduction provides a general thesis.	Introduction delineates subtopics and general thesis.	Introduction clearly delineates subtopics, intended audience, key questions(s), terms, and specific thesis.
Closure	Conclusion is not evident.	Review of key elements with some connection to thesis/purpose of project.	Review of Key elements with a strong connection to thesis/purpose of project.	Strong review of key elements, insightful integration with thesis/purpose of project.
Grammar & Mechanics	Grammar and mechanics substantially detract from the project.	Grammar and mechanics interfere with the project.	Grammar and mechanics are minimal and do not detract from the project.	The project is free from grammar and mechanical errors.
APA Style	Does not follow APA style.	Errors in APA style are noticeable.	Minimal errors in APA style.	No errors in APA style.
Requirements   8-9 pages (research paper)   15-19 slides (project)	No sources 3-4 pages (research paper)   No sources 8-10 slides (project)	2-3 sources 5-6 pages (research paper)   1-3 sources, 11-12 slides (Project)	5-6 sources 7 pages (research paper)   4-5 sources 13-14 slides (Project)	8+ sources, 8-10 pages (research paper)   6+ sources 15-19 slides (Project)

 

 

 

 

Question 30: Education

Write a narrative (3,750-4,000 words) that summarizes the important information about the 10 articles you selected and describes how the studies form the research gap that your dissertation will fill. Your narrative should include the following: A summary of the key points of each article (purpose, research method, research design, sample, data collection instrument, results). A description of how these studies individually lead to the research gap that your dissertation study will fill.

 

Instruction

With the construction of the 10 Strategic Points for your dissertation study, you began to draft the literature review (Point 2) of the study to illuminate an identified gap in the literature to be filled by your dissertation study. While the literature review ultimately requires more than simply summarizing studies in some logical order, summarizing and paraphrasing are the beginning points of a solid literature review. In this assignment, you will summarize several studies from Point 2 (Literature Review) of your 10 Strategic Points document and the references to studies related to your dissertation topic that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. From those summaries, you will describe how the studies form the gap that your dissertation will fill. Remember, to illuminate a gap in the research, the articles surveyed must have been published within the last 5 years General Requirements: Use the following information to ensure successful completion of the assignment: Refer to the draft of the 10 Strategic Points that you developed for your dissertation study in Topic 5 of RES-850. You may also use a more recent version of this document if one is available. Refer to the list of 10 references to studies related to your dissertation topic that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. Instructors will be using a grading rubric to grade the assignments. It is recommended that learners review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment in order to become familiar with the assignment criteria and expectations for successful completion of the assignment. Doctoral learners are required to use APA style for their writing assignments. The APA Style Guide is located in the Student Success Center. You are required to submit this assignment to LopesWrite. Refer to the directions in the Student Success Center. Directions: Locate the draft of the 10 Strategic Points from Topic 5 of RES-850 (or a more recent version if one is available) and the 10 references to studies that you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final topic of RES-850. Choose five articles from your draft of the 10 Strategic Points and 5 articles from those you added to the Literature Review Resources assignment in the final week of RES-850. The articles you choose must have been published within the last 5 years. I have all the articles and reference

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 1: General Question

 

Chamberlain NR283 Test Question Bank (Exam 1, Exam 2, Exam 3, Final Exam) graded A

Chamberlain NR283 Test Question Bank (Exam 1, Exam 2, Exam 3, Final Exam) graded A

 

Question 2: History

 

Background to the assignment: Who “owns” the past? Who has the right to define what the past means for us today? This assignment asks you to reflect on these questions. In the course of this assignment, you will discover that ancient history can sometimes be very contemporary, reminding us that the past is always present with us. Many of the conflicts in our world today have ancient roots, which is one of the reasons studying the past is important.

 

Description of the assignment: Go online and find some information about the “Elgin Marbles” (also called the “Parthenon Marbles”). Read a little about the controversy between the British and Greek governments concerning the ownership of these marbles. In a 2-paragraph essay, first summarize the controversy in your own words, and then take a clear position by supporting either the Greek or British side. Discuss 2 main reasons that support your position. You do not need to do extensive research or reading to complete this assignment well. However, if you include sources, cite them in current APA format. This assignment must be 250–300 words and must include the word count in parentheses. Submit a draft of your Learning Activity to Safe Assign for feedback a few days before the assignment is due.

 

Question 3: Business

 

What is your favorite brand of sandwich cookie? If you’re like most Americans, chances are its Oreo. In fact, Oreos are so popular that many people think Oreo was the original sandwich cookie. But they’re wrong. Sunshine first marketed its Hydrox sandwich cookie in 1908. Hydrox thrived until 1912, when Nabisco (now part of Kraft) launched Oreo. With Nabisco’s superior distribution and advertising, Hydrox was soon outmatched. By 1998, Hydrox sales totaled $16 million, while Oreo’s revenues were at $374 million. Hydrox has been purchased by Keebler (subsequently purchased by Kellogg), whose elves are trying to give the cookie a major facelift. You are part of the Keebler team deciding what to do with the Hydrox brand.

Purpose: To show students how important branding can be to product success. Students try to relaunch the Hydrox cookie brand (the original chocolate sandwich cookie) by investigating branding issues, including brand name and brand mark, determining the role of packaging, and assessing the feasibility of brand extensions

Instructions:

Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Activities and questions to answer:

1. Can you re-create Hydrox through a name change? What kind of brand name could go head-to-head with Oreo? (Most people unfamiliar with Hydrox think it is a cleaning product.) Make a list of five possibilities to be submitted with this assignment.
2. Next, how can you package your renewed sandwich cookie to make it more attractive on the shelf than Oreo? What about package size? Draft a brief packaging plan for the new Hydrox (or whatever name you chose).
3. Can you modify the original formula to make something new and more competitive? Will a brand extension work here? Why or why not?

 

 

Question 4: Business

 

Firm/Product Selection: Introduce the company and the product or service for which you wish to propose to engage in an international activity.

Proposed Company: https://www.shinola.com (Made in Detroit USA)

• Brief about the history of the company through to current situation.
• What needs does this product/service satisfy?(e.g., Harley Davidson motorcycle is often not a means of transportation, but satisfies a buyer’s desire for freedom/power/ escape from mundane rule-bound life)
• How does the firm provide this product/service and satisfy needs?(e.g., Harley Davidson builds this American icon with often retro-style and powerful engine product, effective branding)

Minimum 2 pages’ word report (12pt).

 

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 5: Business

Complete the Internal Versus External Candidates worksheet

 

University of Phoenix Material

 

 

Internal vs. External Candidates Worksheet

 

Compare in a total of 525 to 700 words the strategies used to evaluate internal versus external candidates.

 

Strategy	Pros	Cons

 

 

Assess in 175 words the factors that should be considered when deciding whether to hire from within to seek external candidates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Select a position with which you are familiar.

Determine in 175 words whether you would hire using an internal or external process.

Defend your recommendation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

References

 

APA-formatted citation

 

APA-formatted citation

 

Question 6: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

Discuss non-traditional applicant pools. To what extent is this population hired at your current or previous organization?

 

Question 7: Business

 

Read the opening vignette, “Sourcing Top Talent at McAfee” on page 143 in Strategic Staffing, Ch. 6.

Assess the following in 150 words: Introduction

• Just an introduction is need
• Determine three metrics that McAfee should use to evaluate the effectiveness of its talent community in sourcing top talent.
• Explain your rationale for selecting these three metrics.
• Propose other ways in which McAfee can keep its talent pipeline full of high-quality potential job applicants.

 

 

Question 8: Business

Watch the below two videos and Read Netflix in India. 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s0YjL9rZyR0   (Eric Li)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jsZDlBU36n0  Why nations fail?

Discuss:

1) What are the key differences between USA and China, both formal (political economical and legal systems etc. ) and informal (culture, social norms etc.) institutions? What do you have to say to Eric Li?

2) Identify the major macro-environment factors in India that impact Netflix’s operation in India. What do you recommend to Netflix to achieve better performance in India?

 

 

 

 

 

Question 9: Business

 

How tightly do you fit into a particular market segment? Do you think you can be neatly classified? If you think your purchasing habits make you an enigma to marketers, you may need to think again.

 

Instructions: Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Purpose: This exercise quickly shows students the limitations of using only demographics to describe their customers, and really clarifies the process of segmentation and positioning for them.

Activities

Visit the following website located in this folder named: Segments

1. Click on the link above and then type in your zip code. The database will generate many cluster descriptions based on your ZIP code. Depending on the functionality of the Web site at the time you access the database, you may need to reenter your ZIP code multiple times if you want to read all the cluster descriptions.
2. Now review the demographic and psychographic data for the segments. Please provide insights on their life stage, lifestyle, and others things that they like such as automobiles, music, health, books, magazines, beauty products, and income. Then think about which products in that category would appeal to each of the clusters generated by your ZIP code search. Please name 3 to 4 of the groups identified and provide feedback on similarities between the groups. For example, a car that appeals to a cluster titled “Young Bohemians” may not be the car of choice for the cluster “Pools and Patios.” If your search generated only one cluster type, you may wish to enter other ZIP codes for your area of town or for your region.
3. Write a short statement that describes what you have learned about the most common segments for your zip code.

https://claritas360.claritas.com/mybestsegments/#zipLookup

 

 

Question 10: Business

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

 

Considering the internal labor market at your organization ( Marshalls), what competency or skill gap needs to be closed? What’s the approach to doing so?

 

Question 11: Business

 

Use a position that you would like to obtain (CEO) to create job duties and at least three KSAOs (knowledge, skills, abilities, and other characteristics).

 

Answer the following questions in 350 words for each KSAO:

• Is the KSAO necessary prior to hiring, or can it be trained?
• What is the importance of each characteristic relative to the others?
• What is the approximate time the employee will spend on each duty?

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 12:  Economics

 

Matching Definitions

 

1. (   ) Shows the amounts households plan to spend for consumer goods at different levels of disposable income.
2. () The share of the additional dollar a person decides to save.
3. () Percent of disposable income that household spend on consumer goods.
4. () Tendency for people to increase or decrease consumption spending when the value of their financial assets changes.
5. () Shows the amounts households plan to save at different levels of disposable income.
6. () The share of the additional dollar a person decides to devote to consumption expenditures.
7. () Percent of disposable income that household save
8. () Increased savings may be both good and bad for the economy.
9. () The ratio of a change in equilibrium GDP to the change in investment.
10. () The line along which the value of output is equal to the value of aggregate expenditures.

 

1. Consumption schedule
2. Marginal  propensity to save (MPS)
3. Average propensity to consume (APC)
4. Wealth effect
5. Savings schedule
6. Marginal propensity to consume (MPC)
7. Average propensity to save (APS)
8. Paradox of thrift
9. Multiplier
10. 45 degree line

 

 

Question 13: Economics

 

Matching Definitions

 

(    )  the percentage of adults who are in the labor force and thus seeking jobs,

but who do not have jobs

(    )  unemployment that occurs because individuals lack skills valued by

employers, or the job is no longer there.

(    )  those who have stopped looking for employment due to the lack of suitable

positions available.

(    )  the unemployment rate that would exist if cyclical unemployment were 0%.

(    )  a contractual provision that wage increases will keep up with inflation.

(    )  “Take this job and shove it!” results in this.

(    )  When demand rises faster than supply, causing price to rise.

(    )  the adults in an economy who are either employed or who are unemployed

and looking for a job

(    )  unemployment closely tied to the business cycle, like higher unemployment

during a recession.

(    )  Rising production costs cause the supply of goods and services to decline and prices to rise..

 

1. Unemployment rate
2. labor force
3. Discouraged workers
4. frictional unemployment
5. COLAs
6. cyclical unemployment
7. structural unemployment
8. Natural rate of unemployment
9. Demand-pull inflation
10. Cost-push inflation

 

 

Question 14: Economics

 

Matching Definitions

 

value of a country’s output found by adding up C + Ig + G + Xn

value of a country’s output found by adding the  costs incurred and income (including profits) generated by production of goods and services during the period

a measure of inflation

value of a country’s output expressed in the current year’s dollars.

output provided to other businesses at an intermediate stage of production, not for final users.

output used directly for consumption, investment, government, and trade purposes.

Increase in worth of a good or service provided at each stage of production

=100

value of a country’s output expressed in the base year’s dollars.

the value of the output of all goods and services produced within a country in a year

 

GDP

Intermediate goods

Final goods

Value added

Expenditure approach

Income approach

Nominal GDP

Real GDP

Price index

Base year

 

Question 15: Psychology

 

Read the Research Paper Instructions and Research Paper Rubric. Decide which specific DSM disorder you plan to research for the Research Paper assignment. Go to the LU Online Library and begin researching for your paper, locating one journal article to share with the class. Share your chosen topic with the class and your reasoning behind your interest in the selected topic. Within your post, provide a 150-word summary of one journal article that you are interested in using for your research paper. Provide the journal (full text) as an attachment. Include at least one direct quote from the journal article (not more than 25 words).   (Note that the entire post should be 200-250 words. For this assignment, the direct quote is included in the required word count). All citations should be in APA format.  As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application and an outside source cited in APA format.

 

Research a specific mental disorder within the realm of Abnormal Psychology. The topic must be one which is discussed in the course textbook and described in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). The length of the body of the paper must be at least 7 pages, and must not exceed 10 pages of summarized research findings in current APA format.  All sources used must be scholarly journals. In addition to this, include a current APA-style title page, abstract, and references; these do not count toward the minimum number of pages required. The paper must be organized with sub-headings reflecting the required sections (I–IX).

The research paper will address the following aspects, organized in this order:

*          Title Page: APA-style

*          Abstract: APA-style

1. Introduction: Introduce and describe the topic. Discuss the DSM classification for the disorder, including a discussion of the specific criteria as described in the DSM (1/2 page).
2. Historical: Describe the disorder in a historical context (how the view of disorder has changed over time, how cause/treatment options have changed, etc). (1 page).

III.              Cause of the Illness: Current research as to the cause of the illness (1 page).

1. Treatment: Various treatment approaches for this disorder, including the benefits of the treatment (1 page).
2. Prevention: Research as to the prevention of the illness (1 page).
3. Cross Cultural: Cross-cultural issues pertaining to the topic (1 page).

VII.           Biblical Worldview: Discuss the topic from a Christian worldview perspective, including disorder’s cause, treatment, and prevention. Utilize the Bible and a journal source written from a biblical/theological perspective on the topic (1 page).

VIII.        Conclusion: Include a closing summary of the research, including ideas for future research on the topic (1/2 page).

1. References: APA-style. See also References Grading Rubric and instructions.

*          Organize the paper according to directions. Include current APA-style Level 1 sub-titles. Do not use Roman numerals.

*          The use of 3^rd person point of view is expected for this type of scholarly research assignment.

*          Correct spelling, grammar, and punctuation is expected in writing at this level.

*          Include not more than ½ page of directly quoted material. Directly quoted material in excess of ½ page would not count towards length/content requirements of the paper.

*          Current APA formatting is required.

*          Course textbook is not permitted as a source.

*          All sources must be journal articles dated within the past 10 years.

 

 

Research Paper Grading Rubric

Criteria	Levels of Achievement
Content 70% 140 points	Advanced 90-100% (A)	Proficient 70-89% (B-C)	Developing 1-69% (< D)	Not present
Content (20 points each)	126 to 140 points   The paper exceeds content requirements:   Introduction/Conclusion   Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.   Historical: detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cause: detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Biblical Worldview Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.	98 to 125 points   The paper meets content requirements: Introduction/Conclusion Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.   Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Biblical Worldview Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.	1 to 97 points The paper meets some of the content requirements:   Introduction/Conclusion   Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.   Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Treatment: Detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Biblical Worldview Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.	0 points Not present.
Structure 30% 60 points	Advanced 90-100% (A)	Proficient 70-89% (B-C)	Developing 1-69% (< D)	Not present
Organizational Elements	9 to 10 points The paper exceeds structure requirements: Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles	7 to 8 points The paper meets structure requirements: Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles	1 to 6 points The paper meets most of the structure requirements: Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles	0 points Not present.
General APA	18 to 20 points The paper exceeds structure requirements: Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.	14 to 17 points The paper meets structure requirements: Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.	1 to 13 points The paper meets most of the structure requirements: Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.	0 points Not present.
Title page, abstract, reference page formatting	27 to 30 points The paper exceeds structure requirements: Title page is in proper APA format. Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords. References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.	21 to 26 points The paper meets structure requirements: Title page is in proper APA format. Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords. References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.	1 to 20 points The paper meets most of the structure requirements: Title page is in proper APA format. Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords. References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.	0 points Not present.

 

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 16: Education

 

SEJPME Final Exam | Complete Solution | Scored 100%

SEJPME Pre Test and Post Test (Study Guide) / SEJPME Final Exam (Study Guide)

SEJPME I POST TEST

1) In the name of strategic mobility, the Marine Corps adopted prepositioning for which of the following purposes?   [objective81]

 

 

 

speed and dispersion

 

 

 

provide materiel needed to sustain a brigade for 30 days in a potential combat zone

 

 

 

amphibious assault

 

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

 

2) The most well-known Coast Guard mascot during World War II, who provided a morale boost to his crew, was named?   [objective88]

 

 

Skipper

 

 

Aladdin

 

 

Sinbad

 

 

Smoky

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

3) With over half of its forces in the Reserve Components, the Army relies heavily on _____.   [objective92]

 

none of the answers are correct

 

 

the Army Reserve

 

 

both the Army National Guard and Army Reserve

 

 

the Army National Guard

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

4) Which of the following options represent the Statutory Advisors of the National Security Council?   [objective63]

 

Chief of Staff to the President, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Director of National Intelligence

 

 

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and Director of National Intelligence

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense

 

 

Secretary of the Treasury and Secretary of Homeland Security

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

5) Between 1777 and 1778, Baron Friedrich Willhelm von Steuben taught the Continental Army what aspects of war? (Select all that apply.)   [objective79]

 

rifle cartridges loading

 

 

drill formations

 

 

proper care of equipment

 

 

bayonet usage

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

6) What is the role of the U.S. Armed Forces today? (Select all that apply.)   [objective72]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

to train forces

 

 

to retain forces

 

 

to equip forces

 

 

to organize forces

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

7) The first step in solving a problem is to _____.   [objective58]

 

gather multiple perspectives on the problem

 

 

report the problem to the commanding officer

 

 

define the problem

 

 

draft an action plan

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

8) Derived from the integration of Service cultures and competencies and requires teamwork amongst all Services and Military Departments to accomplish objectives in the best interest of national security unfettered by parochialism. _____ best describes this concept.   [objective96]   [Remediation Accessed: N]

 

Integration

 

 

Interdependence

 

 

Diversity

 

 

Jointness

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

9) Deliberations involving the possible use of force must include the Reserve Component at what point in the planning process?   [objective90]

 

after all of the planning is completed

 

 

early in the planning process

 

 

somewhere – early, mid, or later – as long as they are included

 

 

late in the planning process

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

10) One of the three approaches within the Total Force Fitness (TFF) Program includes preventative strategies which include addressing and eliminating the stigma and other factors that prevent Service members (and their families) from seeking help early and focus on achieving increased performance.   [objective105]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

11) Who are the caretakers of naval customs, traditions, honors, and ceremonies?   [objective85]

 

commanders

 

 

chief petty officers

 

 

admirals

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

12) Ice Operations and Marine Environmental Protection fall under which role of the Coast Guard?   [objective77]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

maritime stewardship

 

 

maritime safety

 

 

maritime security

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

13) Flexibility in aerospace power allows forces to exploit mass and maneuver simultaneously to a far greater extent than surface forces can.   [objective76]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

14) The multinational force commander must resolve or mitigate sovereignty through which of the following? (Select all that apply.)   [objective70]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

compromise

 

 

communication

 

 

coordination

 

 

consensus

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

15) _____ is key to successful employment, readiness, and use of Reserve Component forces.   [objective91]

 

Adaptability

 

 

Transformation

 

 

Predictability

 

 

Training

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

16) Leaders at all levels should be vigilant and consistent in the prevention, identification, and fraud, waste, and abuse (FWA).   [objective102]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

17) In a traditional cake-cutting ceremony the first piece of cake is given to the youngest Marine present, and the second piece of cake is given to the oldest Marine present.   [objective86]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

18) While its missions might include forcible entry operations and peace enforcement, humanitarian assistance is not within the Marine Corps’ purview.   [objective75]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

19) Service members contribute to force readiness by being focused, alert, and prepared for new tasks, behaving responsibly and ethically, and _____.   [objective103]

 

limiting the number of times they take vacations

 

 

remaining single

 

 

maintaining dental health and hygiene

 

 

being able to engage in critical thinking

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

20) Each geographic combatant command has a _____ to plan and control special operations and other Special Operations Forces activities.   [objective95]

 

Regional Special Warfare Command (RSWC)

 

 

Theater Special Operations Command (TSOC)

 

 

Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC)

 

 

Joint Special Operations Task Force (JSOTF)

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

21) The statutory members of the National Security Council are _____.   [objective60]

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Homeland Security

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Energy

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of State

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Treasury

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

22) Taking steps and precautions to reduce the likelihood of something negative or hazardous happening, or reducing the extent of the exposure to a risk, is called risk modification.   [objective100]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

23) What are the fundamental roles of the U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard in the implementation of the National Naval Strategy (NNS)? (Select all that apply.)   [objective74]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

establish favorable security conditions

 

 

secure strategic access and retain global freedom of action

 

 

strengthen existing and emerging alliances and partnerships

 

 

secure the United States from direct attack

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

24) Within joint command organizations, leadership and ethics considerations require us to _____ and consider not only personal experiences, but also the lessons learned from others’ experiences – both positive and negative.   [objective101]

 

seek out professional assistance

 

 

acknowledge our own prejudice

 

 

know all of the facts

 

 

critically think about

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

25) _____ warfare is a violent struggle among state and non-state actors for legitimacy and influence over the relevant population(s). It favors indirect and asymmetric approaches, though it may employ the full range of military and other capacities, in order to erode an adversary’s power, influence, and will.   [objective59]

 

Irregular

 

 

Asymmetric

 

 

Joint

 

 

Traditional

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

26) Units that support military commanders by working with civil authorities and civilian populations in the commander’s area of operations during peace, contingency operations, and war are known as _____ teams.   [objective94]

 

civil affairs

 

 

foreign area officers

 

 

special forces

 

 

political advisors

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

27) What Services were established as precursors to the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.)   [objective83]

 

Lighthouse and Revenue Cutter Service

 

 

Bureau of Navigation

 

 

Steamboat Inspection Service

 

 

Transportation Security Administration

 

 

Life Saving Service

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

28) Upon a declaration of war the Coast Guard may be transferred to and operate as a service of the U.S. Navy?   [objective78]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

29) National Security Agency (NSA) provides the following support: (Select all that apply.)   [objective57]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

timely, relevant, and accurate geospatial intelligence

 

 

signals intelligence

 

 

solutions, products, and services

 

 

information systems security

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

30) Joint _____ is the component of joint force development that entails collecting observations, analyzing them, and taking the necessary steps to turn them into changes in behavior that improve the mission ready capabilities of the joint force.   [objective97]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

lessons learned

 

 

concepts

 

 

education

 

 

doctrine

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

31) What is the purpose of sending someone to the Grog Bowl?   [objective87]

 

as a reward for attendance

 

 

recognition for a job well done

 

 

as punishment for violating the rules of the mess

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

32) The major challenge in working toward unity of effort often comes from _____.   [objective62]

 

disjunctions in the three levels of interagency coordination

 

 

the news media reporting on governmental and military actions

 

 

a lack of sufficient resources applied to the problem

 

 

bipartisan politics and infighting in Congress

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

33) The ______ is an interagency staff group that establishes or enhances regular, timely, and collaborative working relationships between other government agency (e.g., CIA, DOS, FBI) representatives and military operational planners at the combatant commands.   [objective64]

 

JIACG

 

 

HAST

 

 

CMOC

 

 

POLAD

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

34) The _____ is a joint force that is constituted and so designated by the Secretary of Defense, a combatant commander, a subordinate unified commander, or an existing Joint Task Force commander to accomplish missions with specific, limited objectives and which do not require overall centralized control of logistics. It is dissolved when the purpose for which it was created has been achieved or when it is no longer required.

 

subordinate unified command

 

 

combatant command

 

 

joint task force

 

 

Service component command

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

35) The offering of ceremonial toasts is a traditional Army custom at a formal Dining-In, which includes passing the wine, “over the water,” an historical reference to King James I, who was exiled by Oliver Cromwell.   [objective84]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

36) What are the Army’s primary missions? (Select all that apply.)   [objective73]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

shaping the international environment

 

 

responding to crises

 

 

preparing now for an uncertain future

 

 

secure the United States from direct attack

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

37) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), “. . .requires leaders at every echelon to be _____.”   [objective98]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

impartial

 

 

adaptable

 

 

decisive

 

 

strict adherents to doctrine

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

38) _____ and _____ are two key structural enhancements that should improve the coordination of multinational forces.   [objective71]

 

Liaison network, coordination centers

 

 

Rationalization, training

 

 

Interoperability, liaison network

 

 

Training, interoperability

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

39) Reserve Components now comprise almost what percent of the Total Force and are an integral part of the Armed Forces of the United States?   [objective89]

 

50 percent

 

 

60 percent

 

 

30 percent

 

 

40 percent

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

40) After the attacks of 9/11, U.S. Special Operations Command assumed an operational role in synchronizing the DoD effort in _____.   [objective93]

 

combating weapons of mass destruction

 

 

cyberspace operations

 

 

support of the U.S. government response to pandemic influenza

 

 

global operations against terrorist networks

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

41) Unlike the military, most U.S. Government agencies and nongovernmental organizations are _____ to create separate staffs at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels, with the result that Joint Task Force personnel interface with individuals who are coordinating their organization’s activities at more than one level.   [objective65]

 

not equipped and organized

 

 

usually willing, but hesitant

 

 

not educated and trained

 

 

not eager

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

42) Operations designed to demonstrate U.S. resolve and involve the appearance of a credible military force in an attempt to defuse a situation that, if allowed to continue, may be detrimental to U.S. interests are known as _____ operations.   [objective67]

 

enforcement

 

 

nation assistance

 

 

economy of force

 

 

show of force

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

43) The post-Vietnam Maritime Strategy called for the positioning of strong Naval forces along the seaward flanks of the Soviet Union in what locations? (Select all that apply.)   [objective80]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

the Far East

 

 

the Black Sea

 

 

the Mediterranean Sea

 

 

northern Europe

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

44) Successful teamwork requires _____ commensurate with responsibility.   [objective99]

 

delegation of authority

 

 

experience

 

 

maturity

 

 

rank

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

45) The difficulty some units face adapting their mindset to vastly changed conditions on their third or fourth deployment to the same location is known as _____ challenges.   [objective66]

 

rotation

 

 

transition

 

 

situational awareness

 

 

influence

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

46) The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff provides a channel of communication between the President/SECDEF and the combatant commanders.   [objective56]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

47) Resilience-based training contributes to the overall mission readiness of the Armed Forces.   [objective104]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

48) During the 1930s, which essential building blocks for an effective air force fell into place? (Select all that apply.)   [objective82]

 

a vision of a long-range, four-engine bomber that became reality with the first B-17

 

 

a comprehensive doctrine of air warfare

 

 

clear tactics, techniques, and organization for air-ground cooperation

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

49) To promote their mutual national interests and ensure mutual security against real and perceived threats, nations that form partnerships must understand the impacts of _____.   [objective69]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

techniques, tactics, and procedures (TTPs)

 

 

culture and economics

 

 

non-governmental agencies

 

 

internally displaced personnel (IDPs)

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

50) The principle of joint operations designed to limit collateral damage and prevent the unnecessary use of force is _____.   [objective68]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

proportionality

 

 

perseverance

 

 

restraint

 

 

legitimacy

 

 

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

ADDITIONAL POST TEST QUESTIONS

 

 

 

1) The primary function of the Air Force is to provide prompt and sustained offensive and defensive air operation.   [objective72]

 

 

 

False

 

 

 

True

 

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

 

2) The U.S. employs the military instrument of national power at home and abroad in support of its national security goals. The ultimate purpose of the U.S. Armed Forces is to _____.   [objective96]

 

 

deter aggressors from attacking the U.S.

 

 

support and defend U.S. allies and partners

 

 

defend the homeland

 

 

fight and win the Nation’s wars

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

3) What are the peacetime roles of the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.)   [objective77]

 

maritime security

 

 

maritime stewardship around the U.S. and U.S. territories

 

 

maritime stewardship around the globe

 

 

maritime safety

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

4) During the conduct of military operations, multinational personnel must be able to _____.   [objective70]

 

develop guidance for detainee operations in a joint environment according to their respective laws

 

 

enforce local rules of engagement (ROE) without regard to approved coalition ROE

 

 

properly control, maintain, protect and account for all detainees according to applicable domestic law, international law, and policy

 

 

target only a small percentage of individuals who fall into different categories under the law of war

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

5) While it is appropriate and strongly recommended to greet a person by name and grade, if you are unsure of an enlisted Marine’s name or grade, “Marine” is as appropriate as, “Good morning, Sir,” in the case of an officer.   [objective86]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

6) Which of the following are primary functions of the Marine Corps according to DoD Directive 5100.01?   [objective75]

 

conduct prompt and sustained combat operations at sea, including sea-based and land-based aviation

 

 

all of the answers are correct

 

 

organize, equip, and provide Marine Corps forces to conduct joint amphibious operations and train all forces assigned to joint amphibious operations

 

 

provide detachments and organizations to serve on armed vessels of the Navy and provide security detachments for naval stations and bases

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

7) The Cooperative Strategy for 21st Century Seapower is the application of maritime forces to support the United States’ Security Strategy.   [objective74]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

8) Which branch of the armed forces operates within the Department of Homeland Security?   [objective57]

 

Navy

 

 

Army

 

 

Coast Guard

 

 

Air Force

 

 

Marines

 

 

None of the branches

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

9) Joint _____ prepares individual members and units of the Armed Forces to field a joint force that integrates service capabilities in order to execute assigned missions.   [objective97]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

force development

 

 

force planning

 

 

force training

 

 

doctrine

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

10) The Army aids in shaping the international environment through an extensive forward presence in which of the following?   [objective73]

 

Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

 

 

Balkans, Middle East, Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

 

 

Europe, Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

11) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), with the advent and increase of command and control (C2) capabilities, networked-enabled leaders are cautioned against the lure to _____.   [objective98]

 

micromanage

 

 

delegate authority

 

 

second-guess

 

 

provide guidance

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

12) In 1798, the U.S. Navy and U.S. Marine Corps were created.   [objective80]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

13) A(n) _____ is a relationship that results from a formal agreement between two or more nations for broad, long-term objectives, while _____ is an ad hoc arrangement between two or more nations for common action, usually for a single occasion.   [objective69]

 

partnership, coalition

 

 

alliance, partnership

 

 

coalition, alliance

 

 

alliance, coalition

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

14) The purpose of the _____ principle of joint operations is to concentrate the effects of combat power at the most advantageous place and time to produce decisive results.   [objective68]

 

offensive

 

 

mass

 

 

objective

 

 

maneuver

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 17:  Health Care

 

NR 222 Unit 3 EXAM 1 Practice

Chapter 01: Nursing Today

 

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

Chapter 01: Nursing Today

 

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

MULTIPLE CHOICE

 

1. Which nurse most likely kept records on sanitation techniques and the effects on health?
2. The nurse prescribes strategies and alternatives to attain expected outcome. Which standard of nursing practice is the nurse following?
3. An experienced medical-surgical nurse chooses to work in obstetrics. Which level of proficiency is the nurse upon initial transition to the obstetrical floor?
4. A nurse assesses a patient’s fluid status and decides that the patient needs to drink more fluids. The nurse then encourages the patient to drink more fluids. Which concept is the nurse demonstrating?
5. A nurse prepares the budget and policies for an intensive care unit. Which role is the nurse implementing?
6. The nurse has been working in the clinical setting for several years as an advanced practice nurse. However, the nurse has a strong desire to pursue research and theory development. To fulfill this desire, which program should the nurse attend?
7. A nurse attends a workshop on current nursing issues provided by the American Nurses Association. Which type of education did the nurse receive?
8. A nurse identifies gaps between local and best practices. Which Quality and Safety Education for Nurses (QSEN) competency is the nurse demonstrating?
9. A nurse has compassion fatigue. What is the nurse experiencing?
10. A patient is scheduled for surgery. When getting ready to obtain the informed consent, the patient tells the nurse, “I have no idea what is going to happen. I couldn’t ask any questions.” The nurse does not allow the patient to sign the permit and notifies the health care provider of the situation. Which role is the nurse displaying?
11. The patient requires routine gynecological services after giving birth to her son, and while seeing the nurse-midwife, the patient asks for a referral to a pediatrician for the newborn. Which action should the nurse-midwife take initially?
12. The nurse has a goal of becoming a certified registered nurse anesthetist (CRNA). Which activity is appropriate for a CRNA?
13. A nurse teaches a group of nursing students about nurse practice acts. Which information is most important to include in the teaching session about nurse practice acts?
14. A bill has been submitted to the State House of Representatives that is designed to reduce the cost of health care by increasing the patient-to-nurse ratio from a maximum of 2:1 in intensive care units to 3:1. What should the nurse realize?
15. A nurse is using a guide that provides principles of right and wrong to provide care to patients. Which guide is the nurse using?
16. A graduate of a baccalaureate degree program is ready to start working as an RN in the emergency department. Which action must the nurse take first?
17. While providing care to a patient, the nurse is responsible, both professionally and legally. Which concept does this describe?
18. A nurse is teaching the staff about Benner’s levels of proficiency. In which order should the nurse place the levels from beginning level to ending level?

 

Chapter 06: Health and Wellness

 

 

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

 

MULTIPLE CHOICE

 

1. A nurse is teaching about the goals ofHealthy People 2020. Which information should the nurse include in the teaching session?
2. A nurse is following the goals ofHealthy People 2020 to provide care. Which action should the nurse take?
3. A nurse is using the World Health Organization definition of health to provide care. Which area will the nurse focus on while providing care?
4. The nurse is preparing a smoking cessation class for family members of patients with lung cancer. The nurse believes that the class will convert many smokers to nonsmokers once they realize the benefits of not smoking. Which health care model is the nurse following?
5. A nurse is using Maslow’s hierarchy to prioritize care for an anxious patient that is not eating and will not see family members. Which area should the nurse address first?
6. The patient is reporting moderate incisional pain that was not relieved by the last dose of pain medication. The patient is not due for another dose of medication for another 2 1/2 hours. The nurse repositions the patient, asks what type of music the patient likes, and sets the television to the channel playing that type of music. Which health care model is the nurse using?
7. A nurse is assessing internal variables that are affecting the patient’s health status. Which area should the nurse assess?
8. The nurse is admitting a patient with uncontrolled diabetes mellitus. It is the fourth time the patient is being admitted in the last 6 months for high blood sugars. During the admission process, the nurse asks the patient about employment status and displays a nonjudgmental attitude. What is the rationale for the nurse’s actions?
9. The nurse is working on a committee to evaluate the need for increasing the levels of fluoride in the drinking water of the community. Which concept is the nurse fostering?
10. The nurse is working in a clinic that is designed to provide health education and immunizations. Which type of preventive care is the nurse providing?
11. The patient is admitted to the emergency department of the local hospital from home with reports of chest discomfort and shortness of breath. The patient is placed on oxygen, has labs and blood gases drawn, and is given an electrocardiogram and breathing treatments. Which level of preventive care is this patient receiving?
12. A patient is admitted to a rehabilitation facility following a stroke. The patient has right-sided paralysis and is unable to speak. The patient will be receiving physical therapy and speech therapy. Which level of preventive care is the patient receiving?
13. Upon completing a history, the nurse finds that a patient has risk factors for lung disease. How should the nurse interpret this finding?
14. The nurse is caring for a patient who has been trying to quit smoking. The patient has been smoke free for 2 weeks but had two cigarettes last night and at least two this morning. What should the nurse anticipate?
15. The nurse is working in a drug rehabilitation clinic and is in the process of admitting a patient for “detox.” What should the nurse do next?
16. A female patient has been overweight for most of her life. She has tried dieting in the past and has lost weight, only to regain it when she stopped dieting. The patient is visiting the weight loss clinic/health club because she has decided to do it. She states that she will join right after the holidays, in 3 months. Which stage is the patient displaying?
17. Upon completion of the assessment, the nurse finds that the patient has quit drinking and has been alcohol free for the past 2 years. Which stagebestdescribes the nurse’s assessment finding?
18. The patient had a colostomy placed 1 week ago. When approached by the nurse, the patient and spouse refuse to talk about it and refuse to be taught about how to care for it. How will the nurse evaluate this couple’s stage of adjustment?
19. A patient has had emphysema (lung disease) for many years. When approached by the nurse, the patient states “I would be better off dead.” The patient supports the family, and now because of oxygen dependency the patient must quit work. The patient’s spouse will have to go to work. Which action should the nurse take?
20. A nurse is teaching about the transtheoretical model of change. In which order will the nurse place the progression of the stages from beginning to end?

 

 

Chapter 16: Nursing Assessment

 

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

MULTIPLE CHOICE

1. The nurse is using critical thinking skills during the first phase of the nursing process. Which action indicates the nurse is in the first phase?
2. A nurse is using the problem-oriented approach to data collection. Which action will the nurse takefirst?
3. After reviewing the database, the nurse discovers that the patient’s vital signs have not been recorded by the nursing assistive personnel (NAP). Which clinical decision should the nurse make?
4. The nurse is gathering data on a patient. Which data will the nurse report as objective data?
5. A patient expresses fear of going home and being alone. Vital signs are stable and the incision is nearly completely healed. What can the nurse infer from the subjective data?
6. Which method of data collection will the nurse use to establish a patient’s database?
7. A nurse is gathering information about a patient’s habits and lifestyle patterns. Which method of data collection will the nurse use that willbest obtain this information?
8. While interviewing an older female patient of Asian descent, the nurse notices that the patient looks at the ground when answering questions. What should the nurse do?
9. A nurse has already set the agenda during a patient-centered interview. What will the nurse donext?
10. The nurse is attempting to prompt the patient to elaborate on the reports of daytime fatigue. Which question should the nurse ask?
11. A nurse is conducting a nursing health history. Which component will the nurse address?
12. While the patient’s lower extremity, which is in a cast, is assessed, the patient tells the nurse about an inability to rest at night. The nurse disregards this information, thinking that no correlation has been noted between having a leg cast and developing restless sleep. Which action would have beenbest for the nurse to take?
13. The nurse begins a shift assessment by examining a surgical dressing that is saturated with serosanguinous drainage on a patient who had open abdominal surgery yesterday (or 1 day ago). Which type of assessment approach is the nurse using?
14. Which statement by a nurse indicates a good understanding about the differences between data validation and data interpretation?
15. Which scenariobest illustrates the nurse using data validation when making a nursing clinical decision for a patient?
16. While completing an admission database, the nurse is interviewing a patient who states “I am allergic to latex.” Which action will the nurse takefirst?
17. A patient verbalizes a low pain level of 2 out of 10 but exhibits extreme facial grimacing while moving around in bed. What is the nurse’sinitial action in response to these observations?
18. The nurse is interviewing a patient with a hearing deficit. Which area should the nurse use to conduct this interview?
19. A new nurse is completing an assessment on an 80-year-old patient who is alert and oriented. The patient’s daughter is present in the room. Which action by the nurse will require follow-up by the charge nurse?

 

 

 

Chapter 22: Ethics and Values

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

MULTIPLE CHOICE

 

1. Four patients in labor all request epidural analgesia to manage their pain at the same time. Which ethical principle is mostcompromised when only one nurse anesthetist is on call?
2. The patient reports to the nurse of being afraid to speak up regarding a desire to end care for fear of upsetting spouse and children. Which principle in the nursing code of ethics ensures that the nurse will promote the patient’s cause?
3. The patient’s son requests to view documentation in the medical record. What is the nurse’sbest response to this request?
4. When professionals work together to solve ethical dilemmas, nurses must examine their own values. What is the bestrationale for this step?
5. A nurse is experiencing an ethical dilemma with a patient. Which information indicates the nurse has a correct understanding of the primary cause of ethical dilemmas?
6. The nurse questions a health care provider’s decision to not tell the patient about a cancer diagnosis. Which ethical principle is the nurse trying to uphold for the patient?
7. The nurse finds it difficult to care for a patient whose advance directive states that no extraordinary resuscitation measures should be taken. Which step may help the nurse to find resolution in this assignment?
8. The nurse values autonomy above all other principles. Which patient assignment will the nurse findmost difficult to accept?
9. A nurse must make an ethical decision concerning vulnerable patient populations. Which philosophy of health care ethics would be particularly useful for this nurse?
10. A nurse agrees with regulations for mandatory immunizations of children. The nurse believes that immunizations prevent diseases as well as prevent spread of the disease to others. Which ethical framework is the nurse using?
11. The nurse has become aware of missing narcotics in the patient care area. Which ethical principle obligates the nurse to report the missing medications?
12. A young woman who is pregnant with a fetus exposed to multiple teratogens consents to have her fetus undergo serial PUBS (percutaneous umbilical blood sampling) to examine how exposure affects the fetus over time. Although these tests will not improve the fetus’s outcomes and will expose it to some risks, the information gathered may help infants in the future. Which ethical principle is atgreatest risk?
13. A nurse is discussing quality of life issues with another colleague. Which topic will the nurse acknowledge for increased attention paid to quality of life concerns?
14. Which action by the nurse indicates a safe and efficient use of social networks?

 

15. The nurse is caring for a dying patient. Which intervention is considered futile?
16. During a severe respiratory epidemic, the local health care organizations decide to give health care workers priority access to ventilators over other members of the community who also need that resource. Which philosophy would give the strongest support for this decision?
17. A nurse is teaching a patient and family about quality of life. Which information should the nurse include in the teaching session about quality of life?
18. The nurse is caring for a patient supported with a ventilator who has been unresponsive since arrival via ambulance 8 days ago. The patient has not been identified, and no family members have been found. The nurse is concerned about the plan of care regarding maintenance or withdrawal of life support measures. Place the steps the nurse will use to resolve this ethical dilemma in the correct order.

 

 

09: Cultural Awareness

 

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

 

MULTIPLE CHOICE

 

1. A nurse is working at a health fair screening people for liver cancer. Which population group should the nurse monitormost closely for liver cancer?
2. A nurse is caring for an immigrant with low income. Which information should the nurse consider when planning care for this patient?
3. A nurse is assessing the health care disparities among population groups. Which area is the nurse monitoring?
4. A nurse is providing care to a patient from a different culture. Which action by the nurse indicates cultural competence?
5. The nurse learns about cultural issues involved in the patient’s health care belief system and enables patients and families to achieve meaningful and supportive care. Which concept is the nurse demonstrating?
6. A nurse is beginning to use patient-centered care and cultural competence to improve nursing care. Which step should the nurse takefirst?
7. A nurse is performing a cultural assessment using the ETHNIC mnemonic for communication. Which area will the nurse assess for the “H”?

 

8. The nurse is caring for a patient of Hispanic descent who speaks no English. The nurse is working with an interpreter. Which action should the nurse take?
9. Which action indicates the nurse is meeting a primary goal of cultural competent care for patients?
10. The nurse is caring for a Chinese patient using the Teach-Back technique. Which action by the nurse indicates successful implementation of this technique?
11. A nurse is using core measures to reduce health disparities. Which group should the nurse focus on to cause the mostimprovement in core measures?
12. A nurse is designing a form for lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) patients. Which design should the nurse use?
13. A nurse is assessing population groups for the risk of suicide requiring medical attention. Which group should the nurse monitormost closely?
14. A nurse is assessing a patient’s ethno history. Which question should the nurse ask?
15. A nurse is teaching patients about health care information. Which patient will the nurse assess closely for health literacy?
16. A nurse works at a hospital that uses equity-focused quality improvement. Which strategy is the hospital using?
17. A nurse is providing care to a culturally diverse population. Which action indicates the nurse is successful in the role of providing culturally congruent care?
18. A nurse is assessing the patient’s meaning of illness. Which area of focus by the nurse ispriority?

 

 

MATCHING

 

A nurse is using Campinha-Bacote’s model of cultural competency to improve cultural care. Which actions describe the components the nurse is using?

 

Chapter 10: Caring for Families

 

Potter et al.: Fundamentals of Nursing, 9th Edition

 

 

MULTIPLE CHOICE

 

1. A nurse is assessing the family unit to determine the family’s ability to adapt to the change of a

 

1. member having surgery. Which area is the nurse monitoring?
2. A nurse reviews the current trends affecting the family. Which trend will the nurse find?
3. A spouse brings the children in to visit their mother in the hospital. The nurse asks how the family is doing. The husband states, “None of her jobs are getting done, and I don’t do those jobs, so the house and the kids are falling apart.” How will the nurse interpret this finding?
4. A nurse cares for the family’s as well as the patient’s needs using available resources. Which approach is the nurse using?
5. A nurse is caring for a patient who needs constant care in the home setting and for whom most of the care is provided by the patient’s family. Which action should the nurse take to help relieve stress?
6. A nurse is working with a patient. When the nurse asks about family members, the patient states that it includes my spouse, children, and aunt and uncle. How will the nurse describe this type of family?
7. A nurse is assessing a child that lives in a car with family members who presents to the emergency department. Which area should the nurse assess closely?
8. The nurse is interviewing a patient who is being admitted to the hospital. The patient’s family went home before the nurse’s interview. The nurse asks the patient, “Who decides when to come to the hospital?” What is the rationale for the nurse’s action?
9. A nurse is caring for a patient from a motor vehicle accident. Which action by the unlicensed assistive personnel will cause the nurse to intervene?
10. A nurse is using the family as context approach to provide care to a patient. What should the nurse do next?
11. The nurse is caring for a patient in hospice. The nurse notes that the patient is getting adequate care, but the spouse is not sleeping well. The nurse also assesses the need for better family nutrition and meals assistance. The nurse discusses these needs with the patient and family and develops a plan of care with them using community resources. Which approach is the nurse using?
12. The nurse is caring for an older adult patient who has no apparent family. When questioned about family and the definition of family, the patient states, “I have no family. They’re all gone.” When asked, “Who prepares your meals?” the patient states, “I do, or I go out.” Which approach should the nurse use for this patient?
13. The nurse is caring for an older adult patient at home who requires teaching for dressing changes. The spouse and adult child are also involved in changing the dressing. Which statement by the nurse willmost likely elicit a positive response from the patient and family?
14. The nurse is providing discharge teaching for an older-adult patient who will need tube feedings at home. The spouse is the only source of care and states “I will not be able to perform the feedings due to arthritis.” Which action should the nurse take?

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 18: Health Care

 

DB 1
Scope and Standards of Nursing Practice (graded, 25 points)

The American Nurses Association’s Nursing: Scope and Standards of Practice (3rd ed.) discusses integrating the art and science of nursing. Describe how science and art are synthesized in the practice of nursing.

 

 

 

 

Question 19: Health Care

 

Nurse’s Touch: Wellness Health Promotion and Disease Prevention

1. Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies primary prevention?
2. Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies secondary prevention?
3. Which of the following aspects of the care of this client and his family exemplifies tertiary prevention?
4. Which of the following clinical manifestations is a common systemic side effect of receiving an influenza immunization?
5. When the nurse responds to the client’s report about his son contributing to the family’s support with the statement, “ It is not easy to handle that on your own,” she illustrates the therapeutic communication technique of:

TEST

1. A nurse has made a commitment to change his eating habits to optimize his health and wellness. He researches various dietary plans and narrows his choices to those that minimizes the effect of lifestyle barriers like eating quickly at work. Which stage of the Transtheorectical Model is he in?
2. A nurse is giving a series of workshops about health and wellness to a group of older adults at a community center. Which of the following statements from the attendees demonstrate that they understood what the nurse explained about the concept of Health? (select all that apply)
3. A nurse is caring for a client who has a long history of abuse of alcohol and opioid analgesics. When counseling this client about the adverse effects of substance abuse the nurse should explain that these patterns reduce the oxygenation of as tissues and organs because they cause….
4. A nurse is giving a presentation about health promotion and disease prevention to a group of young adults at a community college which of the following instructions should the nurse include?
5. A nurse is caring for a client who is immobile. Which of the following actions should she perform when repositioning the client to avoid injuring her own musculoskeletal system?
6. A nurse can communicate well, manage time effectively, weigh options and consequences, and learn from mistakes. The nurse is demonstrating Wellness in which of the following dimensions of Health?
7. A nurse is caring for a client in an ambulatory Clinic who attended a blood pressure screening event and the Stress Management lecture at a community Fair. His blood pressure was 150 /94 mm Hg at the event, so he saw provider at the clinic and begin therapy with a beta blocker. Soon after, the client had a mild myocardial infarction, after discharge from the hospital, enrolled in a program of cardiac Rehabilitation. Which of the following activities of this client is an example of primary prevention?
8. The World Health Organization’s (WHO)  definition of health promotion focuses on the concept of
9. A nurse is counseling a client who says that she attends a book club in her neighborhood regularly. She says it troubles her that no one engages in the discussion with her. Applying Maslow’s hierarchy of needs to this client this client needs falls into which of the following levels?
10. A nurse is giving a presentation to a group of nursing students about distinguishing health promotion and disease prevention activities. Which of the following actions should the nurse include as a specific disease prevention activity? (select all that apply)

 

Question 20: Health Care

 

NR 222 UNIT 1 NOTES

NR 222 UNIT 1 NOTES

 

Question 21: Health Care

 

1.You are preparing a presentation for your classmates regarding the clinical care coordination conference for a patient with terminal cancer. As part of the preparation you have your classmates read the Nursing Code of Ethics for Professional Registered Nurses. Your instructor asks the class why this document is important. Which of the following statements best describes this code?

 

1. Improves self–health care

 

2. Protects the patient’s confidentiality

 

3. Ensures identical care to all patients

 

4. Defines the principles of right and wrong to provide patient care

 

2. An 18-year-old woman is in the emergency department with fever and cough. The nurse obtains her vital signs, listens to her lung and heart sounds, determines her level of comfort, and collects blood and sputum samples for analysis. Which standard of practice is performed?

 

1. Diagnosis

 

2. Evaluation

 

3. Assessment

 

4. Implementation

 

3. A patient in the emergency department has developed wheezing and shortness of breath. The nurse gives the ordered medicated nebulizer treatment now and in 4 hours. Which standard of practice is performed?

 

1. Planning

 

2. Evaluation

 

3. Assessment

 

4. Implementation

 

4. A nurse is caring for a patient with end-stage lung disease. The patient wants to go home on oxygen and be comfortable. The family wants the patient to have a new surgical procedure. The nurse explains the risk and benefits of the surgery to the family and discusses the patient’s wishes with them. The nurse is acting as the patient’s:

 

1. Educator.

 

2. Advocate.

 

3. Caregiver.

 

4. Case manager.

 

5. The nurse spends time with the patient and family reviewing the dressing change procedure for the patient’s wound. The patient’s spouse demonstrates how to change the dressing. The nurse is acting in which professional role?

 

1. Educator

 

2. Advocate

 

3. Caregiver

 

4. Case manager

 

6. The examination for registered nurse (RN) licensure is exactly the same in every state in the United States. This examination:

 

1. Guarantees safe nursing care for all patients.

 

2. Ensures standard nursing care for all patients.

 

3. Ensures that honest and ethical care is provided.

 

4. Provides a minimal standard of knowledge for an RN in practice.

 

7. Contemporary nursing requires that the nurse has knowledge and skills for a variety of professional roles and responsibilities. Which of the following are examples? (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Caregiver

 

2. Autonomy and accountability

 

3. Patient advocate

 

4. Health promotion

 

5. Lobbyist

 

8. Match the advanced practice nurse specialty with the statement about the role.

 

1. Clinical nurse specialist-b. Expert clinician in a specialized area of practice such as adult diabetes care

 

2. Nurse anesthetist-d. Provides care and services under the supervision of an anesthesiologist

 

3. Nurse practitioner-c. Provides comprehensive care, usually in a primary care setting, directly managing the medical care of patients who are healthy or have chronic conditions

 

4. Nurse-midwife-a. Provides independent care, including pregnancy and gynecological services

 

 

9. Health care reform will bring changes in the emphasis of care. Which of the following models is expected from health care reform?

 

1. Moving from an acute illness to a health promotion, illness prevention model

 

2. Moving from an illness prevention to a health promotion model

 

3. Moving from an acute illness to a disease management model

 

4. Moving from a chronic care to an illness prevention model

 

10. A nurse meets with the registered dietitian and physical therapist to develop a plan of care that focuses on improving nutrition and mobility for a patient. This is an example of which Quality and Safety in the Education of Nurses (QSEN) competency?

 

1. Patient-centered care

 

2. Safety

 

3. Teamwork and collaboration

 

4. Informatics

 

11. A critical care nurse is using a computerized decision support system to correctly position her ventilated patients to reduce pneumonia caused by accumulated respiratory secretions. This is an example of which Quality and Safety in the Education of Nurses (QSEN) competency?

 

1. Patient-centered care

 

2. Safety

 

3. Teamwork and collaboration

 

4. Informatics

 

13. The nurses on an acute care medical floor notice an increase in pressure ulcer formation in their patients. A nurse consultant decides to compare two types of treatment. The first is the procedure currently used to assess for pressure ulcer risk. The second uses a new assessment instrument to identify at-risk patients. Given this information, the nurse consultant exemplifies which career?

 

1. Clinical nurse specialist

 

2. Nurse administrator

 

3. Nurse educator

 

4. Nurse researcher

 

14. Nurses in an acute care hospital are attending a unit-based education program to learn how to use a new pressure-relieving device for patients at risk for pressure ulcers. This is which type of education?

 

1. Continuing education

 

2. Graduate education

 

3. In-service education

 

4. Professional Registered Nurse Education

 

15. Which of the following Internet resources can help consumers compare quality care measures? (Select all that apply.)

 

1. WebMD

 

2. Hospital Compare

 

3. Magnet Recognition Program

 

4. Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare

 

5. The American Hospital Association’s webpage.

 

1. The components of the nursing metaparadigm include:

 

1. Person, health, environment, and theory

 

2. Health, theory, concepts, and environment

 

3. Nurses, physicians, health, and patient needs

 

4. Person, health, environment, and nursing

 

2. Theory is essential to nursing practice because it: (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Contributes to nursing knowledge.

 

2. Predicts patient behaviors in situations.

 

3. Provides a means of assessing patient vital signs.

 

4. Guides nursing practice.

 

5. Formulates health care legislation.

 

6. Explains relationships between concepts.

 

3. A nurse ensures that each patient’s room is clean; well ventilated; and free from clutter, excessive noise, and extremes in temperature. Which theorist’s work is the nurse practicing in this example?

 

1. Henderson

 

2. Orem

 

3. King

 

4. Nightingale

 

 

4. The nurse is caring for a patient admitted to the neurological unit with the diagnosis of a stroke and right-sided weakness. The nurse assumes responsibility for bathing and feeding the patient until the patient is able to begin performing these activities. The nurse in this situation is applying the theory developed by:

 

1. Neuman.

 

2. Orem.

 

3. Roy.

 

4. Peplau.

 

5. Match the following types of theory with the appropriate description.

 

1. Middle-range theory-d. Addresses a specific phenomenon and reflects practice

 

2. Shared theory-c. Applies theory from other disciplines to nursing practice

 

3. Grand theory-a. Very abstract; attempts to describe nursing in a global context

 

4. Practice theory-b. Specific to a particular situation; brings theory to the bedside

 

6. Match the following descriptions to the appropriate grand theorist.

 

1. King-d. Based on the belief that nurses should work with patients to develop goals for care

 

 

2. Henderson-c. Based on 14 activities, the belief that the nurse should assist patients with meeting needs until they are able to do so independently

 

3. Orem-b. Based on the belief that people who participate in self-care activities are more likely to improve their health outcomes

 

4. Neuman-a. Based on the theory that focuses on wellness and prevention of disease

 

7. Match the following description to the appropriate middle-range theory.

 

1. Benner’s Skill Acquisition-b. The nurse progresses through five stages of expertise.

 

2. AACN’s Synergy Model-d. Matching nurse competencies to patient needs can improve patient outcomes

 

3. Mishel’s Uncertainty in Illness-c. The nurse helps the patient to process and find meaning related to his or her illness.

 

4. Kolcaba’s Theory of Comfort- a. The nurse strives to relieve patients’ distress.

 

8. Which of the following statements related to theory-based nursing practice are correct? (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Nursing theory differentiates nursing from other disciplines.

 

2. Nursing theories are standardized and do not change over time.

 

3. Integrating theory into practice promotes coordinated care delivery.

 

4. Nursing knowledge is generated by theory.

 

5. The theory of nursing process is used in planning patient care.

 

6. Evidence-based practice results from theory-testing research.

 

9. A nurse is caring for a patient who recently lost a leg in a motor vehicle accident. The nurse best assists the patient to cope with this situation by applying which of the following theories?

 

1. Roy

 

2. Levine

 

3. Watson

 

4. Johnson

 

10. Using Maslow’s hierarchy of needs, identify the priority for a patient who is experiencing chest pain and difficulty breathing.

 

1. Self-actualization

 

2. Air, water, and nutrition

 

3. Safety

 

4. Esteem and self-esteem needs

 

11. Which of the following categories of shared theories would be most appropriate for a patient who is grieving the loss of a spouse?

 

1. Biomedical

 

2. Leadership

 

3. Psychosocial

 

4. Developmental

 

12. While working in a rehabilitation facility, it is important to obtain nursing histories and develop a therapeutic nurse-patient relationship. List in correct order the phases of Peplau’s theory as applied in this setting. The nurse:

 

3) Ensures that the patient has access to appropriate community resources for long-term care.

 

2)Collaborates with the patient to identify specific patient needs.

 

4)Collects essential information from the patient’s health record.

 

1)Works with the patient to develop a plan for resolving patient issues.

 

13. Nurses have developed theories in response to: (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Changes in health care.

 

2. Prior nursing theories.

 

3. Changes in nursing practice.

 

4. Research findings.

 

5. Government regulations.

 

6. Theories from other disciplines.

 

7. Physician opinions.

 

14. Which of the following types of theory influence the “evidence” in current “evidence-based practice (EBP)”?

 

1. Grand theory

 

2. Middle-range theory

 

3. Practice theory

 

4. Shared theory

 

15. A nurse is preparing to begin intravenous fluid therapy for a patient. Which category of theory would be most helpful to the nurse at this time?

 

1. Grand theory

 

2. Middle-range theory

 

3. Practice theory

 

4. Shared theory

 

1. A nurse is presenting a program to workers in a factory covering safety topics, including the wearing of hearing protectors when workers are in the factory. Which level of prevention is the nurse practicing?

 

1. Primary prevention

 

2. Secondary prevention

 

3. Tertiary prevention

 

4. Quaternary prevention

 

2. A patient had surgery for a total knee replacement a week ago and is currently participating in daily physical rehabilitation sessions at the surgeon’s office. In what level of prevention is the patient participating?

 

1. Primary prevention

 

2. Secondary prevention

 

3. Tertiary prevention

 

4. Quaternary prevention

 

3. Based on the transtheoretical model of change, what is the most appropriate response to a patient who states: “Me, stop smoking? I’ve been smoking since I was 16!”

 

1. “That’s fine. Some people who smoke live a long life.”

 

2. “OK. I want you to decrease the number of cigarettes you smoke by one each day, and I’ll see you in 1 month.”

 

3. “I understand. Can you think of the greatest reason why stopping smoking would be challenging for you?”

 

4. “I’d like you to attend a smoking cessation class this week and use nicotine replacement patches as directed.”

 

4. A patient comes to the local health clinic and states: “I’ve noticed how many people are out walking in my neighborhood. Is walking good for you?” What is the best response to help the patient through the stages of change for exercise?

 

1. “Walking is OK. I really think running is better.”

 

2. “Yes, walking is great exercise. Do you think you could go for a 5-minute walk next week?”

 

3. “Yes, I want you to begin walking. Walk for 30 minutes every day and start to eat more fruits and vegetables.”

77

 

4. “They probably aren’t walking fast enough or far enough. You need to spend at least 45 minutes if you are going to do any good.”

 

5. A male patient has been laid off from his construction job and has many unpaid bills. He is going through a divorce from his marriage of 15 years and has been seeing his pastor to help him through this difficult time. He does not have a primary health care provider because he has never really been sick and his parents never took him to a physician when he was a child. Which external variables influence the patient’s health practices? (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Difficulty paying his bills

 

2. Seeing his pastor as a means of support

 

3. Age of patient (46 years)

 

4. Stress from the divorce and the loss of a job

 

5. Family practice of not routinely seeing a health care provider

 

6. A nurse is conducting a home visit with an older-adult couple. While in the home the nurse weighs each individual and reviews the 3-day food diary with them. She also checks their blood pressure and encourages them to increase their fluids and activity levels to help with their voiced concern about constipation. The nurse is addressing which level of need according to Maslow?

 

1. Physiological

 

2. Safety and security

 

3. Love and belonging

 

4. Self-actualization

 

7. When taking care of patients, a nurse routinely asks if they take any vitamins or herbal medications, encourages family members to bring in music that the patient likes to help the patient relax, and frequently prays with her patients if that is important to them. The nurse is practicing which model?

 

1. Holistic

 

2. Health belief

 

3. Trans theoretical

 

4. Health promotion

 

8. Using the Trans theoretical Model of Change, order the steps that a patient goes through to make a lifestyle change related to physical activity.

 

1. 2: The individual recognizes that he is out of shape when his daughter asks him to walk with her after school.

 

2. 5: Eight months after beginning walking, the individual participates with his wife in a local 5K race.

 

3. 1: The individual becomes angry when the physician tells him that he needs to increase his activity to lose 30 lbs.

 

4. 4: The individual walks 2 to 3 miles, 5 nights a week, with his wife.

 

5. 3: The individual visits the local running store to purchase walking shoes and obtain advice on a walking plan.

 

9. Which statement made by a nurse shows that the nurse is engaging in an activity to help cope with secondary traumatic stress and burnout?

 

1. “I don’t need time for lunch since I am not very hungry.”

 

2. “I am enjoying my quilting group that meets each week at my church.”

 

3. “I am going to drop my gym membership because I don’t have time to go.”

 

4. “I don’t know any of the other nurses who met today to discuss hospital-wide problems with nurse satisfaction.”

 

10. Which of the following are symptoms of secondary traumatic stress and burnout that commonly affect nurses? (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Regular participation in a book club

 

2. Lack of interest in exercise

 

3. Difficulty falling asleep

 

4. Lack of desire to go to work

 

5. Anxiety while working

 

11. After a class on Pender’s health promotion model, students make the following statements. Which statement does the faculty member need to clarify?

 

1. “The desired outcome of the model is health-promoting behavior.”

 

2. “Perceived self-efficacy is not related to the model.”

 

3. “The individual has unique characteristics and experiences that affect his or her actions.”

 

4. “Patients need to commit to a plan of action before they adopt a health-promoting behavior.”

 

12. A patient registered at the local fitness center and purchased a pair of exercise shoes. The patient is in what stage of behavioral change?

 

1. Precontemplation

 

2. Contemplation

 

3. Preparation

 

4. Action

 

13. As part of a faith community nursing program in her church, a nurse is developing a health promotion program on breast self-examination for the women’s group. Which statement made by one of the participants is related to the individual’s perception of susceptibility to an illness?

 

1. “I have a door hanging tag in my bathroom to remind me to do my breast self-examination monthly.”

 

2. “Since my mother had breast cancer, I know that I am at increased risk for developing breast cancer.”

 

3. “Since I am only 25 years of age, the risk of breast cancer for me is very low.”

 

4. “I participate every year in our local walk/run to raise money for breast cancer research.”

 

14. The nurse assesses the following risk factors for coronary artery disease (CAD) in a female patient. Which factors are classified as genetic and physiological? (Select all that apply.)

 

1. Sedentary lifestyle

 

2. Mother died from CAD at age 48

 

3. History of hypertension

 

4. Eats diet high in sodium

 

5. Elevated cholesterol level

 

15. Which activity shows a nurse engaged in primary prevention?

 

1. A home health care nurse visits a patient’s home to change a wound dressing.

 

2. A nurse is assessing risk factors of a patient in the emergency department admitted with chest pain.

 

3. A school health nurse provides a program to the first-year students on healthy eating.

 

4. A nurse schedules a patient who had a myocardial infarction for cardiac rehabilitation sessions weekly.

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 22:  English

 

Read the passage from “The Monkey’s Paw.” The Whites are being offered compensation for Herbert’s death. In what way does the stranger’s answer increase the tension of the rising action?

From “The Monkey’s Paw”

The [visitor] coughed, and rising, walked slowly to the window. “The firm wished me to convey their sincere sympathy with you in your great loss,” he said, without looking round. “I beg that you will understand I am only their servant and merely obeying orders.”

There was no reply; the old woman’s face was white, her eyes staring, and her breath inaudible; on the husband’s face was a look such as his friend the sergeant might have carried into his first action.

“I was to say that Maw and Meggins disclaim all responsibility,” continued the other. “They admit no liability at all, but in consideration of your son’s services, they wish to present you with a certain sum as compensation.”

Mr. White dropped his wife’s hand, and rising to his feet, gazed with a look of horror at his visitor. His dry lips shaped the words, “How much?”

“Two hundred pounds,” was the answer.

Unconscious of his wife’s shriek, the old man smiled faintly, put out his hands like a sightless man, and dropped, a senseless heap, to the floor.

The answer causes Mr. White to faint.
The answer satisfies the first wish, and there are still two wishes left.
The answer causes the wife to shriek.
The answer indicates that Herbert has doubts about the wish.

 

 

Question 23:  Accounting

 

In April of the current year, Freeman Steel Company transferred Herb Porter from its factory in Nebraska to its plant in Michigan. The company’s SUTA tax rates based on its experience ratings are 3.2% in Nebraska and 3.8% in Michigan. Both states base the tax on the first $9,000 of each employee’s earnings. This year, Freeman Steel Company paid Herb Porter wages of $20,900; $2,800 were paid in Nebraska and the remainder in Michigan. Compute:

 

Question 24: Biology

 

Describe approaches you would use to identify appropriately-silenced fungal transformants

 

Question 25:  Business

 

Research Report 

Question
Context: Recently you have joined the firm X – one of the leading export firms in country Z (home country – Malaysia or Australia). Your company is an exporter of goods or services (e.g., food and beverages, telecommunications, energy, or services such as education, entertainment, finance, tourism and health services). You have been assigned to the task of developing a strategic plan to expand the company’s exports to country Y (target country). Country Y could be an existing market or new market.
Relating to the key aspects of the strategic international trade operations topics covered in the course
, provide recommendation on trade expansion strategy to the firm
. In the report, an explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic plan must be included. Note
: You are required to visit the foreign trade web sites of the home and target countries (for example, explore Austrade website www.austrade.com.au if you have chosen Australia as the exporting/home country, or Malaysia External Trade Development Corporation Matrade www.matrade.gov.my/en/ if you have chosen Malaysia as the exporting/home country) to obtain information on export issues.

The report should include but not limited by the following:
(1). Context analysis (5 marks) – Provide a detailed account of the firm’s historical and current trading operations, export capacities, range of products and services, its market strength, and financial performances. Most of this information could be extracted from the company’s web site and internet (do not contact the company)

(2). Market analysis (5 marks) – Evaluate the export market (e.g. total market volume of the goods or services, market share of the exporting country and the firm etc.). Comment on consumer preferences and potential demand for the product at the targetcity/region/country.

(3). Country analysis (5 marks) – Provide a brief description about economic, political, legal, environmental and other relevant factor
s in the target country including potential risks. Also highlight export support structures present in home and target countries (if any).
(4). Facility location (5 marks) – Analyse the firm’s location issue
s in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(5). Trade expansion strategy (5 marks) – Outline and evaluate the firm’s strategy in expanding ope
rations to the chosen target city/region/country.
(6). Firm’s strategic core value (5 marks) – An explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic core value must be included. Analyse and evaluate the continued actions taken to maintain the firm’s core value in the process of trade expansion

Details

 

 

VICTORIA UNIVERISTY BUSINESS SCHOOOL
BEO3432 STRATEGIC INTERNATIONAL TRADE OPERATIONS

SEMESTER 2: 2019 Sunway University, Kuala Lumpur

Assignment (30%)

This assignment is to be undertaken as group work of 3 – 5 students. Assignment should be printed on one-sided A4 paper, with the signed College of Business Student Assessment Declaration form as the first sheet of the paper and the originality report following it. Make sure that you keep a copy of your submitted assignment. The assignment accounts for 30 percent of the total assessment of this unit.

Submission: Students need to submit the assignment to Turnitin in the Assignment Dropbox on the unit VU Collaborate to obtain an originality report, and the hard copy in class of Week 10.

Research Plan due in Week 4: You are required to submit the research plan including a Gant Chart during the tutorial class of Week 4.

Develop a research plan (maximum of two pages) and divide the work equitably amongst the group. The research plan shall provide the followings:

1. (a)  A concise and informative title reflecting the task undertaking, and a brief explanation of the aims/objectives of the project and important features/characteristics of the chosen firm/company.
2. (b)  A Gant Chart listing and diagram of activities and estimated time in days to complete the group assignment. The key activities include but are not limited to: Firm analysis, Market analysis, Country analysis, Strategic core value and plan, and the tasks assigned to each group member.

Presentation: Present the assignment professionally. Refer to the Group Assignment Assessment criteria.

Word limit: Maximum of 4000 words. Upload the final research report onto Turnitin on VU Collaborate. Make sure you hand in a hard copy of the report to your tutor.

1

Research Report Question

Context: Recently you have joined the firm X – one of the leading export firms in country Z (home country – Malaysia or Australia). Your company is an exporter of goods or services (e.g., food and beverages, telecommunications, energy, or services such as education, entertainment, finance, tourism and health services). You have been assigned to the task of developing a strategic plan to expand the company’s exports to country Y (target country). Country Y could be an existing market or new market.

Relating to the key aspects of the strategic international trade operations topics covered in the course, provide recommendation on trade expansion strategy to the firm. In the report, an explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic plan must be included.

Note: You are required to visit the foreign trade web sites of the home and target countries (for example, explore Austrade website www.austrade.com.au if you have chosen Australia as the exporting/home country, or Malaysia External Trade Development Corporation Matrade www.matrade.gov.my/en/ if you have chosen Malaysia as the exporting/home country) to obtain information on export issues.

The report should include but not limited by the following:

1. (1).  Context analysis (5 marks) – Provide a detailed account of the firm’s historical and current trading operations, export capacities, range of products and services, its market strength, and financial performances. Most of this information could be extracted from the company’s web site and internet (do not contact the company).
2. (2).  Market analysis (5 marks) – Evaluate the export market (e.g. total market volume of the goods or services, market share of the exporting country and the firm etc.). Comment on consumer preferences and potential demand for the product at the target city/region/country.
3. (3).  Country analysis (5 marks) – Provide a brief description about economic, political, legal, environmental and other relevant factors in the target country including potential risks. Also highlight export support structures present in home and target countries (if any).
4. (4).  Facility location (5 marks) – Analyse the firm’s location issues in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
5. (5).  Trade expansion strategy (5 marks) – Outline and evaluate the firm’s strategy in expanding operations to the chosen target city/region/country.
6. (6).  Firm’s strategic core value (5 marks) – An explicit statement and evaluation of the firm’s strategic core value must be included. Analyse and evaluate the continued actions taken to maintain the firm’s core value in the process of trade expansion.

2

Formatting requirement:

Use Times New Roman or Arial, size 12 and 1.15 or 1.5 spacing for text. Number the pages.

1. (a)  Have a Cover Page including:

Subject code and title
Name of assignment
Tutorial group
Tutor name
Assignment group member names and student ID numbers Due date

2. (b)  ThesignedStudentAssessmentDeclarationFormisthefirstsheetofthepaper.
3. (c)  Most importantly, the document should be professionally presented. Staple the

assignment, please do not submit the assignment in plastic covers.

Skills development objective over the semester include but are not limited to:

• Complex problem solving
• Critical thinking
• Communication interpersonal and intercultural
• Confident and creative life-long learner

Group member contribution:

On a separate page in the assignment document (after Cover Page), nominate the contributions made by group members for the assignment. In no more than 20 words give reasons why you think the percentage (%) you have nominated is appropriate.

Note that:

The research report will be assessed based on the following criteria. • Coherence of argument
• Originality
• Presentation

• Referencing
  For further information, please refer to the rubric for assessment criteria

3

Assessment Rubric

The overall mark will depend on the content, presentation and originality of the report. If evidence of plagiarized work is found, the report will be marked as fail.
The following rubric provides a general reference on marking, please consult your lecturer/tutor to clarify the requirements of specific topic.

Content 50%

High Distinction 80 – 100%

Distinction 70 – 79%

Credit 60 – 69%

Pass 50 – 59%

Fail
0 – 49%

Demonstrate good understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions with justifications of consistent explanations.

Demonstrate satisfactory understanding of the requirement of the task and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions, and attempts some justification with explanations.

Analysis

Demonstrate thorough understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Demonstrated application and conclusions with appropriate justifications, with clear and concise explanations

Demonstrate limited understanding of the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Can identify decision but no attempt at justifying decision.

Substantial work is required to meet the requirement of the tasks and relevant concepts. Writing is overall of insufficient understanding.

20%

Information is mostly accurate and integrated with some analysis.

Presentation 20%

Information is partially accurate and integrated with minimal analysis.

Information is incorrect, with no effort of analysis.

Information is accurate and integrated with excellent analysis.

Information is accurate and integrated with good analysis.

Formatted and edited to very good standard, with minimal grammatical and spelling errors Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Formatted and edited to good standard, with some grammatical and spelling errors Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Formatted and edited to satisfactory standard, with grammatical and spelling errors. Some details are included: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Referencing 10%

Formatted and edited to excellent standard, with no grammatical and spelling errors. Attention to details: cover page, headings and page numbers.

Submission contains differing formatting and font from different contributors.
No effort of editing is made, with consistent grammatical and spelling errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with minimal errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with some errors.

Total score

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with no errors.

Information is accurately referenced using Harvard System where applicable with many errors.

Incorrect references with substantial errors and with no evidence of consulting the recommended Harvard System.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 26: English

 

Do you think these two girls Morgan and Anissa should be tried as adult 60 years prisons possibly or 10 years Juveniles? GIVE 3 REASONS and 5 PARAGRAPH

YOU HAVE TO READ THE ARTICLE DOWN BELOW IN THE LINK OR YOU CAN WATCH THE VIDEO THAT I ATTACHED.

Link Full article : https://www.cambridge-news.co.uk/news/uk-world-news/slender-man-stabbing-morgan-anissa-16820541

Link to the video of the article : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TXjMEMFvZFI

 

 

Question 27: Chemistry

 

What is the de Broglie wavelength (in meters) of a small car with a mass of 1150 kg travelling at a speed of 55.0 mi/h?

 

Question 28: Psychology

 

Qualitative vs. Quantitative Research

 

Use the table below to answer the following:

 

• Define and distinguish between qualitative and quantitative research.
• Provide examples of qualitative and quantitative research.
• Imagine that you are a researcher interested in identifying the components of ‘giftedness’ in pre-teen children. What quantitative methods might you use to help you better understand the experience of giftedness? What qualitative methods might you use?
• What are the advantages and disadvantages of each approach?

 

 

	Definition	Examples	Examples of methods to study ‘giftedness’	Advantages	Disadvantages
Quantitative Research
Qualitative Research

 

Question 29:  Psychology

 

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

 

Reactivity

When conducting observations, it is important that your data are accurate. One issue that often impacts observational studies is reactivity.

Reactivity occurs when individuals alter their behavior due to the awareness that they are being observed. Reactivity also refers to situations where individuals alter their behavior to conform to the expectations of the observer.

 

So, when conducting an observational study, what can you do to reduce reactivity? You have many, many options….

 

 

Question 30:  Other

 

The DellaVecchia Garden Center purchases and sells Christmas trees during the holiday season. It purchases the trees for $10 each and sells them for $20 each. Any trees not sold by Christmas day are sold for $2 each to a company that makes wood chips. The garden center estimates that four levels of demand are possible: 100, 200, 500, and 1,000 trees.

1. Compute the payoffs for purchasing 100, 200, 500, or

1,000 trees for each of the four levels of demand.

1. Construct a payoff table, indicating the events and alternative    courses of action.
2. Construct a decision tree.
3. Construct an opportunity loss table. Use the Optimistic (maximax) to choose the best choice.
4. Use the Pessimistic (maximin) to choose the best choice.
5. Use the Criterion of realism (Hurwicz) to choose the best choice. α = 0.6
6. Use the Equally likely (Laplace) to choose the best choice.
7. Use the Minimax regret to choose the best choice.
8. Use the expected monetary value to make a choice. ( Probability for the four level demand are :

100 = 0.30

200 = 0.35

500 = 0.20

1000 = 0.15

 

 

Question 1: Religious Studies

 

BIBL 104 Quiz 2 / Liberty University BIBL 104 Quiz 2 (Already graded A)

BIBL 104 Quiz 2 / Liberty University BIBL 104 Quiz 2 (Already graded A)

 

Question 2: Health Care

 

NURS 6660 Midterm Exam II -Walden University – Question and Answers – Latest(2019) – Already Graded A

NURS 6660 Midterm Exam II -Walden University – Question and Answers – Latest(2019) – Already Graded A

 

Question 3: Health Care

 

NURS 6630 Final Exam / NURS6630 Final Exam (2019): Walden University (Already graded A)

NURS 6630 Final Exam / NURS6630 Final Exam (2019): Walden University (Already graded A)

 

Question 4: Psychology

 

After reading one of the provided articles, discuss the topic of stress from a Biblical perspective.  What insights about stress can be gleaned from the article? What insights about stress can be gained from the Bible?  Provide at least one specific example from the Bible of a traumatic event or stressful situation and how the stress was handled.  Cite the journal article (one required), the Bible (verse and application required), along with any other sources used in APA format (optional additional sources). As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application. Cite one of the provided articles in APA format (this will count as your required outside source, as per assignment directions rubric).

Files attached

 

 

ORIGINAL PAPER

Reading the Bible, Stressful Life Events, and Hope:

Assessing an Overlooked Coping Resource

Neal Krause1

• Kenneth I. Pargament2

_ Springer Science+Business Media, LLC, part of Springer Nature 2018

Abstract Many people rely on religion to deal with the stressors in their lives. The

purpose of this study is to examine a religious coping resource that has received relatively

little attention—reading the Bible. We evaluated three hypotheses: (1) reading the Bible

moderates the relationship between stress and hope; (2) people who read the Bible more

often are more likely to rely on benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses; and (3)

individuals who rely on benevolent religious reappraisals will be more hopeful about the

future. Support was found for all three hypotheses in our analyses.

Keywords Bible _ Stressful events _ Hope

It seems that virtually every survey on religion contains a question on how often study

participants read the Bible or other sacred literature. However, these data have not been

exploited fully. Instead, questions on reading sacred literature are, more often than not,

relegated to the status of a control variable or they are combined with other religious

behaviors to form more comprehensive indices of private religious practices (Ciarrocchi

et al. 2008; Davis and Epkins 2009; Marquine et al. 2015). Handling Bible reading in this

manner makes it easy to overlook important functions that may be performed by this

particular type of religious behavior.

As Hood et al. (2009) maintain, religion performs a number of important functions. One

function involves helping people cope with adversity. The purpose of the current study is to

see whether reading the Bible or other sacred literature serves as a potentially important

& Neal Krause

nkrause@umich.edu

1 Department of Health Behavior and Health Education, School of Public Health, University of

Michigan, 1415 Washington Heights, Ann Arbor, MI 48109-2029, USA

2 Bowling Green State University, Bowling Green, OH, USA

123

J Relig Health

https://doi.org/10.1007/s10943-018-0610-6

coping resource. We have been able to identify only two quantitative studies that focus

specifically on turning to religious literature in the face of adversity. The first study was

conducted by Johnson et al. (2016). These investigators studied 101 women who were

diagnosed with PTSD. They report that women with PTSD were more likely to read the

Bible on a regular basis when they were exposed to a traumatic life event. The second

study was conducted by Tepper et al. (2001). These researchers studied 406 individuals

who were diagnosed with persistent mental illness. They found that 30% of their study

participants turned to reading scriptures in an effort to cope with symptoms of mental

illness. Since both of these studies were conducted with special populations, it is difficult to

determine whether the findings can be generalized to a wider population.

Further support for the notion that religious literature is a potentially important coping

resource is provided by a small cluster of qualitative studies. Based on a series of in-depth

interviews, Arcury et al. (2000) found that reading the Bible was a common response to the

challenges that are associated with disease self-management. Similarly, Gerdner et al.

(2007) found that one of the primary ways in which family members helped women who

were dealing with caregiving stressors involved reading Bible passages to them on a

regular basis. Another qualitative study by Hamilton et al. (2013) suggests that the Bible is

often used as a mental-health-promoting resource during stressful times. Further support

for the notion that people turn to sacred literature in order to cope with adversity is found in

the research program of Krause (2002). He conducted a series of qualitative studies in an

effort to develop closed-ended survey items on religiousness. One closed-ended item in his

resulting measure of spiritual support asked study participants to report how often, ‘‘…

someone in your congregation helps you find solutions to your problems in the Bible?’’

(Krause 2008, p. 38).

The findings from the studies that have been reviewed so far suggest that some people

turn to the Bible for help in dealing with stressors they encounter in their lives. However,

this research does not directly test whether people reap specific benefits from doing so. In

order to address this issue, researchers must assess whether reading the Bible moderates the

relationship between stress- and health-related outcomes. We are unaware of any studies

that empirically evaluate this statistical interaction with data from members of the general

population. The first goal of the current study is to address this gap in the literature.

Two questions must be addressed at this juncture in order to flesh out the theoretical

underpinnings of our study. First, it is important to reflect more deeply on what people may

actually get (or hope to receive) when they turn to sacred literature during difficult times.

As we will discuss below, addressing this issue provides a way of thinking about religious

coping that has not received sufficient attention in the literature. Second, it is important to

identify an outcome measure that is well suited for capturing the potential benefits of

turning to the Bible for help in overcoming adversity.

What Reading Religious Literature May Provide

Wuthnow’s (1994) widely cited work on support groups in American society provides a

useful source of information on what people hope to get when they turn to sacred literature

for assistance. This work is relevant because Wuthnow (1994) devotes considerable

attention to Bible study groups, which are formal groups in religious institutions that are

designed to help people learn about their faith by discussing scriptures and other religiously

oriented literature. Wuthnow (1994) reports that an important function of Bible

study groups is to help people deal with personal crises. This is accomplished by helping

J Relig Health

123

people deepen their faith and develop more realistic and mature ways of thinking about the

nature of God. A more mature view of God includes trusting in Him and believing that

what has happened is part of His plan for helping those who are in need. This function

corresponds closely to Pargament’s notion of a benevolent religious reappraisal coping

response (Pargament et al. 2000). As Pargament and his colleagues argue, benevolent

religious reappraisals do not deny the reality of the seriousness of an event (Pargament

et al. 2000). Instead, this type of coping response helps a person reframe the meaning of a

stressful situation by placing it in a larger more positive and hopeful religious context.

Based on these insights, the second goal of the current study is to see whether turning to

sacred literature is associated with greater use of benevolent religious coping responses.

Pursuing this second goal is important because it highlights an understudied dimension

of religious coping and represents a shift in thinking about reading the Bible. Instead of

being a form of instructional religious practice or discipline, reading the Bible in this

context becomes a way of coming to terms with one’s own life problems. Based on the

discussion that has been provided up to this point, we view reading religious literature as a

religious coping resource in its own right. Similarly, benevolent religious reappraisals are

also construed as a religious coping resource. By linking the two empirically, we aim to

show that one religious coping resource (i.e., reading the Bible) serves as a gateway for a

second religious coping resource (i.e., adopting benevolent religious reappraisals). The two

differ in that one (Bible reading) is a more distal factor, while the other (benevolent

appraisals) is a more proximal factor in the coping process. However, they are similar

because when they are taken together, they provide a richer conceptual view of the way in

which people may use their faith to deal with adversity: they rely on multiple religious

coping resources, not just one and they may activate these resources in a sequential

manner.

We were unable to find any studies in the literature that examine the association

between reading the Bible and benevolent religious coping responses. However, research

by Vishkin and his colleagues provides some support for examining this relationship

(Vishkin et al. 2006). These investigators report that individual who are more religious are

more likely to use general cognitive reappraisal coping responses. Our work attempts to

bring this relationship into sharper focus by examining one specific dimension of religion

that may be involved in this relationship (i.e., Bible reading) and coping responses that are

more explicitly religious in nature (i.e., benevolent religious reappraisals).

How the Benefits of Reading Religious Literature May be Manifest

Hope is the primary outcome variable in the analyses that are provided below. The reason

for choosing this outcome measures can be traced to two findings in the literature. First,

research reviewed by Folkman (2010) suggests that stress may erode a person’s sense of

hope. Second, the benevolent reappraisals coping strategy that was discussed above may

help replenish a threatened sense of hope. This coping response includes the belief that

even though one is faced with adversity, God has a plan. Moreover, this plan will

strengthen a focal person, thereby allowing them to ultimately hand the stressful situation

successfully. Implied in this perspective is the notion that although the precise nature of the

plan may not have been grasped fully, some people have faith and hope that the plan will

ultimately lead to the best outcome. There are both biblical as well as social psychological

reasons why hope makes a good outcome in the research on religion and stress.

J Relig Health

123

With respect to a biblical basis, the apostle Paul succinctly captured the role of hope in

the process of relying on religion to deal with adversity: ‘‘We also glorify in our sufferings

because we know that suffering produces perseverance, perseverance produces character,

and character hope.’’ (Romans 5:3–5, New International Version). It follows from this that

if a person turns to the Bible for solace and guidance during difficult times, they may

eventually become more hopeful about the future.

Snyder and his colleagues provide a clear social psychological framework for linking

involvement in religion with hope (Snyder et al. 2002). According to these investigators,

hope is viewed as a goal-directed cognitive process that includes both planning and the

motivation to reach goals. These researchers go on to point out that religion provides a

prepackaged configuration of goals, pathways for accomplishing these goals, and the

necessary cognitions for successfully pursuing the pathways. Perhaps this is one reason

why Capps (1996) argues that pastors are fundamentally providers of hope: ‘‘Pastors, I

suggest, are agents of hope by definition (or calling) and often that is all they are’’ (p. 325,

emphasis in the original).

Findings from a number of empirical studies are consistent with this logic. More

specifically, research by Krause and his colleagues (Krause 2014; Krause and Hayward

2012; Krause et al. 2015) as well as studies by Jankowski and Sandage (2011) indicates

that greater involvement in various aspects of religious life is associated with a greater

sense of hope.

Taken as a whole, the discussion that is provided above leads to the following study

hypotheses:

H1 The magnitude of the relationship between stress and hope will be lower for people

who read the Bible more frequently.

H2 People who read the Bible more frequently will be more likely to adopt a benevolent

religious reappraisal coping strategy.

H3 Individuals who adopt a benevolent religious reappraisal coping strategy will be more

hopeful about the future.

Methods

Sample

The data for this study come from a nationwide, face-to-face, random probability survey of

people aged 18 and older who live in the coterminous USA. The interviews, which were

completed in 2014, were conducted by the National Opinion Research Center (NORC).

The response rate for this study was 50%. A total of 3010 interviews were completed

successfully. The sample was stratified into the following age groups: age 18–40

(N = 1000), age 41–64 (N = 1002), and age 65 and older (N = 1008).

After using listwise deletion to deal with item nonresponse, data were available for

between 2873 and 2159 study participants. The reason for different sample sizes is the way

information on benevolent religious reappraisals was obtained. Study participants were

given a checklist of 12 life events they may have encountered in the past 18 months. The

respondents were asked to identify the one life event that was most stressful for them.

Following this, study participants were told to keep this event in mind as they answer the

questions on benevolent religious reappraisals. A total of 707 study participants were

J Relig Health

123

excluded from the current study because they did not encounter a major stressor in the

previous 18 months.

A series of preliminary analyses were performed in order to develop a demographic

profile of the participants in this study. These analyses suggest that the average age of the

participants in the current study was 46.4 years (SD 17.7 years), 43.8% are men, 44.7%

were married at the time of the interview, and the average level of educational attainment

was 13.4 years (SD 3.1 years). These descriptive data as well as the findings that are

presented below are based on data that have been weighted.

Measures

Table 1 contains the measures of the core constructs that are evaluated in this study. The

procedures that were used to code these indicators are given in the footnotes of this table.

Hope

Three indicators were taken from the work of Scheier and Carver (1985) to measure hope.

A high score denotes greater hope (M = 11.0; SD 2.1; range 3–15). The internal consistency

reliability estimate (i.e., Cronbach’s a) for the composite measure of hope is .707.1

Bible Reading

A single indicator that assesses how often study participants read the Bible when they are

alone was taken from the work of the Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working

Group (1999). A high score on this item represents study participants who read the Bible

more often (M = 3.1; SD 2.4; range 1–8).

Stressful Life Events

Exposure to stressful life events was assessed with a 12-item checklist that was developed

by Moos et al. (1984). A simple count of the number of events that respondents had

encountered in the 18-month period prior to the survey was computed. The average number

of events was 2.7 (SD 2.1; range 0–12).

Benevolent Religious Reappraisals

This coping response measure was developed by Pargament and his colleagues (Pargament

et al. 2000). A high score stands for respondents who relied on this coping strategy more

1 Scheier and Carver (1985) claim that the items in their scale assess optimism, but we refer to them as

indicators of hope. Following the seminal work of Peterson and Seligman (2004), we believe the terms

‘‘hope’’ and ‘‘optimism’’ are virtually synonymous. Moreover, these investigators note, the correlation

between the two is ‘‘considerable’’ (Peterson and Seligman 2004, p. 570) and despite differences in the way

they are operationalized, the correlates of these constructs are ‘‘strikingly similar’’ (Peterson and Seligman

2004, p. 570). The reader might also wonder whether the items we use to assess hope capture a state-like or

trait-like phenomenon. Generally speaking, state-like phenomenon are less stable than trait-like phenomenon.

However, as we will show below, stressful life events tend to be negatively associated with hope,

suggesting that the construct we measure changes over time. Clearly, longitudinal data are needed to address

this issue.

J Relig Health

123

often (M = 7.5; SD 2.9; range 3–12). The reliability estimate for this brief composite is

.855.

Religion Control Variables

Two additional measures of religion were included in the analyses provided below to help

insure that the effects were due to bible reading per se and not some other dimension of

Table 1 Core study measures

1. Hopea
2. I always look at the bright side of things
3. I’m optimistic about my future
4. In uncertain times, I usually expect the best
5. Bible readingb

When you are at home, how often do you read the Bible?

3. Stressful life eventsc
4. Moved to a new residence
5. Death of a close friend
6. Separation or divorce
7. Trouble with family members
8. Trouble with friends or neighbors
9. Your own serious illness or injury
10. Serious illness or injury of a family member
11. Death of a spouse
12. Death of an immediate family member (other than spouse)
13. Unemployed for more than a month
14. Income decreased substantially (20% or more)
15. Assaulted or robbed
16. Benevolent religious reappraisalsd
17. Saw my situation as part of God’s plan
18. Tried to find a lesson from God in the event
19. Tried to see how God might be trying to strengthen me in this situation
20. Church attendancee

How often do you attend religious services?

6. Private prayerb

How often do you pray by yourself?

aThese items were scored in the following manner (coding in parentheses): strongly disagree (1), disagree

(2), uncertain (3), agree (4), strongly agree (5)

bThis item was scored in the following manner: never (1), less than once a month (2), once a month (3), a

few times a month (4), once a week (5), a few times a week (6), once a day (7), several times a day (8)

cA simple count was taken of the number of events that were experienced

dThese items were scored in the following manner: not at all (1), a little bit (2), quite a lot (3), a great deal

(4)

eThis item was scored in the following manner: never (1), less than once a year (2), about once or twice a

year (3), several times a year (4), about once a month (5), 2 to 3 times a month (6), nearly every week (7),

every week (8), several times a week (9)

J Relig Health

123

religion that is associated with it. These religion control variables assess the frequency of

church attendance and the frequency of private prayer. These items were taken from

research by the Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group (1999). A high

score on these items reflects more frequent church attendance (M = 4.7; SD 2.8; range 1–9)

and more frequent private prayer (M = 5.9; SD 2.5; range 1–8), respectively.

Demographic Control Variables

The relationships among the measures in Table 1 were estimated after the effects of age,

sex, education, and marital status were controlled statistically. Age and education were

scored continuously in years, whereas sex (1 = men; 0 = women) and marital status

(1 = married; 0 = otherwise) were coded in a binary format.

Data Analysis Strategy

The first hypothesis that was developed for this study specifies that the relationship

between stressful life events and hope will be weaker for study participants who read the

Bible more often. This means we expect to find a statistical interaction effect between

stress and Bible reading on hope. Following the procedures that are recommended by

Aiken and West (1991), tests for this interaction were performed with ordinary least

squares multiple regression analyses. All of the independent variables were centered on

their means. Following this, a multiplicative term was created by multiplying the centered

vales of the stress by the centered values of Bible reading. Then, a test for the proposed

interaction effect was conducted in two steps. First, the additive relationships between the

independent variables and hope were estimated in Model 1. Second, the cross-product term

was entered into the model in the second step (Model 2).

If the regression coefficient associated with the multiplicative term is statistically significant,

then it is important to perform some additional calculations to see whether the

proposed interaction effect is in the hypothesized direction. These additional computations

are performed with a formula that is provided by Aiken and West (1991, see p. 12).

Support for the first hypothesis would be found if the relationship between stress and hope

becomes progressively weaker at successively higher levels of Bible reading. Although any

value of Bible reading can be used in these additional computations, we selected four

equally spaced scores that capture the full distribution of bible reading values: 2, 4, 6, 8. It

is important to show that there are a sufficient number of cases at each of the selected data

points because too few cases can result in statistical estimation problems with data

sparseness (see Cohen et al. 2003, for a discussion of data sparseness). The following

number of cases was observed at each of the selected bible reading scores: 2 (N = 423), 4

(N = 188), 6 (N = 296), and 8 (N = 106). As these data reveal, we did not encounter

problems with data sparseness at these selected values of Bible reading. Once estimates

have been derived at the selected data points, Aiken and West (1991) provide an additional

formula that reveals whether these coefficients are statistically significant.

The tests for Hypothesis 2 and Hypothesis 3 were more straightforward. OLS was used

in both cases. Hypothesis 2 was evaluated by regressing benevolent religious reappraisal

coping scores on the religion control variables, the demographic control variables, and the

frequency of Bible reading. The stress measure was not included in these analyses because,

as we discussed above, questions on benevolent religious reappraisals refer specifically to

the single most stressful event. Hypothesis 3 was assessed by regressing hope on the

J Relig Health

123

frequency of Bible reading, stressful life events, the interaction between reading the Bible

and stress, benevolent religious coping responses, and the control variables.

Results

Table 2 contains the results of the test of Hypothesis 1. Findings from the first step of the

data analysis procedures that were discussed above are provided by Model 1, whereas

Model 2 contains the results that were obtained after the multiplicative term was added to

the regression equation.

Two noteworthy results emerge from the estimates that were derived from Model 1.

First, the data suggest that greater exposure to stressful life events is associated with a

diminished sense of hope (b = – .134; p\.001). But in contrast, reading the Bible more

often does not appear to be associated with hope (b = .034; ns.).2

The estimates that were derived with Model 2 are of greater interest because they

contain the test for the proposed interaction between stress and Bible reading on hope.

These data indicate that a significant interaction between stress and Bible reading is present

in the data (b = .029; p\.001; unstandardized regression coefficients are discussed when

presenting the results of tests for interaction effects because standardized effects are

meaningless in this context).

2 Preliminary analyses suggest that the level of exposure to stressful life events is not significantly associated

with the frequency of Bible reading (r = – .024; ns.).

Table 2 Assessing the relationships

among bible reading, stress,

and hope (N = 2873)

aStandardized regression

coefficient

bMetric (unstandardized)

regression coefficient

*p\.05; **p\.01;

***p\.001

Model 1 Model 2

Independent variables

Age – .059**a – .062***

(- .007) (- .007)

Sex – .022 – .022

(- .093) (- .091)

Education – .044* – .044*

(- .029) (- .030)

Marital status .027 .028

(.112) (.117)

Church attendance .069** .071**

(.052) (.053)

Private prayer .105*** .108***

(.089) (.090)

Stressful events – .134*** – .132***

(- .136) (- .133)

Bible reading .034 .035

(.029) (.031)

(Bible Reading X Stressful Events) – –

(.029)***

Multiple R2 .053 .058

J Relig Health

123

Following the data analyses strategy that was presented earlier, additional computations

were performed at four equally spaced Bible reading scores to see whether the interaction

effect is in the hypothesized direction. The results from these additional calculations are

not shown in Table 2. A value of 2 represents people who read the Bible less than once a

month. The additional calculations reveal that greater exposure to stressful life events

among people at this level of Bible reading is associated with lower hope scores

(b = – .164; b = – .166; p\.001). A score of 4 stands for people who read the Bible a

few times a month. At this level of Bible reading, stress is still associated with lower hope

scores (b = – .106; b = – .108; p\.001). However, the standardized estimate is about

35.4% smaller than the estimate for study participants at the previous level (i.e., those who

read the Bible less than once a month). Study participants with a score of 6 say they read

the Bible a few times a week. At this level, stress is not significantly associated with hope

(b = – .049; b = – .050; ns.). The same is true for study participants who read the Bible

several times a day (i.e., those with a score of 8) (b = .008; b = .008; ns.). Looking across

the full range of scores, the data suggest that reading the Bible more often tends to fully

moderate (i.e., offset) the negative relationship between stress and hope. These data

therefore provide support for Hypothesis 1.

Hypothesis 2 was designed to examine one way in which the potentially beneficial effects

of reading the Bible might arise. This issue was addressed by estimating the relationship

between reading the Bible and relying on benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses

when the most significant life event in the previous 18 months was encountered. As discussed

above, this relationship was evaluated by regressing benevolent reappraisal coping scores on

the frequency of Bible reading as well as age, sex, education, marital status, church attendance,

and prayer. These additional analyses (not shown here) indicate that people who read

the Bible more often are more likely to rely on benevolent religious reappraisal coping

responses when the most stressful event was encountered (b = .130; b = .158; p\.001).

Hypothesis 3 was designed to bring the analyses full circle by assessing whether greater

use of benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses is associated with greater hope.

Recall that this hypothesis was evaluated by regressing hope on benevolent religious

reappraisals, the frequency of reading the Bible, stress, the interaction between reading the

Bible and stress, and the control variables. The findings (not shown here) suggest that

people who use benevolent reappraisals to deal with the greatest stressor tend to be more

hopeful (b = .215; b = .148; p\.001). Support is therefore found for Hypothesis 3. These

analyses further reveal that the interaction between reading the Bible and stress is still

statistically significant (b = .024; p\.01), but it is approximately 17.2% smaller than the

estimate that is provided when the measure of benevolent reappraisals is not in the model

(see Table 2) ((.029- .024/.029) = .172).

Discussion

Sacred texts are, arguably, the backbone of a faith tradition.3 They typically contain

information on the history of a faith tradition, but, more importantly, they also contain

precepts which presumably lead to a better life. Even though sacred texts are a vitally

3 Our study was conducted in the U.S. and as a result, the study participants were overwhelmingly

Christian. The statement that religious texts are the backbone of a faith tradition is appropriate for those with

a Judeo-Christian background. It should be emphasized, however, that religious texts may play a less central

role in other faith traditions, such as Buddhism.

J Relig Health

123

important part of a faith tradition, it is surprising to find that empirical research on them has

lagged behind research in other substantive areas (e.g., religious coping) in the religion and

health literature. The purpose of the current study was to redress this imbalance in the

literature by assessing whether reading sacred texts contributes to the quality of life by

providing access to potentially important coping resources. Toward this end, three

hypotheses were evaluated. The first specified that the relationship between stress and hope

would be weaker among people who read the Bible more often. It was proposed in the

second hypothesis that people who read the Bible more often will be more likely to adopt

benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses to deal with the single most troublesome

life event they encountered in the previous 18 months. According to the third hypothesis,

individuals who adopt benevolent religious reappraisal coping responses will be more

hopeful about the future. The data from the current study provide support for each of these

hypotheses.

There are three reasons why the findings from this study are noteworthy. First, to the

best of our knowledge, this is the first study that assesses the potential stress-buffering

function of reading sacred scriptures in the general population. Second, an effort was made

to move beyond this important issue by clearly identifying one way in which reading the

Bible may confer stress-related benefits: adopting benevolent religious reappraisal coping

responses. Third, we examined these issues with data from a large nationally representative

survey of adults.

Even though our research may have contributed to the literature, a substantial amount of

work remains to be done on reading sacred scriptures. Perhaps the greatest need has to do

with the measurement of this core construct. As in the current study, researchers often

assess reading sacred scriptures with a single indicator (e.g., Fetzer Institute/National

Institute on Aging Working Group 1999). Yet even a moments reflect reveals that reading

sacred scriptures is a complex phenomenon in its own right. Briefly reflecting on research

on prayer helps illustrate this point. Many researchers initially assessed prayer with a single

indicator. But as this literature began to evolve, it quickly became evident that there are

different types of prayer (Poloma and Gallup 1991) and different functions of prayer

(Spilka and Ladd 2013). Perhaps researchers can develop a counterpart to this literature in

their work on reading sacred scriptures. For example, it might be useful to devise a

topology of reasons for reading the Bible. Some people might read the Bible for help in

dealing with stress, but others might read sacred scriptures simply to deepen their faith,

while yet other individuals may read the Bible in order to feel closer to their chosen faith,

thereby deriving comfort in knowing they are part of an ongoing tradition. These (and

other) reasons for reading scriptures could be measured directly and then examined in

larger models to see which one(s) are associated with health-related outcomes.

Following closely on the point that was raised above, it would be helpful to identify the

specific Biblical passages that people turn to when they encounter stressful events. This in

turn may help flesh out our understanding about how Bible reading shapes religious coping

responses. Unfortunately, our study does not contain data on the specific Biblical passages

that people consult during difficult times. Gathering this type of information should be a

high priority in the future.

As the data in our study reveal, Bible reading, stress, and religious coping responses do

not explain all of the variance in the hope outcome measure. This suggests that hope is

likely to be influenced by other aspects of religious life, as well. Research by Krause and

his colleagues suggests that social relationships in the church may play an important role in

this respect. More specifically Krause and Hayward (2012) report that more frequent

informal support from pastors is associated with increases in hope over time. Similarly,

J Relig Health

123

research by Krause, Ellison, Shaw, Marcum and Boardman (2001) indicates that more

frequent informal support from fellow church members is associated with greater use of

religious coping responses.

It would also be important to gather more information on the context in which Bible

reading takes place. We assess Bible reading in private, but people also attend Bible study

groups. It would be helpful to see whether reading the Bible in groups conveys a similar or

even greater benefit than reading the Bible privately.

In order to advance research on reading the Bible, investigators should also address the

limitations in the work we have presented. At least two shortcomings are in need of

attention. First, the data for our study are cross-sectional. Consequently, the causal

ordering among the constructs in our models was based on theoretical considerations alone.

For example, we assumed that people who rely on benevolent religious reappraisals are

subsequently more likely to feel hopeful about the future. But one might just as easily

argue that people who are initially more hopeful are subsequently more likely to adopt this

type of coping response. Longitudinal data are needed to address this, as well as other

causal assumptions in our work. Second, only one specific coping response was examined

in our study. However, as Pargament et al. (2000) show, individuals may adopt a wide

range of coping responses when they are confronted by an unwanted stressor. Some of

these coping responses may be especially useful in research on reading sacred scriptures

(e.g., collaborative religious coping, seeking spiritual support). Clearly, examining the

relationship between reading the Bible and a full spectrum of coping responses will likely

yield much greater insight into the potential benefits of this core religious behavior.

In recent years, the theories and measures that are used in the study of religion have

become increasingly sophisticated. We applaud these efforts as long as more fundamental

aspects of religious life are not overlooked. If our study accomplishes anything, we hope it

calls attention to one of the most basic elements of involvement in virtually any faith

tradition—reading sacred scriptures.

Funding This study was funded by the John Templeton Foundation (Grant 40077).

Compliance with Ethnical Standards

Conflict of interest Neal Krause and Kenneth I. Pargament declare that they have no conflict of interest.

Ethical Approval All procedures performed in studies involving human participants were in accordance

with the ethical standards of the institutional and/or national research committees and with the 1964 Helsinki

Declaration and its later amendments or comparable ethical standards.

Informed Consent Informed consent was obtained from all individual participants included in the study.

References

Aiken, L. S., & West, S. G. (1991). Multiple regression: Testing and interpreting interactions. Newbury

Park, CA: Sage.

Arcury, T. A., Quandt, S. A., McDonald, J., & Bell, R. A. (2000). Faith and health self-management of rural

older adults. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 15, 65–74.

Capps, D. (1996). The pastor as agent of hope. Currents in Theology and Mission, 23, 325–335.

Ciarrocchi, J. W., Dy-Liacco, G. S., & Denke, E. (2008). Gods or rituals? Relational faith, spiritual discontent,

and religious practices as predictors of hope and optimism. Journal of Positive Psychology, 3,

120–136.

Cohen, J., Cohen, P., West, S. G., & Aiken, L. S. (2003). Applied multiple regression/correlation analysis

for the behavioral sciences (3rd ed.). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum.

J Relig Health

123

Davis, K. A., & Epkins, C. C. (2009). Do private religious practices moderate the relationship between

family conflict and preadolescents’ depression and anxiety symptoms? Journal of Early Adolescence,

29, 693–717.

Fetzer Institute/National Institute on Aging Working Group. (1999). Multidimensional measurement of

religiousness/spirituality for use in health research. Kalamazoo, MI: John E. Fetzer Institute.

Folkman, S. (2010). Stress, coping, and hope. Psycho-Oncology, 19, 901–908.

Gerdner, L. A., Tripp-Reimer, T., & Simpson, H. C. (2007). Hard lives. God’s help and struggling through:

Caregiving in Arkansas Delta. Journal of Cross-Cultural Gerontology, 22, 355–374.

Hamilton, J. B., Moore, A. D., Johnson, K. A., & Koenig, H. G. (2013). Reading the Bible for guidance,

comfort, and strength during stressful life events. Nursing Research, 62, 178–184.

Hood, R. W., Hill, P. C., & Spilka, B. (2009). The psychology of religion: An empirical approach (4th ed.).

New York: Guilford.

Jankowski, P. J., & Sandage, S. J. (2011). Meditative prayer, hope, adult attahcment, and forgiveness: A

proposed model. Psychology of Religion and Spirituality, 3, 115–131.

Johnson, S. D., Williams, S. L., & Pickard, J. G. (2016). Trauma, religion, and social support among African

American women. Social Work & Christianity, 43(6), 73–693.

Krause, N. (2002). A comprehensive strategy for developing closed-ended survey items for use in studies of

older adults. Journal of Gerontology: Social Sciences, 57B, S263–S274.

Krause, N. (2008). Aging in the church: How social relationships affect health. West Conshohocken, PA:

Templeton Foundation Press.

Krause, N. (2014). Religious involvement, practical wisdom, and self-rated health. Journal of Aging and

Health, 26, 540–558.

Krause, N., Ellison, C. G., Shaw, B. A., Marcum, J. P., & Boardman, J. (2001). Church-based social support

and religious coping. Journal for the Scientific Study of Religion, 40, 637–656.

Krause, N., Emmons, R. A., & Ironson, G. (2015). Benevolent images of God, gratitude, and physical health

status. Journal of Religion and Health, 54, 1503–1519.

Krause, N., & Hayward, R. D. (2012). Informal support from a pastor and change in hope during late life.

Pastoral Psychology, 61, 305–318.

Marquine, M. J., Maldonado, Y., Ziatar, Z., Moore, R. C., Martin, A. S., Palmer, B. W., et al. (2015).

Differences in life satisfaction among older community-dwelling Hispanics and non-Hispanic Whites.

Aging & Mental Health, 19, 978–988.

Moos, R. H., Cronkite, R. C., Billings, A. G., & Finney, J. W. (1984). Health and daily living form manual.

Social Ecology Laboratory, Department of Psychiatry, Stanford University.

Pargament, K. I., Koenig, H. G., & Perez, L. M. (2000). The many methods of religious coping: Development

and initial validation of the RCOPE. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 56, 519–543.

Peterson, C., & Seligman, M. E. P. (2004). Character strengths and virtues: A handbook and classification.

New York: Oxford University Press.

Poloma, M. M., & Gallup, G. H. (1991). Varieties of prayer: A survey report. Philadelphia: Trinity Press

International.

Scheier, M. F., & Carver, C. S. (1985). Optimism, coping, and health: Assessment and Implications of

generalized outcome expectancies. Health Psychology, 4, 219–247.

Snyder, C. R., Sigmon, D. R., & Feldman, D. B. (2002). Hope for the sacred and vice versa: Positive goaldirected

thinking and religion. Psychological Inquiry, 13, 234–238.

Spilka, B., & Ladd, K. L. (2013). The psychology of prayer: A scientific approach. New York: Guilford.

Tepper, L., Rogers, S. A., Coleman, E. M., & Malony, H. N. (2001). The prevalence of religious coping

among persons with persistent mental illness. Psychiatric Services, 52, 660–665.

Vishkin, A., Bigman, Y. E., Porat, R., Solak, N., Halperin, E., & Tamir, M. (2006). God rest our hearts:

Religiosity and cognitive reappraisal. Emotion, 16, 252–262.

Wuthnow, R. (1994). Sharing the journey: Support groups and America’s new quest for community. New

York: Free Press.

 

Question 5: Economics

 

Chapter 12 matching vocabulary

 

 

1. Aggregate demand
2. Real-balances effect
3. Foreign-purchases effect
4. Interest-rate effect
5. Aggregate supply
6. Productivity
7. Short-run aggregate supply curve
8. Menu costs
9. Long-run aggregate supply curve
10. Equilibrium price  level

 

(     )  The amount of total spending on domestic goods and services in an

economy.

(     )  Where there is neither a shortage nor a surplus and no tendency for

the price to rise or fall.

(     )  As the price level declines, the purchasing power of money increases.

(     )  Shows the total quantity of output that firms will produce and sell

where input prices are fully responsive to changes in the price level.

(     )  A lower price level will make domestically produced goods less

expensive relative to foreign goods.

(     )  The costs of changing prices, like the costs of changing prices at

Publix.

(     )  A lower price level will reduce the demand for money and lower the

real interest rate, which will stimulate additional purchases.

(     )  Shows the total quantity of output that firms will produce where input

prices do not change in response to changes in the price level.

(     )  The total quantity of output (i.e. real GDP) firms will produce and sell.

(     )  The average output per worker during a specific time period.

 

Question 6: Economics

 

chapter 11 matching vocabulary

 

Money that enters the spending stream through an increase in business or government spending.

The difference between exports and imports in an economy.

Where spending equal output in an economy.

The level of consumer and business spending at each possible income or output level.

Insufficient total spending to achieve full-employment GDP

A tax where everyone pays the same amount.

Total spending exceeds level to achieve full-employment GDP

Money, like savings, that is no in the spending stream.

The business spending plan at each level of GDP

Spending choices of business independent of current real output.

 

Planned investment

Investment schedule

Aggregate expenditures schedule

Equilibrium GDP

Leakage

Injection

Net Exports

Lump-sum tax

Recessionary expenditure gap

Inflationary expenditure gap

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 7: Economics

 

Chapter 10 matching definitions

 

 

1. (   ) Shows the amounts households plan to spend for consumer goods at different levels of disposable income.
2. (   ) The share of the additional dollar a person decides to save.
3. (   ) Percent of disposable income that household spend on consumer goods.
4. (   ) Tendency for people to increase or decrease consumption spending when the value of their financial assets changes.
5. (   ) Shows the amounts households plan to save at different levels of disposable income.
6. (   ) The share of the additional dollar a person decides to devote to consumption expenditures.
7. (   ) Percent of disposable income that household save
8. (   ) Increased savings may be both good and bad for the economy.
9. (   ) The ratio of a change in equilibrium GDP to the change in investment.
10. (   ) The line along which the value of output is equal to the value of aggregate expenditures.

 

1. Consumption schedule
2. Marginal  propensity to save (MPS)
3. Average propensity to consume (APC)
4. Wealth effect
5. Savings schedule
6. Marginal  propensity to consume (MPC)
7. Average propensity to save (APS)
8. Paradox of thrift
9. Multiplier
10. 45 degree line

 

 

Question 8: Business

 

Resources: Strategic Staffing, Ch. 11; Top Performers Case Study Grading Guide

Read the opening vignette in Ch. 11, “Hiring Top Performers at MarineMax” on page 304 in Strategic Staffing, Ch. 11.

Answer the following in 150 to 200 words:

What can MarineMax do to increase the likelihood that the top sales candidates it recruits will accept its job offers?

 

 

Question 9: Business

 

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words: 

 

Discuss the multiple hurdles approach. Do you think this is a viable method for choosing candidates? Or does an alternative approach work best for your current or previous organization?

 

 

Question 10: Business

 

 

BUSI   300      PowerPoint     Instructions

For this assignment, you will create a professional looking PowerPoint presentation on a topic of professional communication. To help put this in perspective, the scenario is that your supervisor has assigned you the task of presenting a 45 to 60-minute training session on some aspect of professional communication. You need to research your topic and prepare an engaging PowerPoint that would be used to guide your presentation.

 

Topic Ideas

 

The course textbook will be a great resource when looking for a topic that relates to some aspect of professional communication. Some examples of topics include (but are not limited to):

• How to be an Effective Verbal and Nonverbal Communicator;
• How to Give an Effective Presentation;
• Effective Communication Within Teams;
• Overcoming Communication Barriers

 

It is recommended that you pick a topic of interest and then do some research to make sure you can find five credible sources – more about credible sources below. Once you are certain you can locate five credible sources, begin creating your PowerPoint presentation.

PowerPoint Requirements: 

 

1. Title Slide

• This will be the first slide of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a contentslide).
• This slide will include the following: title of your presentation; your full name; class name and section number; & your institution (Liberty University).

 

1. Content Slides

• A minimum of 15content slides must be included.
• All content slides must contain speaker notes.

o   Speaker notes are a presenter’s “cheat sheet”, if you will. In other words, speaker notes are hidden from your audience, but you are able to view them while presenting.

o   Speaker notes are NOT a copy of the information on your slide. Instead, speaker notes expand upon and/or offer further clarification regarding points on each slide.

o   To add speaker notes, go to the Notes pane under the slide where you will see, “Click to add notes”. For more help, view the information at: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/add-speaker-notes-to-your-slides-26985155-35f5-45ba-812b-e1bd3c48928e

• A minimum of fourrelevant, professional images/graphics must be included in your PPT.

o   All images/graphics used must be of high quality and professional, with the main purpose of helping an audience better grasp a complex concept and/or remember information presented.

o   Re-read section 12-3 in your course textbook, as there are some important guidelines regarding the use of images/graphics in a presentation.

 

III. Reference Slide

• This slide will be the last slide(s) of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a contentslide).
• This slide (or slides) will contain all sources used in your PowerPoint presentation.
• Sources must be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines.
• In addition to current APA formatting guidelines, the inclusion of thecomplete URL (sometimes called a permalink) is required for all full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database. Note that this is not the same as the doi #. The URL must take your reader directly to the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database. If you’re unsure about the specific URL/link, you can copy the entire web address from the top of the browser’s address bar once you are viewing the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database.

 

1. Sources

• A minimum of five credible sourcesmust be used within your presentation. Required, credible sources include:

o   four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.

o   two of the above four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles must be within the last 7 years.

o   the course textbook (as listed on the course syllabus).

• You are able to include additional sources, other than the five credible sources listed above; however, they must be full-text articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
• Sources NOT acceptable for this assignment: 

o   No textbooks (including e-books), other than the course textbook/ebook (as listed on the course syllabus)

o   No general Internet searching is acceptable.  Therefore, no blogs, education sites, commercial sites, Wikipedia, About.com, editorials, abstracts, online books, book reviews, etc.

1. Avoiding Plagiarism

• Create an original PowerPoint presentation; previously submitted work from this or another course is considered self-plagiarism and is prohibited.
• Provide citations for any:
  • statement, idea, & thought (whether paraphrased or directly quoted) used from an outside source;
  • table, data, image, etc. used from an outside source.
• All citations should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines and should directly follow the information used from an outside source.
• All sources used should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines on your reference slide(s).

 

1. Other Requirements and Reminders:

• Must be created in Microsoft PowerPoint and uploaded through the assignment link as a .ppt or .pptx file.
• Individual slides and the overall design of your presentation must be professional and engaging.
• A running header or page #s are not required.
• An abstract is not required.

 

 

 

 

PowerPoint Project Grading Rubric_BUSI 300

Based on 150-point maximum

Criteria	Levels of Achievement
Content 70%	Advanced 90-100%	Proficient 70-89%	Developing 1-69%	Not present
Content	94.5 to 105 points Topic meets assignment requirements. Content is accurate, and the presentation has a logical sequence of ideas. All slides outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Four relevant, professional images/graphics are included. All image/graphics illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are included on all content slides and expand upon and/or offer further clarification of points.	73.5 to 93.5 points Topic meets assignment requirements. Content is mostly accurate, and the presentation has a good flow. Most slides outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Presentation contains only 1-3 images/graphics. Some, but not all, images/graphics illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are missing on 1-5 content slides. Speaker notes help clarify some, but not all points.	1 to 72.5 points Topic does not meet assignment requirements. Content is not completely accurate, and/or the presentation is unorganized and difficult to follow. Slides do not outline or supplement a major point or detail a previous point. Graphics do not illustrate the topic of the slide and/or explain a complex issue. Speaker notes are missing on 6 or more content slides. Speaker notes do not clarify points on the slides.	0 points Not present
Structure 30%	Advanced 90-100%	Proficient 70-89%	Developing 1-69%	Not present
Grammar, Spelling, and Sentence Structure	4.6 to 5 points No spelling or grammar errors are present.	3.6 to 4.5 points Presentation contains some spelling and/or grammar errors.	1 to 3.5 points Presentation contains multiple spelling and/or grammar errors.	0 points Not present
Formatting and Number of Slides	36 to 40 points 5 credible sources are used, and correct APA formatting has been applied throughout. The title slide is included and contains all required items. Transitions and animations are smooth and enhance the presentation very well. A professional theme is used. All text is clearly visible with the appropriate amount of content per slide. All required slides are present.	28 to 35.6 points 4 credible sources are used. The presentation contains some APA formatting errors. The title slide is included, but is missing one required item. Transitions and animations are adequately used. A professional theme is used. All text is visible and most slides contain the appropriate amount of content per slide. Two required slides are missing.	1 to 27.6 points 1-3 credible sources are used. The presentation contains multiple APA formatting errors. The title slide is included, but is missing 2+ required items. Transitions and animations are not used and/or distract from the presentation. A professional theme is missing. Text is unclear, and there is either too much or not enough content per slide. Three or more required slides are missing.	0 points Not present

 

 

 

 

BUSI 300 PowerPoint Instructions

For this assignment, you will create a professional looking PowerPoint presentation on a topic of professional communication. To help put this in perspective, the scenario is that your supervisor has assigned you the task of presenting a 45 to 60-minute training session on some aspect of professional communication. You need to research your topic and prepare an engaging PowerPoint that would be used to guide your presentation.

 

Topic Ideas

 

The course textbook will be a great resource when looking for a topic that relates to some aspect of professional communication. Some examples of topics include (but are not limited to):

• How to be an Effective Verbal and Nonverbal Communicator;
• How to Give an Effective Presentation;
• Effective Communication Within Teams;
• Overcoming Communication Barriers

 

It is recommended that you pick a topic of interest and then do some research to make sure you can find five credible sources – more about credible sources below. Once you are certain you can locate five credible sources, begin creating your PowerPoint presentation.

PowerPoint Requirements:

 

1. Title Slide

• This will be the first slide of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a content slide).
• This slide will include the following: title of your presentation; your full name; class name and section number; & your institution (Liberty University).

 

1. Content Slides

• A minimum of 15 content slides must be included.
• All content slides must contain speaker notes.

• Speaker notes are a presenter’s “cheat sheet”, if you will. In other words, speaker notes are hidden from your audience, but you are able to view them while presenting.
• Speaker notes are NOT a copy of the information on your slide. Instead, speaker notes expand upon and/or offer further clarification regarding points on each slide.
• To add speaker notes, go to the Notes pane under the slide where you will see, “Click to add notes”. For more help, view the information at: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/add-speaker-notes-to-your-slides-26985155-35f5-45ba-812b-e1bd3c48928e

• A minimum of four relevant, professional images/graphics must be included in your PPT.

• All images/graphics used must be of high quality and professional, with the main purpose of helping an audience better grasp a complex concept and/or remember information presented.
• Re-read section 12-3 in your course textbook, as there are some important guidelines regarding the use of images/graphics in a presentation.

 

III. Reference Slide

• This slide will be the last slide(s) of your PowerPoint (and is NOT considered a content slide).

• This slide (or slides) will contain all sources used in your PowerPoint presentation.

• Sources must be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines.
• In addition to current APA formatting guidelines, the inclusion of the complete URL (sometimes called a permalink) is required for all full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database. Note that this is not the same as the doi #. The URL must take your reader directly to the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database. If you’re unsure about the specific URL/link, you can copy the entire web address from the top of the browser’s address bar once you are viewing the full text article within Liberty’s online library journal database.

 

1. Sources

• A minimum of five credible sources must be used within your presentation. Required, credible sources include:

• four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
• two of the above four full-text, peer-reviewed/scholarly articles must be within the last 7 years.
• the course textbook (as listed on the course syllabus).

• You are able to include additional sources, other than the five credible sources listed above; however, they must be full-text articles retrieved from Liberty’s online library journal database.
• Sources NOT acceptable for this assignment:

• No textbooks (including e-books), other than the course textbook/ebook (as listed on the course syllabus)
• No general Internet searching is acceptable. Therefore, no blogs, education sites, commercial sites, Wikipedia, About.com, editorials, abstracts, online books, book reviews, etc.

1. Avoiding Plagiarism

• Create an original PowerPoint presentation; previously submitted work from this or another course is considered self-plagiarism and is prohibited.
• Provide citations for any:
  • statement, idea, & thought (whether paraphrased or directly quoted) used from an outside source;
  • table, data, image, etc. used from an outside source.
• All citations should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines and should directly follow the information used from an outside source.
• All sources used should be formatted according to current APA formatting guidelines on your reference slide(s).

 

1. Other Requirements and Reminders:

• Must be created in Microsoft PowerPoint and uploaded through the assignment link as a .ppt or .pptx file.

• Individual slides and the overall design of your presentation must be professional and engaging.

• A running header or page #s are not required.
• An abstract is not required.

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 11: Mathematics

 

1. Calculate the percentage return on a 1-year Treasury bill with a face value of $10,000 if you pay $9,777.46 to purchase it and receive its full face value at maturity.

The percentage return is %  Round to decimal place

 

Question 12: History

 

From the readings in you textbook, you have learned about Plato, Aristotle and other philosophers within the Greek culture. Some people say, “We should not study and learn about the secular philosophies taught by the Greeks because they are not Christian based.” Do you agree or disagree with this statement? Give specific reasons why you have come to your conclusions.

 

TEXTBOOK chs. 7–8:

 

A Narrative of Western Culture First Edition Dennis E. Rawls, MALS

ISBN-13: 978-1-260-51106-2 ISBN-10: 1-260-51106-5

 

 

Module/Week 3

Review Study Guide

 

This module/week we are looking at the philosophy and humanist legacy that the Greeks added to Western Culture. Philosophy many times is a big word that people avoid using but it is literally the love of wisdom. It generally does take a position on what is the nature of reality. Men like the Sophists (a professional philosopher-teacher) would debate philosophy in the Greek marketplace called an agora. On occasion we are critical of the Greek philosophy but many of these men were brilliant and modern Christianity could learn some things from them. We should not be afraid to understand the world in which we live a little better. They were not afraid to have a systematic speculation of the universe from their vantage point. There are a number of men who are listed as philosophers in the Greek culture, so let’s get some of the key individuals in the correct time frame.

 

The correct order:

• Pythagoras—Died 495 BC
• Socrates—399 BC
• Plato—348 BC
• Aristotle—322 BC
• Alexander the Great—323 BC (not really thought of as a philosopher, but was a student of Aristotle and was heroic figure in the late classical period of Greek history).

 

Let’s now try to cover a little of what each is known for.

 

Pythagoras was the early Greek philosopher who taught that “number” was the essence of all things. Not to be confused with Protagoras who is also credited with saying that “man is the measure of all things”. Socrates is next and it is interesting that there are no written works of him, and we only know what he taught because of what Plato wrote about him. Socrates was known for his method of teaching by asking questions. He is best recognized for inventing the teaching practice of pedagogy, wherein a teacher questions a student in a manner that draws out the correct response. He was not necessarily a student of Pythagoras but probably learned some things from him. It is interesting that Socrates’ favorite student, Plato, developed a philosophy diverse from that of his teacher. Socrates was later brought to trial by his enemies on capital charges of atheism and corruption of the young.

Let’s look at Plato, who was associated with a principle used in the art of debate called the dialectic. Reality for Plato consisted of (Ideas) of all basic things. Forms that exist beyond the grasp of the senses, or even the mind, which is not what Socrates or Aristotle would teach. Aristotle had a great influence in the field of logic, particularly with his invention of the syllogism as a tool for deductive reasoning. In logic, Plato was more inclined to use inductive reasoning, whereas Aristotle used deductive reasoning. The syllogism, a basic unit of logic (if A = B, and B = C, then A = C), was developed by Aristotle. Plato would write the Republic as well as the Allegory of the Cave.

Both Aristotle and Plato believed thoughts were superior to the senses and are considered to be the most influential philosophers in the history of Western Culture.  However, whereas Plato believed the senses could fool a person, Aristotle stated that the senses were needed in order to properly determine reality. Aristotle would have some excellent views on logos, which when used in the philosophical sense takes on the meaning of the rational principles that govern and develop the universe as well as his greatest field of logic.

An example of this difference is the Allegory of the Cave, created by Plato (who would create the Academy of Athens). To him, the world was like a cave, and a person would only see shadows cast from the outside light, so the only reality would be thoughts. To the Aristotelian method, the obvious solution is to walk out of the cave and experience what is casting light and shadows directly, rather than relying solely on indirect or internal experiences.

Next, let’s look at some of the philosophical terms that were used and have been used to describe various beliefs and values.

Ideology is basically the doctrines, opinions, or way of thinking of an individual or group.

 

Hedonism develops within cultures that begin to focus on themselves and not others, because this belief says that pleasure is the principal god and should be the highest aim of the individual and society.

 

 Naturalism in many cases leads to Hedonism and Humanism. Naturalism is the view that the universe requires no supernatural cause or government, that it is self-existent, self-explanatory, self-operating, and self-directing, and that it is purposeless, deterministic, and only accidently productive of humanity.

 

Syncretism is a view we have seem before and is the joining together of ideals, beliefs and values. Syncretism is basically a combination, reconciliation, or coalescence of varying, often mutually opposed beliefs, principles, or practices, esp. those of various religions, into a new conglomerate whole typically marked by internal inconsistencies.

 

We have previously studied how the Greeks were individualistic in their view of their society. This concept was unusual in the history and cultures of this and previous time periods. We may look down upon a prideful person and Scripture certainly does, but the Greeks considered pride a virtue. We had mentioned it earlier but the Greeks were good at illustrating their cultural perspective by their use of the Comedy and Tragedy (the first one was in 534 BC) plays. The typical Greek tragedy depicts how the hero becomes alienated from society, which is a tragedy.

 

Greek Theatre was not the only form of art for the Greeks. We have famous sculptures such as The Discus Thrower by Myron, The Kritios Boy done in 481 BC, and Poseidon, one of the finest original Greek bronzes (the Greeks favorite sculpture forms). Many of these art works depicted people not as they were but as they should be. Just a note here: there are not as many bronze sculptures as were actually produced because many were melted down for weapons. Many of the bronzes statues we have today have been recovered from the sea, where they were able to lay safely to be recovered by future generations. We cannot forget the art that the Greeks felt was the most important, which was Music.

 

Just because there were many views of reality with the Greek culture, this did not mean that the people did not believe in gods and build temples (without priests). Most expensive temples were built on the mainland of Greece, not on the islands such as Sicily; one of them being the Parthenon (built in Athens), which was a temple dedicated to the goddess Athena. The ancient Greeks saw the human form even in their temple styles. The Corinthian columns were associated with the Greek Classical time period and were used in the Greek temple architecture because of their elegance and refinement. The Corinthian columns can be seen in many of the buildings in downtown Washington D.C.

Not to say that the Greeks all got along with each other. Towns would fight towns and basically have an all-out war, and many of them were based on pride. As we mentioned earlier, the Peloponnesian War between Sparta and Athens was just such a war. We know much about this war because of the accurate historical accounts by Thucydides. Thucydides believed that history should provide an accurate record of past events.  It would have very negative effects of both areas of Greece, but Athens would continue to provide the majority of cultural influence for Greece until the Romans arrived on the scene.

The Greeks thought education was very important and like many of the Classical schools in America today, thought music was important in this educational process. How could we describe the Greeks? In two words: Individualistic and competitive. Thus the Olympics?

 

Question 13: General Question

 

ACCT 212 Learn smart Assignment 11 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

A capital investment evaluation method that measures the expected time for the present value of the net cash flows to equal the initial cost of the investment is the:

A company is considering several investment opportunities. The investments have been evaluated using payback period and break-even time. Only one project will be chosen and time value of money is important. The company should choose the project which the:

The capital investment evaluation method compares the present value of the net cash flows to the initial amount invested is the:

A company is considering a capital investment of $45,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase cash flows by $15,000 per year for 6 years. The company has a hurdle rate of 10%. The break-even time is approximately:

When using accounting rate of return to evaluate capital investment decisions, choose the project with the (1) risk, (2) payback period, and (3) return for the (4) time period.

A company needs to choose between two investment opportunities. Project 1 has a cost of $500,000 and expected NPV of cash flows of $450,000. Project 2 has a cost of $800,000 and expected NPV of cash flows of $750,000. Using profitability index as the evaluation method, the company should choose:

A company is considering a capital investment of $45,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase flows by $15,000 per year for 6 years. The payback period is ____ years.

When comparing investment opportunities with approximately the same cost and risk level, choose the investment with the:

A company is considering a capital investment of $16,000 in new equipment which will improve production and increase cash flow for next five years at the following amounts: Year 1: $8,000; Year 2: $6,000; Year 3: $5,000; Year 4: $5,000. The payback period is __ years.

A company is considering two similar investment projects. One has an initial cost of $50,000 and the other an initial cost of $450,000. Which evaluation method would be most appropriate?

Assume straight-line depreciation and even cash flow. A company plans to purchase equipment for $25,000. The equipment will have $0 salvage value and increase after-tax income by $7,500 annually during it 5-year life. The accounting rate of return is ___%

Which of the following is the approximate internal rate of return for an investment that costs $45,880 and has net cash flow of $4,000 for 20 years?

Consider the following projects: Project A cost = $30,000, NPV of cash flows = $10,000; Project B: Cost = $45,000, NPV of cash flows = $10,000 Project C: Cost = $30,000, NPV of cash flows = $20,000; Project D: Cost = $40,000, NPV of cash flows = $5,000. Using profitability index as the evaluation method, rank the projects in order of preference with the best choice on top.

A company has evaluated several projects using net present value. All projects are similar in amount invested and risk. Rank the projects in the order they should be accepted.

A company is considering an investment opportunity with a cost of $5,000 that will provide future cash flows of $8,000. The flows for the investment for the next 4 years are: $1,000, $1,000, $2,000, and $4,000. Assume a required rate of return of 10%. The NPV is $ _____

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 14:        General Question

 

ECON 213 How to use InQuizitive Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

1. Points, Grades, and Levels

Drag the labels below to fill in the blanks.

(Hint: You saw most of this information on the introductory screen when you first started the activity. To view that screen again, click the gear icon in the top right-hand corner and select “Instructor Activity Introduction” from the drop-down menu.)

Drag word(s) below to fill in the blank(s) in the passage.

• You score points in InQuizitive by answering .
• You determine how many points you can gain or lose on each question using the Question slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users).
• You must answer a number of questions to get a grade on the activity.
• To get a perfect grade (100%) on the activity, you must reach a designated Score.

2. Confidence Levels

Find the Question Confidence slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users). Try sliding the ball to adjust your confidence level.

Using the keys below or your keyboard, type out the name of the lowest confidence level.

2. Confidence Levels

Go back to the Question Confidence slider. What’s the highestconfidence level?

Using the keys on the screen or your keyboard, enter it below.

2. Confidence Levels

As you’ve seen, you can adjust your confidence level on each question using the Question Confidence slider. What happens when you increase the confidence level for a question?

When you answer the question correctly on the first try, it the number of points you’ll earn.

When you answer incorrectly while attempting the question, it the number of points you’ll lose

4. Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Which devices can you use to work on InQuizitive activities?

(Note that to complete this question you must drag every answer option into either the “Correct Answer(s)” area or the “Incorrect Answer(s)” area.)

2. Confidence Levels

If you guess incorrectly on a question, you immediately lose the points you “wagered” when setting your confidence level. If you answer the question correctly after that initial incorrect guess, however, you can earn back half of those points in most cases.

So, here’s a math question for you: Suppose you set your confidence level at “I think I know it,” which means that you’re initially risking 80 points. You guess wrong on the first attempt. How many “second-chance” points will you be able to earn back?

4. Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Find Quizmo, the InQuizitive alien, in the upper left-hand corner of the screen. Quizmo is thinking of an African animal’s common name. Guess the animal.

(This is an impossible question that we’re slipping in here, to make sure you get at least one question wrong and see what happens when you guess incorrectly. Just keep typing until you fill in the answer. You will not encounter impossible questions like this in later InQuizitive activities in your course!)

If you answer the minimum number of questions for an activity before you reach the Target Score, your initial grade will be calculated this way:

If you’ve just reached the minimum number of questions and have scored 750 points, your initial grade is .

However, if you keep answering questions and eventually reach 1,500 points, your grade will improve to , no matter how many questions it takes you to get there.

 

 

Question 15: General Questions

 

ECON 213 InQuizitive ch. 13 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Chapter 13: Oligopoly and Strategic Behavior

Apply the correct label to each network externality or externality-related effect.

What generally causes U.S. companies in oligopoly to have similar prices?

How is oligopoly different from monopolistic competition?

The Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890 was successful enough in reducing the power of cartels and monopolies that no further legislation to curb monopoly power has ever been needed.

What must be demonstrated to prove that a company engaged in predatory pricing?

Joey and Sarah own competing cell phone companies. Using tit-for-tat strategy, describe what Joey should do if Sarah decides to change her advertising practices. Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Two cable companies serve a city. The companies are of comparable size and are charging the profit-maximizing price. Then Company A raises its prices.

According to the kinked demand curve theory, what will Company B do?

How could network externalities encourage monopolistic behavior? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Why might it be difficult for the firms in a duopoly to form a cartel? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Why would two rival airlines choose not to follow a tit-for-tat strategy to reduce or eliminate advertising?

The output in chairs per month for four firms is:

200 for firm A
300 for firm B
275 for firm C
320 for firm D

The total output of the chair industry is 2,000 chairs per month. If firms A, B, C, and D are the four largest firms in the industry, calculate the four-firm concentration ratio for the chair industry by finding out what percentage of the total output the four firms are responsible for. Round your answer to the nearest whole percent.

Three separate oligopolists in the same industry serve a city. Company A is the dominant firm in the industry and produces a large share of the total output in the industry. Companies B and C are rival firms, but they are much smaller than Company A. Company A sets its price at a level that maximizes its own profits.

According to the theory of price leadership, what will Companies B and C likely do?

When are prices higher? Order the following market scenarios from lowest price to highest price based on their descriptions.

Why might network externalities cause a new cable provider to be unsuccessful when it tries to enter the market?

Lukas owns a phone company in a city with three other phone companies. He wants to attract more customers and is considering lowering his prices to do so. According to the kinked demand curve theory, will this strategy work? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Sometimes duopolists try to cooperate with one another. Match the economic phenomenon to the description that most accurately describes it.

Maddie and Gavin own competing bakeries in a small town. Maddie lowers her bakery’s prices to a point at which Gavin cannot compete, and he must go out of business. Gavin believes Maddie deliberately lowered her bakery’s prices with the intent of driving his bakery out of business. Gavin wants to file suit against Maddie. Does Gavin have a case? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

Match the strategy to the scenario it describes.

Match the company to the outcome of its antitrust suit.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 16: General Questions

 

ECON 213 InQuizitive ch. 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Chapter 12: Monopolistic Competition and Advertising

In the short run, low barriers to entry and exit allow new entrants into a monopolistically competitive market.

What are the characteristics of monopolistic competition?

Which shift in the demand curve is most likely to describe a company in a monopolistically competitive market that begins to spend more on advertising?

Which of the following are reasons a firm might choose to advertise?

For each industry, drag the label into the column of the table that describes what type of market it is.

What might be the consequences of government intervention in the bottled water industry?

Which graph likely represents a popular designer sunglasses company located in a busy, downtown shopping mall?

How does advertising affect industries in competitive markets? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

In monopolistically competitive markets, government regulation is always desirable because it improves efficiency.

What does a shift from point 1 to point 3 illustrate about the result of advertising in monopolistically competitive markets?

How does advertising affect consumers? Fill in the blanks to complete the passage.

In which market type(s) are individual firms likely to advertise regularly?

When are firms more efficient? Order the following firms from least efficient to most efficient.

How do the actions of the Federal Trade Commission influence advertising?

A pizza company that charges five dollars more for its pizzas than a competitor’s pizza will find it impossible to survive in a monopolistically competitive market.

Drag the industries to the graph that would best represent them.

Drag the following products to the graph that most likely illustrates their price and output.

Katy owns a monopolistically competitive firm that has many competitors that advertise. What can Katy realistically hope to achieve if she decides to advertise as well?

Match the description of the industry to the type of market in which it belongs.

What are some of the differences between a monopolistically competitive firm and a competitive firm?

Ananya is the owner of a toy store and is considering whether or not to purchase advertising for her company. The graph here illustrates the firm’s long-run average total cost curve in three different scenarios. Drag each situation to the appropriate point on the graph.

Order the industries based on increasing market power and ability to set prices, starting with the highest.

Advertising expenses occupy approximately what percentage of global economic activity?

Match each type of market to a possible incentive or disincentive for advertising in it.

Mrunal opened the first flower shop in her town. For a while, she was the only provider of flowers, until people noticed how profitable her business had been. Now several new flower shops have opened. What might happen to Mrunal’s business in the long run?

Identify each situation as either a competitive market or a monopolistically competitive market.

Fill in the blanks to describe the characteristics of monopolistic competition.

 

Question 17: Computer Science

 

There are 3 sections to this assignment- each section is a page long for total of 3 pages Please label each section APA Format for reference

Instruction

Section 1- needs to be 1 page What is change control and why does it need to be managed? Give two examples of the impact of mismanagement. Why does a network require constant monitoring to determine the percentage of its capacity being used? Explain the potential results of not monitoring capacity usage. Define bandwidth. Why does a company need standards regarding who can expand the network or add applications that require heavy bandwidth to operate? Complete the assignment in a 1- to 2-page Microsoft Word document. Cite all sources using the correct APA style. Save the document as. Section 2- needs to be 1 page Find An article advocating centralized management of the IT function and find an article on advocating user-dominated management of IT Discuss your findings in each article and present your analysis of which aspects of each method seem most beneficial to the companies mentioned overall. Section 3- needs to be 1 page Read a case a scholarly source such as Google Scholar dealing with a company’s IT strategy, the implementation of that strategy, and the way the strategy benefited the company as a whole. Analyze the case and describe how the company mentioned was able to develop a successful IT strategy. How did the company plan and implement the strategy? How is the company supported by the IT strategy? You should identify at least three scholarly and independent sources utilizing services such as (but not limited to) Google or Google Scholar over the Internet. The sources you identify should support the case you selected for the purpose of this assignment.

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 18: Business

 

Instruction

complete 3 assignments. Only have to show work or graphing if asked

 

 

1. T/F the longer the maturity, the lower the bond duration, which measures interest rate risk.

 

 

2. What is the value of a 5 year semi-annual pay 9% coupon bond  if rates are 9%
3. 1000
4. 923
5. 928
6. 965

 

 

You are looking to value some common stock using various valuation models and are answering the following questions:

 

3. T/F A  company with a high growth rate will cause most valuation models to yield a higher stock price.

 

4. T/F the higher the required return should cause an investor to pay more for a stock.

 

5. If a firm pays a dividend this year of $3, has a growth rate of 5%, a required return on equity of 10%, what is the price of the stock

 

1. 60
2. 63
3. 75
4. 79

 

 

6. T/F  A firm has EPS of $2 and the industry PE multiple is 18, so I should pay $36 for the stock.

 

You need to analyze some projects for a company you work for. You meet with the CFO to discuss some options.

7. T/F If the IRR<WACC then project should be accepted

 

 

8. A truck costs 100k and is projected to bring in cash flows of 20k per year for the first 4 years with a cash flow of 10k in year 5 with a salvage value of 15k in that same year. If the WACC is 7.5% then you should

 

1. Reject as the NPV is a negative 21k
2. Reject as the NPV is a negative 16k
3. Accept as the NPV is a positive 11k
4. Neither accept or reject

 

 

9. You are going to receive monthly payments of 1,000 for the next 5 years. You need a lump sum however and you go to a firm that will pay you a lump sum but they need to earn 9%. How much will you receive

 

1. 60k
2. 11k
3. 48k
4. 75k

 

 

 

10. T/F The 3 main financial statements are the income statement, balance sheet, and statement of cash flow and the balance sheet list assets and liabilities of the firm.

 

 

 

 

11. The new firm wants to minimize fixed costs. What does this mean?
12. This will keep operating leverage down which in turn will lower business risk
13. This will lower financial risk which in turn lowers the risk of the firm.
14. Higher fixed costs will leverage up returns and lower business risk
15. Higher operating leverage is directly associated with higher financial risk.

 

12. T/F The goal of a firm is to maximize the value of its stock and that occurs at the point where the WACC is the lowest. Debt should  have a lower cost of capital component versus equity as interest payments are tax deductible.

 

13. T/F Capital structure refers to the % of equity and the % of debt affirm has with the goal of minimizing that cost or finding the highest WACC.

 

14. T/F Essentially, the whole idea of valuing stocks and bonds and deciding whether or not to accept or reject capital investments (machines, a truck fleet, etc.) is to compute the present value of the cash flows.

 

 

15. T/F A firm should pay out a dividend if they can earn a better rate of return  than the stockholder

 

16. What is the yield to maturity of a 6% semiannual coupon bond that matures in 8 years if he pays 930?
17. 6%
18. 58%
19. 16%
20. Cannot be determined

 

 

An MRI machine has the following cash flows:

Cost: 1 million

Cash flows are 500k for 3 years

The WACC is 15%

 

17. The IRR on this MRI machine is:
18. 0%
19. 4%
20. 6%
21. 26%

 

18. T/F Based on the IRR decision criteria we should accept this project

 

19. . T/F the payback under the original MRI assumptions is 3 years

 

 

20. T/F  You are taking a take home final exam.

 

 

1. You want to retire in 30 years and a financial planner tells you that you need 1.5 million then to live comfortably. If you have 50k to invest now and can earn 7%, how much would you have to invest annually to reach your goal?
2. 11,850
3. 19,908
4. 31,250
5. Cannot be determined

 

 

 

2. What is the Present value (PV) of 10,000 to be received in 5 years if your required return is 6%

a.7,473

1. 10,000
2. 8,250
3. 0

 

 

3. T/F The lower the interest rate the lower the FV

 

4. T/F The higher the required return the lower the PV

 

5. T/F Companies raise capital by issuing stocks and bonds, which is why the equation

assets =  liabilities +equity holds true

 

6. T/F General obligation muni bonds are backed by the full faith and credit of the issuing state
7. T/F U.S. treasury securities have credit risk
8. T/F A corporate bond will have some degree of risk premium or credit spread over U.S Treasury bonds to compensate for risk.
9. The PV of a semi-annual 6% bond that matures in 5 years if market interest rates are now 5% is:
10. $1,000
11. $1,050.32
12. $1,43.76
13. Cannot be determined

 

 

10. The YTM of a bonds purchased at $950 with a semi-annual coupon of 7% and a $1,000 par that matures in 4 years is:
11. $1,000

b.6.25%

4. 4.25%
5. 8.5%

 

 

You are looking at some stocks to value using different valuation models and come across the following questions:

 

11.T/F the higher the growth rate and the lower the discount rate, the higher the price using the dividend discount model or PV of FCF model

 

12. A stock with next year’s dividend of $2 and a growth rate of 4% and a cost of equity of 9% has an intrinsic value of:
13. 42
14. 40
15. 23
16. 50

 

 

13. T/F If a firm has cash flows of 500 million and the growth rate of the cash flow is 5% with a required return of 10%, the value of operations is a little over 10 billion

 

14.T/F  A stock that has a PE multiple of 15 and earnings of 2 per shares should trade at 7.5.

 

15.T/F   A company with a high PE multiple may not be overvalued if they have a high growth rate.

 

16. T/F The goal of the firm is not to maximize its stock price.

 

17 . T/F  The common stockholders are the owners of the firm and they elect the company board of directors who in turn appoint the officers of the firm

 

 

 

Question 1 (Chapter 14: EVM)

At a certain point in your project, you did a performance measurement and found the following results:

PV = $500,000	EV = $350,000
AC = $550,000	BAC = $1,200,000

 

1. Calculate the schedule variance (SV)
2. Calculate cost variance (CV)
3. Calculate schedule performance index (SPI)
4. Calculate cost performance index (CPI)
5. Calculate estimate at completion (EAC)
6. What do those numbers tell you? What do you think you should do?

 

Question 2

Given the following information for a one-year project, answer the following questions. Recall that PV is the planned value, EV is the earned value, AC is the actual cost, and BAC is the budget at completion.

PV = $23,000
EV = $20,000
AC = $25,000
BAC = $120,000

1. What is the cost variance, schedule variance, cost performance index (CPI), and schedule performance index (SPI) for the project?
2. How is the project doing? Is it ahead of schedule or behind schedule? Is it under budget or over budget?

III. Use the CPI to calculate the estimate at completion (EAC) for this project. Is the project performing better or worse than planned?

1. Use the SPI to estimate how long it will take to finish this project.

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 19: Other

 

Crisis Counselling

 

 

Assignment #2: The Connection between Trauma and Crisis or Crisis Prevention

Format: essay (8-10 pages)                       Value: 20%           Due: see outline

Students will prepare a research paper on their choice of two questions:

Either 1) what is the connection between trauma and crisis? Or 2) Crisis Prevention with a target population or issue.

 

Choice #1: What is the connection between trauma and crisis? Here students will use the Herman text from their Trauma theory and practice course as well as course material from this course, and put them in conversation with one another to answer this question. No external sources are required for this paper – just the Herman text and CMH 481 course materials.

 

Choice #2: Students are to use a combination of and minimum of four scholarly and grey sources to prepare a research paper focusing on crisis prevention with a particular population or issue of their choice, for example, crisis prevention regarding suicidal thoughts or behaviour, or crisis prevention on a community level.

 

Evaluation Rubric:

Criteria	Points/percentage of overall
Quality of understanding of course materials and themes related to question (choice 1) OR of the scholarly research sources (choice 2)	6
Direct integration of course materials & Herman text (choice 1) OR scholarly sources (choice 2)	6
Analysis/creativity in responding to questions/topic of assignment	4
Professional presentation requirements	4

 

 

 

 

Question 20: General

 

You will be assigned a forensic psychology case to analyze. In order to complete it successfully, you must follow the attach outline precisely. Keep in mind that your Forensic Case Study is written in an outline format, the narrative and reference sheet must adhere to APA style. Also, notice that you will need to include legal AND social science research articles in you paper. It is just as important to describe the behavioral science research behind the psychological issues in the case as it is to explain the legal aspects of it. CASE: Spruce v. Sargent failure to protect inmate liability

 

 

Writing the Forensic Case Study

Start with the case as the title of your report:

Case Citation Example:  Myers v. United States, 272 U.S. 52, 135 (1926)

Followed by your name.

 

The body of the report should be written in outline structure: 1., 2., 3., etc. in which each number provides a specific set of information as detailed below.  Most report outlines will not be more than 5 pages long, not counting the reference page.

 

1. Facts of the Case: Pinpoint the determinative facts of a case, ie., those that make a difference in the outcome. You goal here is to be able to briefly tell the story of the case without missing any pertinent information but also not including too many extraneous facts either.  Above all, make sure you have clearly identified the main players.  State the parties’ names and positions in the case (Plaintiff/Defendant or Appellee/Appellant, and victims or agencies involved).

 

2. Forensic Psychology or Scientific Issue Presented: Formulate the main legal issues and forensic psychology questions embedded in the case.  Write them in the form of questions.  For example, “What is the level of competence needed to stand trial when the defendant is mentally retarded?”  Later you will need to explain how are these issues are argued in the case, so clearly stating the question(s) will make writing that section easier.

 

3. Review of Literature: What does the scientific research say about these issues?   Like any other research paper, conduct a brief review of literature to see what professional journals say the issue at the heart of the legal question. What does behavioral science know about this issue?  For example, when the legal question is the competence of a mentally retarded defendant, you would need to find three or four research articles describing the cognitive capacities or limitations of individuals with intellectual deficiencies.   Are there a lot of differing opinions or conflicting research results?  Is this an issue with little scientific information about it?  If there is a clear consensus of professional opinion, what is it?

 

4. Court Decision: What was the judgment in this case?  Who did the judge or jury decide was right?   If the opinion says, “We hold…” that’s the majority opinion.  Just state the decision in a sentence or two.

 

5. Rule of Law: What was the legal standard that comes out of this case?  In some cases this will be clearer than others, but basically you want to identify the principle of law on which the judge or jury is basing the resolution of the case.  This rule of law will be used in future cases to make judgments.  For example, the Rule of Law in Miranda v. Arizona is that ‘evidence obtained by police in a custodial interrogation of a suspect is not admissible in court to prove guilt unless the suspect was given warnings about his constitutional rights.  Those rights included….’

In other words, state why this case is important.

 

6. Reasoning: What were the judges’ reasons for deciding the case the way they did?  How were the issues argued?  There may be dissenting opinions as well, which is important to state why some judges disagreed.  Did the majority opinion consider the scientific research or expert opinions in reaching their decision?  If not, why did they disregard with the experts or best practice evidence?  Remember, legal facts are different from scientific facts.  What were the facts that persuaded the court to make their decision?

 

7. Reference Sheet: APA style

Depending on the case, your paper will be anywhere from 5-6 pages.  Make sure you use APA format in the body of the paper as well as in the Reference pages.  Please review the rubric for the best outcome.

 

 

Question 21: Computer Science

 

 

Instruction

Read the assignment. show all the calculations

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNMENT – 2

NOTE: Please Show all the calculations Deadline: OCTOBER, 21, 2019
1) [9 points] Find the eight bit 2’s complementary representation for the following

decimal numbers:
a) 121 b) -121 c) 54

2) [3 points] Is there a relationship between EBCDIC character representation of the decimal digits from 0 to 9 and their BCD representation? Explain.

3) [5 points] Consider a hypothetical computer system. A 12-bit memory space is used for a sign-and-magnitude representation of integers with BCD and the sign is stored in MSB. What is the range of signed integers in base 10 that can be represented? Explain.

4) [18 points] Consider the two following decimal numbers: 15,675 and -8,741
a) Convert these numbers to 9’s complement five-digit representation and show

all the steps

1. b) Find the sum of the two numbers in 9’s complement arithmetic showing all the steps and convert the sum back to decimal
2. c) Was there a carry or overflow condition in your calculation? Explain
3. d) Convert the initial two numbers to 10’s complement representation and show all the steps
4. e) Find the sum of the two numbers in 10’s complement arithmetic showing all the steps and convert the sum back to decimal
5. f) Compare the two procedures and explain the difference of addition in 9’s and 10’s complement. Which one is easier to implement?

5) [6 points] Provide the Packed Decimal representation of the following decimal numbers:

1. a) -76 b) 4389 c) -5005

6) [6 points] What number is represented in 9’s complement by:
a) 4987 (four-digit 9′ complement representation) b)

836 (three-digit 9′ complement representation)

7) [6 points] Perform the calculation 95.675 + 0.95675 using the decimal floating point representation SEEMMMMM, where S is the sign (0 for “plus”, 1 for “minus”), EE is the decimal exponent in excess-50 notation and MMMMM is the five-digit mantissa. Show all steps and explain the result.

8) [18 points] Convert the following binary numbers to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754 format.

Convert your answer to hexadecimal format.
a) 11001.0101 b) -101.111101 c) -0.0101001

9) [21 points] Convert the following hexadecimal numbers to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754

format. Convert your answer to hexadecimal format.
a) 251D b) -B26.9 c) -0.00A5

10) [7 points] Convert the following decimal number to floating-point format using single-precision IEEE 754

format. Express your answer in hexadecimal format. Do the conversions with 8 bits of precision in the

mantissa. -23.103

11) [21 points] The following numbers are in IEEE 754 single-precision floating- point format. What decimal numbers

do they represent?
a) C4C2E00016 b) 483C540016 c) BEF8000016

12) [3 points] Define or explain briefly: normalization of a floating point number.

13) [2 points] True or False: Double precision floating point format can store all real numbers in the range 2-126 to 2127.

14) [1 point] True or False: In one’s binary complement, negative numbers are represented by themselves.

15) [2 points] In the IEEE 754 format, the exponents 0 and 255 are used to represent special values.

16) [2 points] A number of magnitude too large to be stored in a computer is an example of what condition?

 

 

 

 

 

Question 22: Education

 

Final Essay Instructions

Congratulations on reaching the capstone assignment for EDUC 200.  The goal of this essay is to combine the major learning objectives of this course into a single reflection document that is personalized for each student.  By now you should be able to determine some of the rewards and challenges the education profession presents. Imagine that you are interviewing for a job.  How would you professionally describe the rewards and challenges you may encounter?  Use first person, “I”, as you write your essay to respond to the principal in the interview.

 

Note the following requirements:

• You will write a 800 word essay in response to the given prompt
• The essay must be written in current APA format and include a title page, main body, and reference page.
• It must also include a minimum of 3 in-text citations from the textbook in current APA format. See APA Basics in the Instructions section for specific guidelines.
• The main body must include an introductory paragraph, body paragraphs and a conclusion paragraph.
  • The introductory paragraph should have strong hook or attention grabbing statement to draw the reader into the paper. A position or thesis statement should name the chosen rewards and challenges.
  • The body paragraphs should describe the 3 potential rewards and 3 potential challenges with two or more details to support each reward or challenge.
  • The conclusion should summarize the paper and restate the position or thesis statement from the introduction.
• The essay must be submitted through Blackboard. Please consult a copy of the assignment rubric in Blackboard for a detailed description of expectations and grading criteria.

 

Final Essay Question:

You have decided to apply for your first teaching position. The principal seated across from you asks this question: “What are 3 rewards and 3 challenges that you will face as a teacher?”

 

Question 23: General

 

philosophical/theoretical basis of the Abeka curriculum. i need one page that has to include three theorist such as JOHN DEWEY, vYGOTSKY, PIAGET OR HOWARD GARDENER

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

History 1301 signature assignment

HISTORY Signature Writing Assignment

Step 1: View the Power Point Lesson for the “Overview for Primary Source Documents” provided by the Library of Congress which describes primary and secondary sources. This step is VITAL!

Step 2: After viewing the lesson, pick out a primary source that you find interesting. For the purpose of this course, students are required to pick out a letter, speech, or diary entry. Use one (1)
single artifact rather than a collection of artifacts. The primary source must be something that is covered in this course. For HIST 1301, this can be anything from Christopher Columbus to the Civil War/Reconstruction. For HIST 1302, this can be anything after the Civil War up to the last chapter that is covered in the book.

In addition, students must use a secondary source that backs up or provides information to clarify information in the primary source. An example of this would be if a student chooses a letter written by Thomas Jefferson to James Madison, a secondary source that gives information about who James Madison was and a little bit of background information about him would meet the requirements. One secondary source is required, but students can use more than one. Please see the information after the Power Point about Primary and Secondary sources to find out more information about finding a Primary Source. Primary sources can be found using the sources provided on the following page.

Step 3: After a primary source and secondary source(s) is chosen, students can begin to write the paper by answering the 10 questions below. The finished product should be a formal paper that is 3 pages MINIMUM (750 words) written in essay style, NOT in a numbered list (minimal work will get a minimal grade). Reviews are to be doubled-spaced in Microsoft Word format utilizing MLA format and must include in-page citations. Reviews should be composed in Times New Roman 12 point font.

Taking into consideration the information presented in the Overview of Primary Source Documents lesson: Address the following points in your review:

1. Who wrote the document? Until you know this you know little about the document. Sometimes you can figure this out from the document itself. Was the author a political or private individual? Was he educated or not?
2. Who was the intended audience/who was the letter or speech written to? This will tell you about the author’s use of language and the knowledge that he assumed on the part of the reader.
3. What is the story line? What is going on in the document?
4. Why was the document written? Everything is written for a reason. Is it just a random note, or a

scholarly thesis?

5. What type of document is this, or what is its purpose? A newspaper article is different than a diary.

Thus, one can expect to extract different kinds of information from different kinds of documents. A

private letter to a friend is very different from a political letter written to discuss governmental matters.

6. What are the basic assumptions made by the author? For example, did the author assume that the

reader could understand certain foreign or engineering terms?

7. Can you believe this document? Is it reliable? Is it likely? This should be more than a yes or no answer.

What makes it believable or not?

8. What can you learn about the society that produced this document? All documents reveal information

about the people who produced them. It is embedded in the language and assumptions of the
text. Your task is to learn how to “read,” or analyze, a document to extract information about a society. You might wish to analyze each document in terms of various aspects of a society (economic, political, religion, social structure, culture, etc.).

9. What is the importance of this document to history? Everything can be considered important even if it is not important for political or governmental purposes. Does it shed light on what life was like during the time period it was written? Does it demonstrate views of the world from a time long ago? Etc.
10. Finally, What does this document mean to you? If you answer nothing, you will lose a whole letter grade. You are the one picking out the sources, so pick something that you find interesting that means something to you. Tell me why it means something to you and why you picked it.

Step 4: Submit the assignment through Canvas. Do not send the assignment via email. Submit your Signature Assignment paper in MICROSOFT WORD format. Please understand that all papers WILL be

Signature Assignment paper in MICROSOFT WORD format. Please understand that all papers WILL be checked for plagiarism before grading.

Question 25: Law

 

International Justice System- Generally, as we have learned earlier in the semester, substantive law refers to how crime and punishment are defined, and that each of the four legal traditions do share some characteristics of substantive law. Similarly, each of the four legal traditions differ from each other with respect to substantive law. As such, 1) Briefly summarize how each of the four legal traditions are similar in defining criminal responsibility, and 2) Briefly summarize how each of the four legal traditions differ in defining criminal responsibility

 

 

Question 26: General

 

A paper on the Congress. (Theses Question) – If you were serving in Congress, would you tend to follow the instructed delegate model of representation or the trustee model? Why? What might be the likely outcome of your choice? has to be in apa format 5 pages double~ spaced, cover page, twelve font.

 

 

Question 27: Education

 

Create a lesson plan on the book :Whistle for Willie By Ezra Jack Keats. It’s a very short book maybe you can check it out from the library like I did. Its a childrens multicultural book, or maybe there is a way you can read it online. follow the format of the example I attached for you below

Instruction

AUTHOR STUDY LESSON PLANS AND FOCUS UNIT (Critical Assignment)As a reflective decision-maker, the student is capable of researching an author of children’s literature and make informed decisions concerning appropriate lessons and content connections involving the author’s work. Objectives: 1) research and collect information about a children’s literature author; 2) create activities for a balanced literacy classroom; and 3) link learning activities to the Common Core State Standards for a selected grade level.Corresponding FL-FAU READING Performance Indicator(s) for the Reading Endorsement: 1.A.5: Identify cognitive targets (e.g. 8locate/recall, integrate/interpret, critique/evaluate) and the role of cognitive development in the construction of meaning of literary and informational texts; 1.A.7: Understand the reading demands posed by domain specific texts; 1.A.8: Understand that effective comprehension processes rely on well developed language, strong inference making, background knowledge, comprehension monitoring and self-correcting

 

 

 

 

FAU MODIFIED LESSON PLAN FORMAT

LAE 4353 Professor Oetinger – Kenski

Fall 2019

 

 

Teacher:______________________________________ Date: _________________________

 

Book Title: ___________________________ ____           Grade Level: ____________________

 

Author:____________________________Illustrator: __________________________________

 

Publisher and Copyright Date: ____________________________________________________

 

Culture(s) Represented: ________________________________________________ _________

 

 

1. Instructional Objective(s)/Outcomes: Indicate what is to be learned.

Please include 1-2 “I Can” Statements and 1 Essential Question.

 

 

 

Standards/Objective:

 

Choose two Florida Language Arts Standards (LAFS) in one of the categories listed below. Use the following website: http://www.fldoe.org/pdf/lafs.pdf. These standards are based on the national Common Core State Standards: www.corestandards.org.

 

You may choose from the following categories:

Reading: Literature                                      Reading: Informational Text

Reading: Foundational Skills                       Writing

Speaking and Listening                                Language

 

 

 

1. Instructional Procedures: Indicate how you intend to sequence the activities in the lesson from initiation to closure (based on the LAFS reading standards) and what prior knowledge students have to have in order to be successful. Estimate the time necessary to complete each major component of the lesson.

Please include the necessary components of a Balanced Literacy Block, within Sections A – C.

 

 

 

1. Initiating activities: Time = __________________

 

 

 

1. Core Activities: Time = _____________________

 

 

 

 

1. Closure Activities: Time = ____________________

 

 

 

 

1. Adaptations for ESOL and ESE:

 

 

 

 

1. Classroom management plan:

 

 

 

 

• Materials and Equipment: List all books, materials, and equipment to be used by both the teacher and the learner.

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. Assessment/Evaluation: Identify the techniques used in determining to what extent the students have attained the instructional objectives. For your Author Study lesson plan, you will need to create a rubric. You may use the rubistar4teachers.com website. Attach the rubric to your lesson plan. Your assessment must match at least one of the reading standards you selected for your before, during and after language arts activities.

 

 

 

 

 

1. Follow-up Activities or Extensions: Plan three activities across the curriculum.  You should include one activity for integrating literacy with the arts (visual arts, dance or movement, drama, or music) and one activity that includes writing.  The third activity should be connected to reading in the content areas: social studies or geography, science, or math.  These activities should be different from the ones used previously in the lesson.

 

A.

 

 

B.

 

 

C.

 

 

 

1. References

APA format

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

• Summary of Feedback from Peers

 

 

 

 

 

• Revisions to Lesson Based on Peer Suggestions

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 28: General

 

Co-op Letter of Intent Requirements The letter of intent is meant to demonstrate your suitability for the Co-operative Education Program. It is a very important factor in your admission decision. The strength of your letter is based on a number of factors including basic writing skills, spelling, grammar, format, and interest in Co-op. Maximum 1-page single spaced: Professional business letter format Your letter must confirm you understand the Co-op program Please discuss why you are interested in joining the Co-op program, and what you hope to gain from your involvement with the program Spelling and grammar reflect your attention to detail Poor written communication skills could result in your application not being considered

 

Question 29: Computer Science

 

Instruction

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words: 1) Explain the benefits a recursive algorithm can provide. and 2) Provide an example from a process in your organization or with which you are familiar. #Demonstrate how to apply recursion concepts as they relate to an organization’s data system.

 

Question 30: Finance

 

Assignment Questions Q1. From the information given below: (10 Marks) a. Prepare a balance sheet b. Net working capital Q2 From the information given above, prepare (a) the income statement, and (b) the common-sized income statement. Q3. Prepare a statement of cash flows from the following list of items. Q4. Calculate the following ratios from the Balance Sheet and the Income Statement of Saudi Manufacturing Corporation given below: (5 Marks) a. Current Ratio b. Debt Ratio c. Fixed asset turnover d. Total asset turnover e. Operating profit margin

 

 

 

Assignment No. 1

Course: Principles of Finance (FIN101)	Student name:
Academic Year:1440-1441 H	Student ID:
Semester: 1st	Student grade:    / 30
CRN:	Level of the marks:

 

 

• This Assignment must be submitted on Blackboard (WORD format only) via the allocated folder.
• Email submission will not be accepted.
• You are advised to make your work clear and well-presented; marks may be reduced for poor presentation. This includes filling your information on the cover page.
• Assignment will be evaluated through BB Safe Assign tool.
• Late submission will result in ZERO marks being awarded.
• The work should be your own, copying from students or other resources will result in ZERO marks.
• Use Times New Roman font 12 for all your answers.

 

 

 

 

Assignment Questions

Q1. From the information given below: (10 Marks)

1. Prepare a balance sheet
2. Net working capital

Cash		100,000
Account receivables		72,000
Accounts payable		48,000
Short-term notes payable		35,000
Inventories		70,000
Gross fixed assets		1,750,000
Common stock		680,000
Other current assets		10,000
Accumulated depreciation		524,000
Long-term debt		350,000
Other assets		25,000
Retained earnings		?

 

Q2.                                                                            (10 Marks)

Sales		$525,000
Cost of goods sold		$200,000
General and administrative expenses		$62,000
Depreciation expenses		8,000
Interest expense		12,000
Income taxes		97,200
From the information given above, prepare (a) the income statement, and
(b) the common-sized income statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Q3.   Prepare a statement of cash flows from the following list of items. (5 Marks)

 

Increase in inventories		22,000
Operating income		625,000
Dividends		55,000
Increase in accounts payables		92,500
Interest expense		118,000
Increase in common stock		22,000
Depreciation expense		48,000
Increase in accounts receivable		210,000
Increase in long-term debt		145,000
Increase in short-term notes payable		36,500
Increase in gross fixed assets		144,000
Increase in paid in capital		60,000
Income taxes		202,000
Beginning cash		700,000

 

Q4. Calculate the following ratios from the Balance Sheet and the Income Statement of Saudi Manufacturing Corporation given below:  (5 Marks)

1. Current Ratio
2. Debt Ratio
3. Fixed asset turnover
4. Total asset turnover
5. Operating profit margin

 

Balance Sheet:
Cash		30,000
Acct/Rec		72,500
Inventories		50,000
Current assets		152,500
Net fixed assets		240,000
Total assets		392,500
Accts/Pay		44,500
Accrued expenses		31,000
Short-term N/P		9,500
Current liabilities		85,000
Long-term debt		110,000
Owner’s equity		197,500
Total liabilities and owners equity		392,500
Income Statement:
Net sales		450,000
COGS		220,000
Gross profit		230,000
Operating expenses		128,000
Net operating income		102,000
Interest expense		18,500
EBT		83,500
Income taxes		33,000
Net income		50,500

 

 

 

 

Question 31: Business

 

Essay must be on Coca-Cola Company. Your essay should be two to three pages in length, double-spaced,the title and reference pages do not count towards the minimum page length.

Instruction

For this essay, you will conduct research on corporate strategies and the affect they have on the decision process. Use the same company you chose in Unit II. As you explore the decision process, consider how corporate strategies influence these decisions. In your essay, address the following questions: What is a functional strategy? What are stability strategies in business? What are the pros and cons of these strategies? What are competitive and cooperative strategies? What are the tradeoffs (pros and cons) between an internal and an external growth strategy? Which approach is best as an international strategy? Why? What about retrenchment? Your essay should be two to three pages in length, double-spaced, and in 12 pt. Times New Roman font. The title and reference pages do not count towards the minimum page length. To complete this assignment, a minimum of two reputable sources must be used, cited, and referenced. At least one reference must come from the CSU Online Library. Use APA style guidelines.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 32: Psychology

 

Write a 500-750-word paper discussing process addictions. Include the following in your paper:

Instruction

A definition of process addiction A description of criteria similarities for substance use disorders and process addiction A description of the differences between process addictions and substance use disorders Include a minimum of two scholarly references in addition to the textbook in your paper. Prepare this assignment according to the guidelines found in the APA Style Guide, An abstract is not required. This assignment uses a rubric. Please review the rubric prior to beginning the assignment to become familiar with the expectations for successful completion. You are required to submit this assignment to Lopes Write.

 

 

Question 33: Business

 

Your task is to research a company that is using digital technologies to transform the workplace and critically examine how it has changed employment and occupations.

 

Instruction

 

You should provide enough evidence to answer the question: do you think this company has shown leadership in the way it has implemented technology driven change? Answering this question should include consideration of things like: an overview of the company and its transformation process; how this transformation process has changed employment in the company; any information that the company has made available about the rationale for its business model transformation using new technologies; and coverage in the media about the experience of the change process, such as by workers or interviews with company leaders. Word count: 3,000 words (+/- 10%) 8 References minimum (including 2 academic sources – consult the topic Readings) Harvard Weighting: 50% of final grade Graduate Qualities being assessed in this assignment: •GQ1: Are knowledgeable •GQ2: Can apply their knowledge •GQ3: Communicate effectively •GQ4: Can work independently •GQ6: Value ethical behaviour

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 1: General Question

 

NSG 6001 Midterm Exam (Latest): South University (Already graded A)

NSG 6001 Midterm Exam (Latest): South University (Already graded A)

 

Question 2: General Question

 

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 3 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Which of the following is a value driver that Mont Blanc’s managers are NOT likely to focus on in pursuing the company’s strategy?

When a company like Bic releases a new product to its core consumer group, it must be sure to satisfy which aspect?

Companies that focus on a product’s functional demands drives are likely to pursue a(n) ______ strategy, while those that focus on customers’ social and emotional needs in addition to the product’s functional aspect use a(n) ______ strategy.

As discussed in the case, how many different models of the Mini are now available?

Which of the following was NOT a way that BMW was able to create the premium compact car niche?

Who is Mini’s top competitor?

What was Mini’s growth between 2011 and 2012?

The economic crisis sent the European market for full-featured automobiles ________.

What is the most likely reason that Renault’s strategy might fail to result in a sustainable competitive advantage?

Renault’s low-priced, no-frills cars can be seen as a form of ________.

Which of Michael Porter’s generic strategies did Renault primarily pursue after the economic crisis?

The traditional approach to strategic control is sequential. Which of the following is not one of the steps in the sequence?

For businesses facing complex and turbulent business environments, which of the following is true?

Contemporary approaches to strategic control rely primarily on

Informational control systems are concerned with which of the following questions?

As firms simultaneously downsize and face the need for increased coordination across organizational boundaries, a control system based primarily on ______________ is dysfunctional.

The primary participants in corporate governance do not include the

In order to minimize the temptation for managers to act in their own self-interest, governance mechanisms exist for implementation consideration. Which of the following is not a primary means for monitoring managerial behavior?

Sales quotas, operating budgets, and production schedules are examples of traditional controls.

Once a strong and healthy organizational culture has been established, it becomes self-sustaining.

 

 

 

Question 3: General Question

 

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 2 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

1. Complete Chapter 3 Summary Review Questions: 1, 6, & 7 found on page 97.

SWOT analysis is a technique to analyze the internal and external environments of a firm. What are its advantages and disadvantages?

What are the advantages and disadvantages of conducting a financial ratio analysis of a firm?

Summarize the concept of the balanced scorecard. What are its main advantages?

2. Complete Chapter 3 Application Questions & Exercises: #2 found on page 98. Use Exhibit 3.8 found on page 91 to complete the 19 financial ratios for Campbell Soup (Case #15 – p. C91-C101). Use the financial information located on C98-C100 to calculate each ratio.
3. Complete Chapter 4 Experiential Exercise found on page 132. *Pfizer Table
4. Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

 

Question 4: General Question

 

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 1 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Complete Chapter 1 Summary Review Questions: 1 & 2 on textbook page 30.

How is “strategic management” defined in the text, and what are its four key attributes? See pp. 6-8 in your textbook.

Briefly discuss the three key activities in the strategic management process. Why is it important for managers to recognize the interdependent nature of these activities? See pp. 9-13 in your textbook.

Complete Chapter 2 Summary Review Questions: 1, 3, & 5 on textbook page 65.

Why must managers be aware of a firm’s external environment?

Discuss and describe the six elements of the external environment.

 

Describe how the five forces can be used to determine the average expected profitability in an industry.

Complete Application Question & Exercise: 4 on textbook page 66.

Go to the Internet and look up www.kroger.com. What are some of the five forces driving industry competition that are affecting the profitability of this firm?

Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 5: Physics

 

3.5. A laminated toroidal iron core has a mean magnetic path of diameter 15 cm and relative permeability 1000. The core has a circular cross-section of diameter 2 cm and a coil with 100 turns. The flux density in the core is 1T. Calculate

(a)        the value of magnetic  field     strength           H         in         the       core
(b)        the       required           coil      mmf.
(c)        the       coil      current
(d)       the       coil      flux
(e)        the       coil      flux      linkage
(f) the coil inductance from the coil flux-linkage

 

Question 6: Physics

 

• Discuss the differences between inductive and deductive methods of science
• Elaborate on how they are involved in technology.
• What is grounded theory?
• The general rules to follow to apply the inductive and deductive method to technology
• Approaches to follow to make the inductive and deductive methods successful

 

 

Question 7: Sociology

 

What are the various programs conducted by the National Cancer Institute (NCI) and Media Campaign Resource Centers to prevent teenage cigarette smoking?

 

Question 8: Sociology

 

How does the caste culture in India work? Is it still being used? Bad effects of the caste system. Good effects of the caste system

 

Question 9: Architecture

 

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT (2)2019 SEM 1-PROJECT

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT 2 Semester 1 Updated 2019

 

Question 10: English

 

Week Four Discussion Board Thread Instructions

$12 Summaries

With each word being worth 10 cents, write four $12 summaries of the reading from any four of the following chapters in Everyday Bible Study:

• Observe: How to Make Accurate Observations
• How to Use Multiple Translations of the Bible
• How to Ask Key Questions
• Interpret: How to Find the Meaning of the Bible
• Correlate: How to Connect Scripture to Other Scriptures
• Correlate: How to See Jesus in the Bible
• Apply: How to Live Out What You Learn
• How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 1: Law
• How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 2: Narrative
• How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 3: Wisdom and Poetry
• How to Study the Old Testament Genres, Part 4: Prophetic Literature

This means that in this assignment you are developing four summaries of 120 words each (one for each of the four chapters you selected). You should aim to create four summaries where each summary is between 100-120 words. Each of your summaries should not exceed the 120-word or $12 limit. For an example of this type of thread, please see the provided example in the Course Content folder.

 

Week Five Discussion Board Response Post Instructions

Once you have completed the necessary textbook reading in Everyday Bible Study, select two threads you wish to reply to and address your classmates’ thoughts and ideas. The goal of these two posts is to build on the material provided by your classmates. Thus, responses that simply affirm the thread material are not sufficient. The content of each reply must reflect an excellent knowledge of the textbook reading and interact with both the thread and relevant chapter material. You must support your thoughts and ideas by implementing at least one significant quote from Everyday Bible Study. Each response post should be at least 200 words in length.

 

Question 11: Business

 

Wk 5   :Discussion

 

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words:

 

• Think about your current or previous organization. What are some of the retention strategies that worked? What did not work so well?

 

 

Question 12: Business

 

Case study week 5

 

1. Resources: Strategic Staffing, Appendix Strategic Staffing at Chern’s: A Case Study and Strategic Staffing, Ch. 12; Downsizing Strategy Grading Guide
2. Read the Strategic Staffing at Chern’s: A Case Study on page 383 in the appendix of Strategic Staffing.
3. Develop a 350-word downsizing strategy to reduce the number of sales associates by 15%.

 

 

Question 13: Education

 

INF 1511 Semester 1, Assignment 4  2019 / INF1511 Semester 1, Assignment 4  2019

 

 

Question 14: Education

 

INF3703 ASSIGNMENT 3 Semester 1 2019 / ASSIGNMENT 03 COMPULSORY

 

 

Question 15: General Question

 

BUSI 400 Learnsmart Chapter 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Which of the following questions would help assess the effectiveness of a corporation’s venturing initiatives?

Which of the following are some guidelines for successfully competing in dynamic markets with high technology uncertainty?

Which of the following statements regarding the application of real options analysis to strategic decision making are true?

Which of the following are the two stages new venture concepts must pass in order to get off the ground?

Which of the following statements about managers being able to develop innovative products and services are correct?

Which of the following affect whether a typical company will pursue entrepreneurial projects?

Which of the following statements regarding the building capabilities versus collaborating challenges to innovation are true?

Which of the following statements regarding the internal versus external staffing challenges to innovation are correct?

Which of the following refers to a firm-specific view of innovation that defines how a firm can create new knowledge and learn from an innovation initiative even if the project fails?

Biases, blind spots, and other human frailties that lead to poor managerial decisions fall under the concept of ___.

In companies with many innovative ideas, deciding which ideas to cultivate and which to cast aside is known as .

Which of the following are examples of staffing practices for innovation that are counterproductive?

Which of the following are functions or services that business incubators provide start-up companies?

Which of the following statements regarding the incremental versus preemptive launch challenges to innovation are correct?

____ are groups of individuals or a division within a corporation that identifies, evaluates, and cultivates venture opportunities.

Corporate entrepreneurship in which a dedication to the principles and policies of entrepreneurship is spread throughout the organization is known as the ___ to corporate entrepreneurship.

A sustaining innovation is a type of disruptive innovation.

Which of the following regarding the challenges to innovation of experience versus initiative are correct?

Disruptive innovations appeal to less demanding customers who want more convenient and less expensive solutions.

Which of the following is the approach to corporate venturing in which corporate entrepreneurship activities are isolated from a firm’s existing operations and worked on by independent work units?

Which of the following refers to a willingness to introduce novelty through experimentation and creative processes aimed at developing new products and services as well as new processes?

Which of the following statements about the seeds versus weeds challenge to innovation are correct?

Companies are often reluctant to invest time and other resources into activities with an unknown future.

Which of the following refers to the strategy-making practices that businesses use in identifying and launching new ventures consisting of autonomy, innovativeness, proactiveness, competitive aggressiveness, and risk taking?

Which of the following refers to a willingness to act independently in order to carry forward an entrepreneurial vision or opportunity?

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 16: General Question

 

BUSI 400 Individual Assignment 1 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Complete Chapter 1 Summary Review Questions: 1 & 2 on textbook page 30.

How is “strategic management” defined in the text, and what are its four key attributes? See pp. 6-8 in your textbook.

Briefly discuss the three key activities in the strategic management process. Why is it important for managers to recognize the interdependent nature of these activities? See pp. 9-13 in your textbook.

Complete Chapter 2 Summary Review Questions: 1, 3, & 5 on textbook page 65.

Why must managers be aware of a firm’s external environment?

Discuss and describe the six elements of the external environment.

 

Describe how the five forces can be used to determine the average expected profitability in an industry.

Complete Application Question & Exercise: 4 on textbook page 66.

Go to the Internet and look up www.kroger.com. What are some of the five forces driving industry competition that are affecting the profitability of this firm?

Place the results of the exercise(s) in a single document and submit it via the link provided. Include your name, class, section number, and the number of the exercise(s) on the attachment. Restate each question prior to answering it. Be sure that the assignment is in a business-professional format; include current APA citing and referencing.

 

 

Question 17: General Question

 

BUSI 400 Learnsmart Chapter 9 Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Which of the following actions that can have a positive influence on the dynamics of the boards of directors?

 

Rule-based controls are most appropriate for organizations that have which of the following?

 

Which of the following statements are true regarding the role that good corporate governance plays on the decision to invest in companies?

 

Which of the following statements regarding controls in a bureaucratic organization are correct?

 

Principal-principal conflicts are conflicts between controlling shareholders and __ shareholders.

 

Which of the following has a fiduciary duty to ensure that the company is run consistently with the long-term interests of the business owners or shareholders and to act as an intermediary between the shareholders and management?

 

Which of the following are ways that a board of directors an incentivize managers to make decisions that are in the company’s shareholders’ interest?

 

Which of the following are reasons for emphasizing both culture and rewards in a system of behavior controls?

 

When controlling shareholders conduct activities that enrich the controlling shareholders at the expense of the minority shareholders, they are engaging in ______.

 

The risk of being acquired by a hostile raider is often referred to as the __ and deters opportunistic behavior by management.

 

A set of firms that, though legally independent, are bound together by informal and formal ties and are accustomed to taking coordinated action are known as __.

 

The board of directors functions as a “go between” for the .

 

Which of the following are steps that organizations can take to evolve the organization from boundaries to rewards and culture?

 

Research of boards of directors shows that simple restrictions, such as a requirement that a majority of the board members be outside directors, is enough to make the operations of the board effective.

 

The control process that continuously updates and challenges assumptions that underlie the organization’s strategy is __ control.

 

Unity-of-command advocates believe that a CEO can act more efficiently and effectively when holding the positions both of CEO and chairman of the board.

 

Actions by large shareholders to protect their interests when they feel they are not receiving value maximization is called __.

 

Which of the following are appropriate conditions for using the traditional approach to strategic control?

 

Agency theory is concerned with resolving which of the following problems that can occur in agency relationships?

 

Managers consider both external and internal factors to determine how to achieve appropriate ______________ control over the individuals who work for the organization.

 

The leadership structure where the CEO acts as both the chief executive officer and the chair of the board of directors is called CEO .

 

A mechanism created to allow for different parties to contribute capital, expertise, and labor for the benefit of each party is called a(n) __.

 

The set of unwritten standards of acceptable behavior in an organizational is called organizational __.

 

The relationship between various participants, including shareholders and management, in determining the direction and performance of corporations is called __.

 

Question 18: Religious Studies

 

Unit 1 – 5.0 Assignment – Begin with the End in Mind.

“Would you tell me please which way I ought to walk from here?”

“That depends a good deal on where you want to get to,” said the Cat.

“I don’t much care where-“ said Alice.

“Then it doesn’t matter which way to walk,” said the Cat.

From Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland

 

When you think about plans for your future, do you ever feel like Alice?  Alice wants to get somewhere, but she doesn’t know where she wants to go.  As you can imagine, it is very difficult to give her directions.  Without a plan or directions, where will Alice end up?

If you think about it, most things in life begin with a plan.  We use blueprints when we build a house; we use a recipe for baking a cake; even getting your driver’s license requires a sequential step-by-step plan before it can be acquired.  So if a house, a cake and your driver’s license deserve a plan, what about your life?  Do you have a detailed plan that will help ensure that you get to your destination?

Follow the directions below very carefully.

A student sample is provided (return to main page).

Assignment

Requirements:

2-4 pages double-spaced, Single sided

Times New Roman font – 12 pt

Normal Margins

Strong English skills

Use the following guide in writing your paper:

Part 1:

Start your report with a detailed picture of what you would like your life to look like in eight years.

What job will you have?

Do you hope to be married?

What is your financial status?

What other details do you see?

 

Part 2:

Everything needs a plan!  You have written what you want your life to look like in eight years; now, how are you going to get that?

 

Those that fail to plan

Plan to fail!

 

Starting with today, look at the next eight years in small steps (maybe 6-12 months).  Very specifically and with great detail, outline what you need to get done and how you are going to accomplish this to make it to your final destination (in 8 years).

 

Part 3:

Take a second look.

With any life plan, you want it to be flexible and continually rewritten to adjust to the ever changing journey your life will take.  What if, you decided to throw your plan totally out the window and live for the moment?

At this point in your essay, write about some realistic possibilities that may interfere with your plan.  For example, if you make some choices such as becoming sexually active, letting your marks slip, fighting with your parents and moving out.  What possible consequences could there be to these choices?  How would this affect your plan?

The goal for this section is to take a realistic look at what your life may look like if you divert from your plan.

 

Part 4:

So where is this unique child of God headed?

Now that you have created this detailed plan and looked at possible outcomes, how do you feel?  What things can you put in place to keep you focused on the final destination that you pictured?

Once you have completed your assignments, PASTE your  assignment from Word.  (click on the W in the middle row).

Here is a student sample for the “Begin with the End in Mind” assignment.  Although, they did not receive 100%, they did receive a very good mark.

My Future Plan

In eight years from now I’m going to be living on a small farm or ranch near Swift Current or Saskatoon.  I’ll be working as an elementary teacher, or maybe as a child and youth worker, and my husband will be working as a rancher or farmer.  I hope my husband and I will be celebrating our third or fourth anniversary, and that we will have two children already.  If we live on a ranch, then I want a wide variety of animals including horses, cattle, dogs, cats, chickens, goats, and rabbits.  We won’t be rich, but we’ll be able to save enough money every year to afford trips to Disneyland and other places.  I also hope we can save enough money to hire someone to watch our farm while we are away on trips.

To get to where I want to be in eight years I am going to take it one step at a time starting with finishing grade twelve.  My next step will be to decide which career I would like to pursue.  I am currently trying to decide between education and a child and youth worker.  To help me decide on which career I would like, I want to shadow a teacher and child and youth worker to see what an average day is like. I believe it would help me to decide on which career I would prefer.  Even if I have not decided on a career by the end of the year I will still apply to the University of Saskatchewan or SIAST in Saskatoon, and take general studies for the first year.  Taking general studies the first year will give me more time to decide on a career and to decide if it is the career I want. The University of Saskatchewan is my first choice because a lot of my friends are there, it is a great school, and it has a lot of athletic programs.  SIAST in Saskatoon is my second choice because I know it has the program I am looking for, and I am unsure if the U of S also has that program.  The U of S has many scholarships available, which would be very useful since school is expensive and I do not have the money to put myself through four years of University.  This is all part of my plan to reach where I want to be in eight years.

Many things can happen during your life that will throw off your entire plan for the future.  I could decide after graduation that I don’t want to attend university immediately and decide to travel instead.  That would throw off my plan to be done school and have a career in at least six years. It would throw off my plan because I would put off my schooling, and it could make it difficult for me to get back into the routine of school.  I might suddenly change my mind about what career I want, or I might start University and decide I don’t like the career I’m going for.  This would change how many years I spend in school and it could change where I end up living.  I might not meet a man that I love within the next eight years, which would throw off my plan of being married.  That would also change where I’d be living.  If I let my grades slip it could affect the University or College I get into and my career. It is difficult to make a plan and stick to it because of all these things, and these are only a few of the many things that could happen that would throw off my plan.

I feel scared, overwhelmed, excited, and a whole lot of other things.  Yes I have a plan, which will make things easier, but there are so many things that could happen that could change it all.  I am scared because I don’t actually know what will happen, the future is unpredictable.  I know where I want to be, but the challenge is actually getting there regardless of any obstacles in my way.  I’m overwhelmed because there is so much that could go wrong and there is so much that I have to do to get where I want to be.  I’m also overwhelmed because deciding what I want to do for the rest of my life is a huge decision.   Eight years is a long time, even if it doesn’t feel like it, and I will probably change quite a bit in that time.  I’m excited because it is intriguing to find out what will happen in the future.  Will I get married?  Where will I be living?  Although I have a plan I don’t actually know where I’ll end up, or where I’ll be living.  I have an idea of where I want to be, but it is not guaranteed anything could happen.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 19: Geography

 

Question

Global Geography (Envi419)

RESEARCH ESSAY QUESTION

Push and pull factors in Syrian migration.

Syria has been embroiled in a civil war since 2011. Since the beginning of that war, “more than two million” refugees have fled their homes and many migrants have left the country (Yardley and Pianigiani 2013; Semple 2014). While many of the people migrate to neighboring countries such as Turkey and Lebanon, others make their way to Europe or the United States, both legally and illegally (Stevis 2014). The war and migration have even had some negative impacts on education in Syria (UNICEF 2013). Please note that the sources I’ve provided are from the early stages of the crisis and that there are many current sources that you will find as you do your research.

Provide details about the migration of people from Syria since the beginning of its civil war in 2011, including a discussion of the push and pull factors in migration. You should also include a discussion of the destinations of Syrian refugees. These destinations include both neighboring countries of Syria as well as more distant destinations in Europe and the United States.

To answer this question thoroughly, you may want to consider the following questions. Why are people leaving Syria? How many people have left the country and what are their destinations? What percentage of Syrians have left their homes? What are the characteristics of those who are migrating to various countries? What are they doing in their new locations? What effects are being felt both in Syria and in the destinations of these migrants?

Sources and Strategies

Choose a variety of sources. First, use the library and/or the internet databases to learn more about this
subject. Because this is a current event, please look for up-to-date articles in reputable popular media (for example, New York Times, Wall Street Journal, Time, Newsweek, BBC, etc.). As well, look for expert analysis and historical background by scholars, participants and journalists. Be sure that your search for expert analysis and opinions includes voices from across the political spectrum, and if possible, from outside the United States as well as
inside. I’ve given you a start with four sources, shown below. Wikipedia is NOT an acceptable source. Nor is any other encyclopedia.

Formatting Requirements

Length: The body of your research essay should be 1200-1500 words (use “Word Count” to make sure you meet minimum length of 1200 words). Use Times New Roman font (12 point), with 1 inch margins all
around. Begin your response at the top of the page. Do NOT use a title page. Please include your name in the “header.” No other identifying information is needed. Please number your pages. Please send a digital copy as an e- mail attachment through the “Messages” application in Blackboard. SAVE A COPY FOR YOURSELF.

Tips on Essay Writing

Tips on writing an essay and “21 Writing Tips” are included in the “Research Essay” area on Blackboard. In addition, there is also information on the evaluation criteria.

Works Cited – this is just a start, and some of these sources are dated. Please be sure to identify new and more recent sources as well.

Semple, Kirk. 2014. “Fleeing the Bombs in Aleppo, Syria, and Ending Up In New Jersey,” New York Times, January 3, 2014; online at http://www.nytimes.com/2014/01/04/nyregion/fleeing-syria-and-ending-up-in- new-jersey.html? action=click&module=Search&region=searchResults&mabReward=relbias%3Ar&url=http%3A%2F%2Fq uery.nytimes.com%2Fsearch%2Fsitesearch%2F%3Faction%3Dclick%26region%3DMasthead%26pgtype %3DHomepage%26module%3DSearchSubmit%26contentCollection%3DHomepage%26t%3Dqry341%23 %2FSyria%2520migration&_r=0

Stevis, Matina. 2014. “Number of Migrants Trying to Reach Europe Illegally Rose Sharply in 2013,” Wall Street Journal; online at http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/ SB10001424052702304908304579561341054849918?KEYWORDS=Syria+migration&mg=reno64-wsj

Yardley, Jim. 2013. “Out of Syria, Into a European Maze,” New York Times, November 29, 2013; online at http:// www.nytimes.com/2013/11/30/world/middleeast/out-of-syria-into-a-european-maze.html? action=click&module=Search&region=searchResults&mabReward=relbias%3Ar&url=http%3A%2F%2Fq uery.nytimes.com%2Fsearch%2Fsitesearch%2F%3Faction%3Dclick%26region%3DMasthead%26pgtype %3DHomepage%26module%3DSearchSubmit%26contentCollection%3DHomepage%26t%3Dqry341%23 %2FSyria%2520migration

UNHCR. 2019. “Syria Emerigency.” United Nations High Commission on Refugees (UNCR). Accessed August 17, 2019; online at: https://www.unhcr.org/en-us/syria-emergency.html

UNICEF. 2013. “Syria Crisis: Education Interrupted,” UNICEF, December 2013;online at http://www.unicef.org/ media/files/Education_Interrupted_Dec_2013.pdf

Here are some links to additional information on the Syrian refugee crisis: http://syrianrefugees.eu/
http://data.unhcr.org/syrianrefugees/regional.php http://www.unhcr.org/emergency/5051e8cd6-56ab78229.html http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-35577736 https://www.facebook.com/TheIndependentOnline/videos/10153387826906636/?fref=nf http://www.nytimes.com/2016/01/24/magazine/why-is-it-so-difficult-for-syrian-refugees-

to-get-into-the-us.html?_r=0 http://www.wsj.com/articles/the-many-steps-in-a-syrian-refugees-journey-to-the-u-

s-1448413279

You can also google Syria and many articles from reputable sources should pop up. Please remember that the sources must be reputable. Wikipedia is not reliable enough for this assignment.

You may use these sources, but you are not required to do so. In any case, be sure that you find enough high- quality sources to be able to answer the question clearly, thoroughly, and with sufficient detail. If you choose to use these sources, they’ll give you a pretty good start. There are plenty of good sources on this

subject and they’re easy to find! If you need additional help finding sources, talk to a librarian.

Question 20: Other

 

Instruction

Instructions Prepare a coaching/consulting profile to apply in the business environment. Then, conduct research to develop a coach consultant process that is specific to your skills. The process must be detailed and include a plan for you to communicate your findings with management as well as collaborate on an action plan. Be sure to include a figure/flowchart to visualize this process. Support your profile with at least five scholarly resources. In addition to these specified resources, other appropriate scholarly resources, including older articles, may be included. Length: 5-7 pages, not including title and reference pages Your profile should demonstrate thoughtful consideration of the ideas and concepts presented in the course by providing new thoughts and insights relating directly to this topic.

 

Question 21: English

 

Watch A Raisin in the Sun and write a 1000 word summary.

 

 

Question 22: English

 

Narration Essay Topic: Teenage single mother mla format

 

Question 23: Computer Science

 

Two Smallest  (10 points). Write a program TwoSmallest.java that takes a set of double command-line arguments and prints the smallest and second-smallest number, in that order. It is possible for the smallest and second-smallest numbers to be the same (if the sequence contains duplicate numbers).

 

Question 24: Computer Science

 

predict result by implementing linear regression on CIFAR-10 dataset and calculate accuracy for each classifier?

 

 

Bishop’s University
CS 596 – Research Topics On Computer Science Assignment 1: Machine Learning Basics

The goal of this assignment is to help you understand the fundamentals of a few classic methods and become familiar with scientific computing tools in python and Pytorch. You will also get experience in hyper parameter tuning and using proper train/test/validation data splits. For that purpose, you will implement some linear classifiers and you will validate them on the well-known CIFAR-10 image classification dataset. The classifiers you will implement are the following:

• K-nearest neighbor,
• Support Vector Machine,
• Linear regression,
• Logistic regression.

Recommendations

Because this assignment represents initiation to Python programming for the most of students, you can rely, reuse and integrate in the assignment one or more the following implementations:

Tutorial To Implement k-Nearest Neighbors in Python From Scratch K-NN classification – PyTorch API Linear SVM with PyTorch PyTorch: Linear and Logistic Regression Models

·Logistic Regression on MNIST with PyTorch

• Linear Regression using PyTorch

The starting code is provided. The top-level notebook (CS596Assignment-1.ipynb) will guide you through all the steps. Setup instructions are below. The format of this assignment is inspired by the Stanford CS231n assignments, and we have borrowed some of their data loading and instructions in our assignment ipython notebook.

1

If your local machine does not support GPU programming, you are encouraged to use Google Colaboratory to do this assignment; since it provides free access to a Tesla K80 (for running short jobs).

Here are two interesting links about Google Colaboratory with the instructions to install Pytorch:

https://towardsdatascience.com/getting-started-with-google-colab-f2fff97f594c

https://colab.research.google.com/notebooks/welcome.ipynb

By this environment, you will be able to do GPU programming and to run your programs through the cloud computing provided by Google.

Environment Setup (Local)

If you will be completing the assignment on a local machine then you will need a Python environment set up with the appropriate packages.

Once you have downloaded the zip file, navigate to the cifar10 directory in MP1 and execute the get_dataset script provided:

We suggest that you use Anaconda to manage python package dependencies. This guide provides useful information on how to use Conda.

Data Setup (Local)

cd MP1/cifar/ ./get_datasets.sh

Data Setup (For Colaboratory) If you are using Google Colaboratory for this assignment you will need do some additional setup steps. Download the assignment zip file and follow the steps above to download CIFAR-10 to your local machine. Next, you should make a folder in your Google Drive to hold all of

2

your assignment files and upload the entire assignment folder (including the cifar10 dataset you downloaded) into this Google drive file. You will now need to open the assignment 1 ipython notebook file from your Google Drive folder in Colaboratory and run a few setup commands. You can find a detailed tutorial on these steps here (no need to worry about setting up GPU for now). IPython

The assignment is given to you in theCS596Assignment-1.ipynb file.As mentioned, if you are using Colaboratory, you can open the ipython notebook directly in Colaboratory. If you are using a local machine, ensure that ipython is installed. You may then navigate the assignment directory in terminal and start a local ipython server using the jupyter notebook command. Submission You will have to submit all the programmed solutions, the CSV files associated to the four linear classifiers that contain the prediction results. Please, provide a pdf report following the format of the provided word template that highlights the team members, the contribution of each one of them, and the obtained accuracy for each classifier. The function that computes this accuracy is already provided in the starting code. Good luckJ

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 25: Philosophy

 

University of Phoenix Material

 

Research Proposal

 

Develop an original research study proposal and describe it in detail in a 10-12 page (APA style) paper.  Include at least 10 scholarly references in your proposal. Use the following outline as a guide when writing your paper. Be sure to include detailed information on all of the topics listed below and use headings to organize your thoughts.

 

1. Statement of the problem: Introduce the reader to the problem to be studied. Provide sufficient background information such that the reader has a grasp of the situation and its importance.
2. Review of the literature: Provide the reader with a review of most relevant literature, beginning with general information, and narrowing the focus to the specific issues under consideration in the study.
3. Purpose of the study: Identify why the study that you are proposing is needed.
4. Hypotheses or research questions: List them as simple statements. Make sure they are measurable.
5. Definition of terms: Operationally define terms the average reader may not know, or that have a specific meaning in your study.
6. Assumptions: Identify issues you assume to be true in order for your study to be valid.
7. Research methods and procedures
   1. Population: Describe the population sample to be studied
   2. Procedure: Discuss how the study will be carried out.
   3. Instruments: Describe the specific measurements (instruments) to be used to test each hypothesis (research question).
   4. Data Analysis: Describe the procedures you intend to use to analyze the data produced from your instruments, and how that would answer the hypotheses (research questions).
   5. Discussion: Since you are only proposing (not conducting) a research study, you will not have results; however, you can discuss potential outcomes. Review your hypothesis and discuss how this study will address it. For example, if the results allow you to reject the null hypothesis, what are the implications? What would happen if you fail to reject the null hypothesis? Discuss the implications of your proposed study, the limitations of your study, and future research ideas and directions.
   6. Since you are only proposing (not conducting) a research study, you will not have results; however, you can discuss potential outcomes. Review your hypothesis and discuss how this study will address it. For example, if the results allow you to reject the null hypothesis, what are the implications? What would happen if you fail to reject the null hypothesis? Discuss the implications of your proposed study, the limitations of your study, and future research ideas and directions.
8. Implications: Provide a brief summary of your proposal and a powerful statement as to how your study would advance the field.
9. References: Include at least 10 scholarly sources in your Reference section. Be sure to use APA style throughout your paper.

Details

 

 

Question 26: Business

 

Define in specific detail the industry segment for Jamba Juice and describe in detail 4 of the environmental forces (from the course) currently acting on their industry as a whole – with examples.

 

Question 27: Business

 

Distinguish Between Centralization And Decentralization?

 

Question 28: Chemistry

 

Using the Molecular Orbital Theory, discuss the delocalized system in NO3 － . Hence, determine the bond order for N－O bond.

 

Question 29: Economics

 

Suppose the home country exports clothing, which is produced by labour and capital, and imports food, which is produced locally by labour and land. That is, assume the specific-factor production structure of Chapter 4. Let some of the capital used in the clothing sector be provided by foreign investment. If the home country protects its food industry with a tariff, trace through the following scenarios:

1. What is the effect on factor prices, production, consumption, and trade volumes if no more foreign capital enters or leaves the country? ( outline gains on trade for domestic and foreign)
2. What is the further impact on factor prices, production, consumption, and trade if returns to capital in the clothing sector adjust to a given world rate of return via changes in the quantity of capital (FDI) foreigners wish to place in the protectionist country?  (arbitrage opportunity if domestic rate of return> abroad capital inflows and vice versa)

 

1. What is the effect on net home welfare in each case?

 

 

Question 30: Health Care

 

 Distribution Strategy Assignment

In this assignment, you will complete another key section of your marketing plan:   Write a 1 page recommendation for the distribution (“place”) strategy necessary to successfully market your health care product or service. Comment on where, when and how customers prefer to access your product or service, and how that influenced your distribution channel strategy.  If you wish, you may include a simple diagram of the distribution channel.   Within this section draft, please demonstrate your grasp of the marketing terminology and concepts related to distribution strategy.  For example, describe the level of intensity of distribution, the types of relationships within your distribution channel, and the correct titles (retailer, wholesaler, agent/broker, etc.) of the various intermediaries in the channel.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 31: Health Care

 

Pricing Strategy Assignment

 

In this assignment, you will complete another key section of your marketing plan:   Write a 1 page recommendation for the pricing strategy necessary to successfully market your health care product or service. Be sure to include an estimate of the costs associated with the product or service, and the profits that are expected with the recommended pricing.   You will need to make some “educated estimates” to complete this assignment; please follow a format like this to demonstrate that your recommended pricing will result in profits:   New Product Per Unit 20,000 units (1st year sales forecast) Suggested retail price $100.00 $2,000,000 Cost to retailer  ** $50.00 $1,000,000      Retailer margin $50.00 $1,000,000 Cost of Goods Sold      Components/raw materials $10.00 $200,000      Labor $10.00 $200,000      Overhead $5.00 $100,000 Marketing costs $7.00 $140,000      Manufacturer profit $18.00 $360,000 ** “Cost to retailer” is the same as Manufacturer’s sales revenue     New Service Per Day 200 days per year (1st year sales forecast) Service Charges** $250.00 $500,000 Cost of Goods Sold      Labor $100.00 $200,000      Materials $20.00 $40,000      Overhead $30.00 $60,000 Marketing costs $10.00 $20,000      Service provider profit $90.00 $180,000 ** Service Charge is the expected sales revenue from the new service     As a starting point to estimating costs, visit Bplans and search for a sample plan in a similar line of business to the one you are proposing.  Look for the “Pro Forma Profit and Loss” chart within the Financial Plan section of the business plan, and make note of the expected costs in relation to forecasted sales. You can also do an Internet search for “income statement – (insert your product or service here)” and review the samples that you find.   Within this section draft, please demonstrate your grasp of the marketing terminology and concepts related to pricing strategy. For example, it would be appropriate to identify whether you have chosen a penetration, skimming, or followership price strategy, and why you believe that strategy is appropriate.

 

Question  32:       Psychology

 

Discussion question: 175 words

The ethics of designing a study

There are often ethical issues that dictate the use or non-use of one method or another.

Can you give a specific example of when it might not be ethical to use a particular design/method?

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 1: General Question

 

Walden University NURS6630 Final Exam 2019, Walden University NURS6630 Midterm Exam 2019: Psychopharmacologic Approaches to Treatment of Psychopathology (Already graded A)

 

Question 2: General Question

 

NURS 6501 PATHO WK-2 QUIZ (Latest) ALREADY GRADED 100%

NURS 6501 PATHO WK-2 QUIZ (Latest) ALREADY GRADED 100%

 

Question 3: General Question

 

NGS6420 Week 10 Final Exam Guide

NGS6420 Week 10 Final Exam Guide

 

 

Question 4: General Question

 

NSG 6020Prepcheckweek7.docx graded A

NSG 6020Prepcheckweek7.docx graded A

 

Question 5: General Question

 

SEJPME 1 COURSE SEJPME Graded A

SEJPME 1 COURSE SEJPME Graded A

 

Question 6: Biology

 

NSG5003 ADVANCED PATHOPHYSIOLOGY   FINAL EXAM ANSWERS SOUTH UNIVERSITY

 

Question 7: Biology

 

NSG3029 Midterm Test FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING South University

 

Question 8: Biology

 

NSG3029 Final Exam FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING South University

 

Question 9: Biology

 

NSG3012 Midterm Test South University   PRINCIPLES OF ASSESSMENT

 

Question 10: Biology

 

NSG3012 Final Exam South University PRINCIPLES OF ASSESSMENT

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 11: Business

 

Use a position that you would like to obtain (CEO) to create job duties and at least three KSAOs (knowledge, skills, abilities, and other characteristics).

 

Answer the following questions in 350 words for each KSAO:

• Is the KSAO necessary prior to hiring, or can it be trained?
• What is the importance of each characteristic relative to the others?
• What is the approximate time the employee will spend on each duty?

 

 

Question 12: Business

 

Respond to the following in a minimum of 175 words: 

 

Considering the internal labor market at your organization ( Marshalls), what competency or skill gap needs to be closed? What’s the approach to doing so?

 

Question 13: Business

 

How tightly do you fit into a particular market segment? Do you think you can be neatly classified? If you think your purchasing habits make you an enigma to marketers, you may need to think again.

 

Instructions: Document your activities and exercise in this application exercise assignment. Keep good notes that you will submit as part of this assignment.

Purpose: This exercise quickly shows students the limitations of using only demographics to describe their customers, and really clarifies the process of segmentation and positioning for them.

Activities

Visit the following website located in this folder named: Segments

1. Click on the link above and then type in your zip code. The database will generate many cluster descriptions based on your ZIP code. Depending on the functionality of the Web site at the time you access the database, you may need to reenter your ZIP code multiple times if you want to read all the cluster descriptions.
2. Now review the demographic and psychographic data for the segments. Please provide insights on their life stage, lifestyle, and others things that they like such as automobiles, music, health, books, magazines, beauty products, and income. Then think about which products in that category would appeal to each of the clusters generated by your ZIP code search. Please name 3 to 4 of the groups identified and provide feedback on similarities between the groups. For example, a car that appeals to a cluster titled “Young Bohemians” may not be the car of choice for the cluster “Pools and Patios.” If your search generated only one cluster type, you may wish to enter other ZIP codes for your area of town or for your region.
3. Write a short statement that describes what you have learned about the most common segments for your zip code.

 

https://claritas360.claritas.com/mybestsegments/#zipLookup

 

 

Question 14: Economics

 

News commentary article

• The text,not including inserted quotes, must be between 350 and 450 words long (include a word count). Papers of less than 350 words will not be graded.
• Identify and explain an economic concept found in the article. If the article is about inflation, then you need to show that you understand what inflation actually is.
• Use the article just to illustrate the concept.
• Keep it simple and stick to economics you know and understand.
• Basically you need to be able to analyze the information, not retell it. The more your paper presents a summary of the article, the lower your grade will go.
• Adding a graph to your article for further illustration is often very helpful
• There are 2 commentaries due this semester (see above for the exact dates).
• .You need to provide a copy of the article or a link to it.
  1. You need to cite each source in correct bibliographic form
  2. If you use the internet to obtain a source, you must find out the date the article was originally published and put it into the correct form listed above, then include the URL afterwards (the address of the page).
• You need to choose timely news
  1. You may NOT use reference sources, encyclopedic entries, bank reports, etc.
  2. The article you choose must be within a month or so of the date you write it.
• Some of the best choices of articles come from sections of the newspaper other than the business pages—as long as they illustrate principles you have learned in this course.
• 45-50 points for meeting the above criteria
• 30- 44 points for retelling the article with little economic discussion
• -5 points for not providing copy of the article or workable link to the article.
• -5 points for over 450 words
• papers of less than 350 words will be returned ungraded.

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 15: Psychology

 

After completing the assigned readings, discuss the concept of “abnormality” from a Biblical perspective. What is considered “normal” and “abnormal” types of cognitions and behaviors? What does the Bible say about abnormal or deviant behavior? How does the Bible’s directives differ from what is currently considered “normal” or “abnormal” in your culture or environment? How can the Bible’s teachings inform a person’s concept of abnormality? Integrate into your discussion the 4 D’s – Dysfunction, Distress, Deviance, and Dangerousness. Cite all sources in APA format. As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application and an outside source cited in APA format.

 

Nolen-Hoeksema: Abnormal Psychology

8TH EDITION, © 2020

By Susan Nolen-Hoeksema

ISBN:1260426092

 

Cite all sources use in the post in APA format, and list any utilized sources in APA format at the end of your post.

 

 

Question 16: Health Care

 

NURS 6512 Week 6 Midterm Exam / NURS6512 Week 6 Midterm Exam Advanced Health Assessment: Walden University

 

Question 17: Health Care

 

NURS 807Chapter 6 – The Skin, Hair, and Nails graded A

NURS 807Chapter 6 – The Skin, Hair, and Nails graded A

 

Question 18: Health Care

 

NSG3029 Midterm Test FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING South University Graded A

NSG3029 Midterm Test FOUNDATIONS OF NURSING South University Graded A

 

Question 19: Religious Studies

 

Hello World Religions Class,

Below is a video entitled, “Is God Great?” between famous atheist intellectual Christopher Hitchens, and Professor John Lennox of Oxford University.  I would like for you to watch this debate and identify at least two (2) major points/arguments from each perspective and describe them clearly in 2-3 sentences each.  Lastly, I would like for you to identify the debater with whom you agree & disagree with and write at least one (1) paragraph describing why you agreed/disagreed with that particular debater.  Your paper should be organized this way…

1. Debater 1

• 1st Major Point: 2-3 sentences
• 2nd Major Point: 2-3 sentences

2. Debater 2

• 1st Major Point: 2-3 sentences
• 2nd Major Point: 2-3 sentences

3. Agree (One Paragraph describing why; at least 3 sentences)
4. Disagree (One Paragraph describing why; at least 3 sentences)

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 20: Biology

 

NSG 6001 Midterm Test NSG6001 ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE South University

 

Question 21: Biology

NSG 6001 Final Exam NSG6001 ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE South University

 

Question 22: Biology

 

NSG 3039 Week 5 Quiz Verified Answers – NSG3039 Information Management and Technology South University

 

Question 23: Biology

 

NSG 3007 Final Exam  Foundations of Professional Nursing   South University

 

Question 24: General Question

 

ACCT 211 Learn smart Assignment 11 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

Which of the following statements is not an advantage of bond financing?

 

A company issues $100,000 of 5%, 10-year bonds dated January 1. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. If bonds are sold at par value, the issuer records the sale with a debit to in the amount of $ .

 

A company issues $75,000 of 6%, 10-year bonds dated January 1 that pay interest semiannually on each June 30 and December 31. If the issuer accepts $69,000 for the bonds, the issuer will record the sale with a debit to which of the following accounts?

 

When the contract rate of the bonds is higher than the market rate, the bond sells at a higher price than par value. The amount by which the bond price exceeds par value is the ___ on bonds.

 

A company issues $50,000 of 5%, 10-year bonds dated January 1 and pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. The bonds are sold for $48,000. Using the straight-line amortization method, the company will amortize the discount by $__ on each semiannual interest payment.

 

The legal document that describes the rights and obligations of both the bondholders and the issuers is called the bond _____.

 

A company issues $60,000 of 6%, 5-year bonds dated January 1 that pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. If the issuer accepts $62,000 for the bonds, the premium on bonds payable will __ total interest expense recognized over the life of the bond by $____.

 

A company issues $90,000 of 5%, 5-year bonds dated January 1 that pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. If the issuer accepts $95,000 for the bond, the issuer will record the sale with a to on bonds payable in the amount of $5,000.

 

Total bond interest is the sum of the interest payments plus the bond discount.

 

Which of the following are true of amortizing a premium bond using the effective interest amortizing method:

 

The bond carrying value can be determined by which of the following formulas?

 

A company issues $500,000 of 6%, 10-year bonds dated January 1, 2017 that mature on December 31, 2026. The bonds pay interest semiannually on June 30 and December 31 each year. If bonds are sold at par value, the issuer records the sale with which of the following entries?

 

A company borrows $60,000 by signing a $60,000, 8%, 6-year note that requires equal payments of $12,979 at the end of each year. The first payment will record interest expense of $4,800 and will reduce principal by $ ___.

 

The bond amortization method allocates an equal portion of the total bond interest expense to each interest period.

 

Bond market values are expressed as a percentage of their par (face) value. For example, a company’s bonds might be reading at 103, meaning that they can be bought or sold for ___ of their par value.

 

When the market rate is 8%, a company issues $50,000 of 9%, 10-year bonds dated January 1, 2017, that mature on December 31, 2026, and pay interest semiannually for a selling price of $60,000. When the bonds mature, the issuer records its payment of principal with a to Bonds Payable in the amount of .

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 25: General Question

 

ACCT 211 Learnsmart Assignment 12 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Which of the following transaction would be reported under cash flows from operating activities? Select all that apply.

Which of the following items are classified as noncash investing and financing activities?

A gain from the sale of a building would be ___ to (from) net income when computing cash flow from operations, using the indirect method.

_____ activities include those transactions and events that affect long-term liabilities and equity, such as obtaining cash from issuing debt and distributing cash to owners.

Which of the following items would be reported under financing activities on the statement of cash flows?

Lakeview Inc.’s statement of cash flows reports financing activities with payments that exceed receipts. This means that Lakeview had a net cash _______ from financing activities.

Which of the following would be included in the operating section when preparing the statement of cash flows using the indirect method?

The _____ method separately lists each major item of operating cash receipts and each major item of operating cash payments. The cash payments are subtracted from cash receipts to determine the net cash provided (used) by operating activities.

In a statement of cash flows, cash received from the sale of a building would be classified under “cash flows from __________ activities.”

The _____ method of reporting the statement of cash flows reports net income and then adjusts it for items necessary to obtain net cash provided or used by operating activities.

Which of the following items would be added to net income when reporting cash flows from operating activities, using the indirect method?

The statement of cash flows explains the difference between beginning and ending balances of cash and cash equivalents. A cash equivalent must satisfy which of the following criteria?

Which of the following items would be correct adjustments to net income to arrive at cash flows from operating activities, using the indirect method?

An increase in wages payable would be to (from) net income, when computing cash flows from operations, using the indirect method.

A(n) activity includes those transactions and events that determine net income, including the purchase of merchandise, the sale of goods and services to customers, and expenditures to operate the business.

Information on the statement of cash flows helps us answer all of the following questions except:

Cash flows from financing activities identifies cash receipts and payments related to which of the following types of accounts?

At the beginning of 2018, Rex Co. showed a debit balance in the cash account of $20,500. Total debits to this account during the year were $45,000, and total credits during the year were $35,000. The net ______ in cash for 2018 equals $_____________.

There are five important steps to preparing a statement of cash flows. Rank the steps in order from first to last.

Collecting money for notes receivable would be reported on the statement of cash flows as a(n) ___________ activity.

Which of the following transactions would not be classified as an operating activity on the statement of cash flows?

Which of the following items would be adjusted to net income when computing cash flows from operating activities, using the indirect method?

 

 

Question 26:        General Question

 

ACCT 211 Learn smart Assignment 9 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

 

Perez Co. sells automotive supplies and warranties them for a three-month period. Perez sold $10,000 of supplies during the month and anticipates that warranty repairs for these sales will total $250. The adjusting entry that Perez will make to record the warranty expense will include which of the following?

 

Mary’s Magazine Sales sells popular magazine subscriptions. During January, Mary collected $1,200 from various customers to provide magazines over the next 12 months. At the end of February, Mary would make an adjusting entry to record one month of magazines subscriptions earned. This transaction would include which of the following entries?

 

On June 1, Grey Co. borrows $15,000 cash from the National Bank by signing a 120-day, 10% interest-bearing note. Grey will record interest during the year totaling . Using a 360 day year, round your final answer to the nearest whole dollar.

 

A company sells 12-month subscriptions to popular magazines. During the month of May, the company sells $10,000 in magazines, which will start in June. The journal entry to record the sales not yet earned will include a credit to which account?

 

Star Co. reported $10,000 of net income during the month of January. Star estimates that it owes income taxes of $2,000 for the month. The month-end adjusting entry to record this estimate would require which of the following entries?

 

On June 1, Sawyer Co. borrowed $5,000 by extending their past-due account payable with a 45-day, 12% interest-bearing note. On July 16, the due date, Sawyer pays the amount due in full. Sawyer would record this payment with a __________ to Interest Expense in the amount of __________.

 

On December 1, Campbell Co. borrowed $10,000 cash from Second Bank by signing a 90-day, 6% interest-bearing note. On December 31, Campbell accrued interest expense of $50. Campbell does not use reversing entries. On March 1, the due date of the note, Campbell will record the payment with debit entries to which of the following accounts?

 

Tire Co. collected $2,000 in sales tax during the month of October. The entry that shows the remittance of this sales tax to the state government in November would include a credit to the account.

 

During December 2017, Marci Lane opens a computer sales store selling new computers and offering a six-month warranty on all new sales. During December, Lane makes three sales totaling $4,000. Lane estimates warranty repairs will total 15% of sales. In January 2018, a customer submits a warranty claim requiring $300 of work. Lane will record a debit to Estimated Warranty Liability in the amount in January 2018 for the warranty work.

 

During the second quarter of the year, Francisco Co. accrued $8,000 of income taxes. On July 15, Francisco will send in the second quarterly payment. To record this payment, Francisco will enter which of the following entries?

 

Victor’s Vacuum Sales Co. sells high quality vacuums and provides a one-year warranty on all new sales. Based on history, Victor anticipates that 3% of vacuums will be returned at a cost of $30 per vacuum. During the month, Victor sold 100 vacuums for a total of $35,000. At the end of the month, Victor will record in Warranty Expense.

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 27: General Question

 

ACCT 211 Learn smart Assignment 5 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

ABC Co. uses a perpetual inventory system and uses the LIFO cost flow assumption. Calculate the dollar value of its cost of goods sold for the sale made on Jan. 10.

Many companies choose to use LIFO inventory costing during periods of rising purchase costs because reported cost of goods sold will be . This means that income taxes paid will be than if the company used FIFO or weighted average inventory costing.

Assumes that Q-Mart uses a periodic LIFO inventory system. During the period, it sold 14 units. Calculate the dollar value of its cost of goods sold for the period.

Estimates of inventory are not usually required when a company uses a inventory system because they would presumably have updated inventory data.

The LIFO cost flow assumption assumes that the cost of items purchased are the costs that will be transferred first to cost of goods sold on the .

Assume that Wally World uses a perpetual LIFO inventory system. Its ending inventory consists of 13 units. Calculate the dollar value of its ending inventory.

Q-mart failed to include inventory that was kept in a separate warehouse in its end-of-the-period inventory count. Explain how this error will affect this year’s balance sheet.

Assume that sparks uses a periodic FIFO inventory system. Its ending inventory consists of 9 units. Calculate the dollar value of its ending inventory.

Sparky’s incorrectly included inventory that was on consignment in its ending inventory count. Consequently, the ending inventory was overstated on the balance sheet. Explain how this error effect this year’s income statement.

Q-mart failed to include inventory that was kept in a separate warehouse in its 12/31 end-of-the-period inventory count. Consequently, the ending inventory on 12/31 was understated on the balance sheet. Explain how this error will affect the current year’s income statement. (Check all that apply.)

Assume that Maycces uses a periodic weighted average inventory system. Its ending inventory consists of 13 units. Calculate the dollar value of its ending inventory assuming the following information.

Assume that Maycces uses a perpetual weighted average inventory system. Its ending inventory consist of 13 units. Calculate the dollar value of its ending inventory assuming the following information.

Assume that J-Mart uses a perpetual weighted average inventory system. During the period, it had two sales. Calculate the average cost per unit on hand as of June 8 when it made its first sale.

Review the steps below that apply LCM to individual items of inventory. Place them in the correct order of occurrence.

Show your understanding of the ownership of goods in transit by completing the following statement. If goods are shipped FOB shipping point, then the is responsible for paying freight charges and the will not include the merchandise In their Inventory.

Chocolate Inc. uses a perpetual inventory system and uses the FIFO cost flow assumption. Calculate the cost of goods sold for the sale made on Mar. 20.

Recount the methods used to assign costs to inventory and cost of goods sold under both a perpetual and a periodic system

The FIFO cost flow assumption assumes that the cost of items purchased are the cost that will be transferred first to cost of goods sold on the .

 

Question 28: General Question

ACCT 211 Learn smart Assignment 2 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

Choose the account(s) below, that would have a normal credit balance.

Prepaid accounts are (assets/liabilities) that represent prepayments of future expenses and are increased with a (debit/credit).

Which of the following statements is correct regarding expenses.

Match the items on the left with their definition on the right.

Recall the required information in a financial statement heading. Rearrange the following line items as they would appear in a heading.

The T-account for Accounts payable had 4 transactions entered in into it. It was increased by $300 and by $100 and decreased by $50 and by $150, respectively. Its balance at the end of the period would be a (debit/credit) balance of $ .

Given the descriptions below, which is (are) true regarding notes receivable? (Check all that apply.)

Which statement best describes a T-account?

Smith Company purchased $8,000 of supplies on credit. Show how to record this transaction to the T-account by selecting the correct answer below.

Which of the following accounts has a normal debit balance?

R&R Programming pays a $900 supply bill that it had received earlier in the month. Illustrate how to record the transaction to the T-accounts by completing the following sentence. Accounts payable would be (debited/credited) on the (left/right) side of the T-account, and Cash would be (debited/credited) on the (left/right) side of the T-account.

Which of the following is required information when entering a transaction into a journal?

To enter transactions on the right side of a T-account means you will (debit/credit) the account and will cause a(n) (decrease/increase) in a liability account.

Gunner Corporation received $300 cash from a client that had been billed earlier in the month. Show how to record this transaction into T-accounts by selecting the correct answer below.

When preparing a trial balance, there are certain steps that need to be followed. Place the following steps in the correct order.

Brown Company paid $40 in cash dividends. Show how to record the transaction to the T-accounts by completing the following sentence. Dividends would be (debited/credited) on the (left/right) side of the T-account, and Cash would be (debited/credited) on the (left/right) side of the T-account.

Which of the following statements is (are) true about accounts receivables? (Check all that apply.)

The stockholder of a business received a $1000 dividend. How would this affect the total equity of the business?

Gunner Company purchased a piece of equipment costing $6,000. She paid $1,000 immediately and put the rest on account. Show how to record this transaction to the T-accounts by selecting the correct answer below.

Which of the following statements is (are) correct regarding the definition of a liability?

Which of the following statements is (are) correct regarding the sides of a T-account?

Match the item on the left with the correct definition on the right

On Jan. 2, Callie Taylor received a $700 payment from a customer previously billed for services performed. The journal entry to record this transaction would include a ________ (debit/credit) to the______________ account and a ___________ (debit/credit) to the Accounts Receivable account.

 

 

Question 29:        Biology

 

NSG5003 ADVANCED PATHOPHYSIOLOGY   FINAL EXAM ANSWERS   SOUTH UNIVERSITY

 

Question 30:        Biology

 

NSG5003 ADVANCED PATHOPHYSIOLOGY   MIDTERM TEST ANSWERS SOUTH UNIVERSITY

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 1: Finance

 

Return on Investment – Education Funding Develop a three- to five-page analysis (excluding the title and reference pages) on the projected return on investment for your college education and projected future employment. This analysis will consist of two parts.

 

Instruction

Part 1: Describe how and why you made the decision to pursue an MBA. In the description, include calculations of expenses and opportunity costs related to that decision. Part 2: Analyze your desired occupation. Determine how much compensation (return) you expect to earn and how long will it take to pay back the return on this investment. Use the financial formulas, Net Present Value (NPV), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), and Payback. If you do not have any educational costs due to employee reimbursements, you should estimate the cost of your education for your calculations. My employer pays for my education, but the cost is around $2115 The analysis should be comprehensive and reference specific examples from a minimum of two scholarly sources. The paper must be formatted according to APA.

 

Question 2: Other

I need a letter of recommendation from my supervisor point view for a graduate program.

Instruction

I’m applying for a master program, I currently work in the human services industry. In the letter I would like for the writer to write about my great communication skills, great customer service skills with clients who receive services for my our company and my professionalism. I need this letter to be professional and to really sell my skills. Also, I’ve bee with the company over a year

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 3: Sociology

 

There are many types of agencies that utilize social workers. With the advancement of technology, it is now standard practice for these agencies to have public-facing websites. This assignment will help you to learn more about the agencies in your community. Visit 3 websites that are owned and operated by either local, regional, or national social welfare agencies. Answer the following prompts based on your review of each agency’s website. ***see worksheet attached

 

 

 

Social Welfare Agency Website Reviews

 

Visit 3 websites that are owned and operated by either local, regional, or national social welfare agencies. Answer the following prompts based on your review of each agency’s website.

 

Agency #1

 

Agency Name
Website URL
Social Problem(s) Addressed
Services Provided
Type of Funding (private, public, combination)
Profit Status (for profit, nonprofit)

 

 

 

In 175-260 words, please describe your thoughts about this agency.

 

 

 

Agency #2

 

Agency Name
Website URL
Social Problem(s) Addressed
Services Provided
Type of Funding (private, public, combination)
Profit Status  (for profit, nonprofit)

 

In 175-260 words, please describe your thoughts about this agency.

 

 

Agency #3

 

Agency Name
Website URL
Social Problem(s) Addressed
Services Provided
Type of Funding (private, public, combination)
Profit Status  (for profit, nonprofit)

 

In 175-260 words, please describe your thoughts about this agency.

 

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 4:        Law

 

This is a business law assignment and all of the information is included below. If you can just tell me what to write or put I can create the PowerPoint.

 

 

 

Business and the law Presentation Scenarios

“Open for Business”

 

Cersei and her brother Jamie inherited a family ranch consisting of 2,000 acres in New Mexico from the recent passing of their father. The ranch was operated mostly by Jamie and Jamie and their late father resided on the New Mexico Ranch. Cersei also owns a ranch in far west Texas, consisting of approximately 2,000 acres, but she resides in Midland. She has big profits from her grazing and hunting operations on the Texas property. The New Mexico property is also likely to be profitable in a few years’ time but is and has been operating at a loss for the last several years. Cersei and Jamie want to form some sort of entity to own and operate the ranches. What should they form? Cersei also has a ranch manager, Jon Snow, for her ranch on site since she doesn’t live there. Should they include him as an owner? Employ him? Keep him on as an independent contractor?

• Choose an entity form, and if dictated by the type of entity chosen, “form” the entity by choosing a name, a state of formation, drafting a certificate of formation or incorporation, and the governing document of the entity, such as bylaws, a partnership agreement or a company agreement. If you have chosen an entity with limited liability protection for the owners, you may also likely need a written memorandum of organizational meeting, or to hold such a meeting and prepare notes from the meeting.
• If you have elected to make the ranch hand an owner, explain why and show the electronic negotiations with him regarding his duties and all the parties regarding their ownership interest. If you have elected not to make the ranch hand an owner, negotiate a contract covering his duties and compensation, either as a contracted employee or an independent contractor.

The final assignment to be turned in will be a PowerPoint Presentation for review by me and your classmates.

The best presentations (and those to receive the highest grades) should at a minimum consist of the following:

1. one or more slides dedicated to the type of entity chosen and why, your entity’s name, your entity’s business purpose, a hierarchy of ownership, management and control appropriate to the selected type of organization, and include some of the formation documents
2. one or more slides dedicated to the negotiations between the parties, excerpts from the negotiated written agreement consummating the transaction
3. one video presentation embedded (i.e., not a link) into the presentation. This required video should be produced by you, not a clip you pulled from the internet. You may be creative in this video and use others in the video. You may include other video and/or audio clips from any source, but check file size limitations.

• You should aim for your PowerPoint presentation to take 5-10 minutes to view, although the length of your presentation will not directly impact your grade.

 

 

Presentation – Step by Step Instructions

Step by Step Instructions

The theme of your project is Open for Business.  Here is an example of the finished project from a prior year: “Open for Business.ppt”.

Step 1:  Each student will select a business scenario.  There are four separate business scenarios set forth below.  Please choose one scenario and you will complete the project based on that scenario.  You must inform me/your coach of the scenario selected via email no later than the end of Module 3.  If you fail to properly or timely choose a scenario, I will assign you one.  Choose early because I reserve the right to pull a scenario off the table if a lot of students choose the same scenario so that we have a variety to watch at the end. (If you wish to complete this project in a group setting with no more than 3 students, you must notify me/your coach no later than the end of Week 3).

Step 2:  In this project, the student will decide (i) what type of business organization to form (and why), (ii) form and name the new entity, assign management duties as appropriate, (iii) discuss and, considering the various roles, negotiate a proposed transaction, and (iv) prepare a simple legal document as indicated in each scenario.

Step 3: The final assignment to be turned in must be uploaded to the general class discussion board in the assigned folder and must be in “View” or “Presentation” Mode before uploading, meaning the file opens to a slide show automatically. It can run automatically on timers or be a click through. Be sure to include: Copies of you formation documents, if applicable; Excerpts of the negotiations; an embedded video; and, a copy of the final negotiated agreement, which should contain all the elements of a contract.

***

Note – Video: Your presentation must contain an embedded video produced by you. The video must be embedded and not just a link.  You do not video yourself presenting your PowerPoint that you made; rather, produce a video that aids some portion of your project. You can use other actors. The goal is to make sure you can prepare a professional looking presentation in PowerPoint.  The video can be anything –  presenting the business model, a scene of getting financing, the negotiations between parties, a summary, or an advertisement for the business.  It is less WHAT the video is about, so long as there is a video (that is appropriate, is somehow related to this project, and is an original creation) and it is EMBEDDED – in other words, I don’t want to be redirected to YouTube.  Embed the video so it runs on a click or automatically within the presentation.  Be creative, but professional (I have 60+ of these to grade).

Also, a note on original creation – one year a group spliced together an ad from multiple tv ads to create their video, and that’s fine too, but you have to have complied it.  Don’t go steal someone’s video and just upload it.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 6:      English

Instruction

This assignment focuses on your ability to: create effective thesis statements; synthesize research, text support, and personal analyses into a cohesive essay; defend an argument; properly citie researched material in APA format. The purpose of completing this assignment is: as a student, career professional, and individual, learning how to defend your side of an argument with data, experience, and valid information is of paramount importance. As a student at Post, use this assignment to master the objectives listed above, particularly APA citation and reference page formatting. You need to know APA and argumentation techniques! Prompt (what will you be writing about): • Which conflict does Wilson use most to drive (bring forth, move forward) all the other elements of the story? Choose ONE that you feel is more apparent and easier to defend than the others. o Troy vs Society o Troy vs Himself o Troy vs Family o Troy vs Death Instructions (how to get it done): • You have completed research on August Wilson, his life, and his plays. • You have completed reading/viewing Fences by August Wilson. • You have read the resources on Conflict in this unit. • Choose the conflict area that you think will have the strongest text support. • Create a thesis statement that clearly states your stance on why this conflict is the driving force of the play and how you’re going to prove it (see “Helpful Hints” section below). • Research needed sources so that you have at least 3 outside sources that are valid and reliable. • Be sure also to include text examples from the Fences, the play. • Defend your thesis in an introduction, at least three supporting sections, and a conclusion. • Check in with your instructor with any and all questions. Requirements: • Length and format: 3-4 pages. • You should have at least three outside sources plus text examples from the play. • The title page and reference page are also required, but they should not be factored into the 3-4 page length of the essay. • It should also be double spaced, written in Times New Roman, in 12 point font and with 1 inch margins. The essay should conform to APA formatting and citation style. • Use the third-person, objective voice, avoiding personal pronouns such as “I,” “you,” “we,” etc. • Use APA format for in-text citations and references when using outside sources and textual evidence. • Please be cautious about plagiarism. Make sure to use in-text citations for direct quotes, paraphrases, and new information. Helpful Notes: • Thesis: o Your thesis is the response to the prompt question plus the supporting areas that you will be using to defend your argument. Be sure to have a thesis that clearly states which conflict you feel is the most important and drives the other conflicts. o Your thesis could begin with, “In the play, Fences, August Wilson uses the conflict of to drive the other conflicts and elements of the story as evidenced by…. • Sources and evidence: o Be sure to use things that you have learned about Wilson’s life and his writings. For example, if you are analyzing Troy and his father’s conflict, you could bring in information that you researched about Wilson’s relationship with his own father. o Include direct quotations from the play. To cite a direct quote from a play, the format is: § “quotation” (Wilson,1985, act #, scene #, line #). OR § As Wilson (1985) writes, “quote” (act#, scene #, line#). o Use at least three outside sources. Two of them could be from your previous research essay. Be sure to include all of these in your reference page. Source: Fences by August Wilson (pages 1270-1331)

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 7: Business

Instruction

Working individually, students should complete the “Critical Thinking” questions at the end of the three assigned chapters ( 7 & 12). These assignments are designed to incorporate the three unifying concepts of this course. These are 1) a “Human Capital” point of views. vs. a traditional Personnel Management point of view; 2) decision making that is driven by Metrics and Analytics vs. emotional appeals; and 3) PARTNERSHIPS between Line Leaders and HR Specialists vs. separate disjointed functional responsibilities held by each. Each paper should be a minimum of 3 – 4 pages and comprehensively incorporate ALL of the questions in the assignment, as well as the associated readings included.

 

CHAPTER 7

Critical Thinking

1.

What is a protected class, and what laws exist that safeguard the rights of each protected class?

2.

Explain the process under which an EEOC complaint is processed. To what extent is it more advantageous for an employee to file an EEOC complaint at the local or federal level?

3.

How can an employer lawfully respond to an allegation of employment discrimination?

4.

Why does illegal discrimination persist nearly 40 years after the passage of Title VII?

5.

What constitutes sexual harassment? What rights and responsibilities does an alleged recipient of sexual harassment have?

6.

To what extent do cultural norms influence how other societies and cultures deal with the issue of sexual harassment in the workplace?

7.

What are the pros and cons of mediation for an employer? What factors might influence whether an employer agrees to the mediation of an employee charge? What can be done to make mediation more attractive to employers?

Reading 7.1

8.

Why is affirmative action such a controversial issue? Is society better served with or without affirmative action? In small groups, take a position either in favor of or against affirmative action and then debate the issue within your group.

Reading 7.2

9.

Explain the different components of organizational justice and the outcomes of perceived organizational justice and injustice.

 

 

CHAPTER 12

Critical Thinking

1.

With unionization on the downturn, why should an organization be concerned about labor relations?

2.

What benefits are received and what costs are incurred when workers unionize?

3.

Describe the process by which workers unionize.

4.

What are the possible outcomes of failure to reach consensus on a collective-bargaining agreement?

5.

Contrast the style of labor unions in the United States to that found in other countries.

6.

Does union diversification make unions stronger or weaker? How would you feel as an auto worker to see the United Auto Workers representing employees outside the auto industry?

7.

What rights and responsibilities do employers and employees have regarding the use of social media communications under the National Labor Relations Act?

Reading 12.1

8.

Assess the status of employer and union recruiter behaviors in union-organizing campaigns. How much access should union organizers have to employees? What new behaviors are likely from employers and union organizers in response to the actions of the other party?

Reading 12.2

9.

How can social media impact the rights of employees under the National Labor Relations Act? Can or should any restrictions be placed by employers on workplace discussions that take place through social media?

 

 

 

Question 8: English

 

In this essay, you will use media to argue for the single greatest way that writing / written communication plays a role in a profession you’ve chosen. To do this, you will need to identify a profession and select a form of media (photograph, movie, music video, YouTube clip, etc.) that represents your profession’s connection to writing. For instance, let’s say I want to focus my essay on being a real estate agent. My argument might be that modern-day real estate agents have to write listing descriptions and ads on a regular basis. To support my argument, I find a YouTube clip that demonstrates for professional real estate agents how to write ads that sell properties quickly. You may also pick a form of media that does not accurately represent your profession’s connection to written communication. For example, let’s say you want to be a lawyer. How does the film or book To Kill a Mockingbird inaccurately depict the kinds of writing lawyers do? Be sure the media you select offers a real

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 9: Health Care

 

Participate in the Culture and Health Literacy Modules on the University of Minnesota site https://cpheo1.sph.umn.edu/healthlit/index.asp and write a description of what you learned, what you think is important and why you think it is important. This should be at least 3 pages long.

 

Question 10:        Biology

 

• Please fill out the following worksheet in typed format only.

Lipid Worksheet.docx

• Students will research evidence based information to teach classmates about a diet, health belief, agricultural practice, food, ingredient, etc. Please be as creative and interactive as desired.

Presentation Guidelines.pdf

Presentation Grading Rubric.pdf

Presentation Group Evaluation .pdf

• Food journals and diet logs are common in nutrition to review what a person is actually eating. Understanding daily intake is the first step to helping improve diet, discover nutrient deficiencies or excessive nutrients like salt, sugar, and fat. This activity will provide you with first hand experience. For instructions, follow the link below:(Links to an external site.)

Diet Analysis Assignment.pdf

Diet Analysis Questions.pdf

Items To Hand In for full credit (100 points):

1. 3-day food log (30 points)
2. Printed analysis from Nutrition Calc or Super Tracker (30 points)
3. Completed packet with answered questions (40 points)

Course Outcomes Covered:

1. Explain the foundational concepts and theories of nutrition.
2. Identify the basic structures and food sources of micro and macronutrient
3. Analyze the various factors that influence food habits
4. Apply knowledge of nutrition to real-life examples
5. Assess the nutritional status, including measuring the dietary intake of an individual, meal pattern and structure, eating style and behavior.

• Please submit your references for review. The presentation must contain at least 3-5 references cited in APA formatting. References must be a research study from a peer reviewed journal no more than 5 years old. Consider the Quality of Evidence Pyramid (look for meta analyses and systematic reviews). All other references must be from reliable sources. For more detail on reliable sources, please review Lectures 1-2.

APA formatting: https://owl.purdue.edu/owl/research_and_citation/apa_style/apa_formatting_and_style_guide/general_format.html (Links to

 

 

Question 11: General

 

12 Month Periodised Training Program

Assessment 2 – 60% of final grade

Introduction

This assignment requires you develop a periodised annual training plan for a sport of your choice. You will need to divide the training year into appropriate phases and then produce a detailed microcycle from each phase. Within the microcycle, the precise content of each session for that week must be included (e.g. conditioning, strength training etc.). The overall plan must include the methods you will use to prescribe training load, monitor training and competition load and assess fatigue status. In addition, you will need to provide the details of the testing protocols you would implement and how you would go about assessing change in capacity. Each component of your assignment needs to be supported by a sound theoretical basis combined with the practicalities of the sporting environment.

The format of this assignment is a MS Excel (or other approved software) document for the annual plan and training program, as well as a MS Word document for the justification section. Your justification should be no longer than 3000 words (± 10%). This task is worth 60% of the total marks for this subject and will be graded out of 100.

 

Specific Requirements & Marking Criteria

 

• Choose your sport (no marks allocated)

It is recommended that you select a sport that relies on a variety of physical capacities (e.g., Intermittent team-sport) as opposed to a sport relying on an isolated capacity or skill (e.g., Powerlifting, Archery).

• Design an annual plan for your sport (15 marks)

You will be provided with a MS Excel template, or may be able to use other software packages (e.g., Visual Coaching Pro) if approved by your LIC. You will need to:

 

• Divide the year into appropriate training and competition phases
• Divide the phases into relevant Macrocycles and Mesocycles
• Include specific:
  • Competition dates & their relative level of importance
  • Testing dates
  • Other important events/activities (e.g., holidays)
• Prescribe the overall training load and periodisation approach (20 marks)

You are required to periodise the training program for the entire 12-months, clearly defining the periodisation approach you have taken and justifying it with evidence from the literature. You should also clearly:

• Include all the components important to performance in your chosen sport (e.g. speed, strength, aerobic endurance, skills, etc)
• Justify why these are important
• Present the goal volume, intensity and skill proportions of training for every week of the full calendar year (using the annual plan).

 

• Provide a complete training program for three separate microcycles of your training program (50 marks)

This key component of the assignment requires you to clearly detail three different microcycles from your annual program. These microcycles (generally 7-10 days) should come from three different training phases (e.g. General preparation, Specific preparation, Competition etc.). If you have only defined 2 phases, you must still include 3 microcycles. You must:

• Provide a complete plan for every aspect of training that will occur during that microcycle (e.g., conditioning, strength training, etc.).
• There must be enough detail to allow another coach to take your plan and implement precisely what you had intended.
• If there is a skill component you do not need to describe specific drills but must include a description of volume and intensity.
• Provide a clear rationale as to your training approach (can be in the justification document).

• Identify the testing protocols you will implement as part of your program (15 marks)

The tests that you will use during your 12-month program must be clearly defined and referenced. You will need to detail:

• Which tests will be conducted and at what times in your annual plan
• Provide a justification for your choices. This could entail a single line of text as well as a reference for common tests. However, if the choice is not “common”, further justification may be required.
• Provide expected “norms” for each capacity you assess with appropriate references and further explanation if required.

• Additional Requirements
  • Provide a reference list of work you have cited in the project at the end of your justification document.
  • Submission must be via Turnitin. Follow the instructions provided by your LIC carefully to do this.
  • If you would like to use another software package for your programming, please seek approval from the LIC prior to beginning the assignment.

 

 

 

 

Summary Marking Criteria from above:

Activity	Marks
Choose your sport	0
Design an annual plan for your sport: You will be provided with a MS Excel template, or may be able to use other software packages	15
Prescribe the overall training load and periodisation approach	20
Provide a complete training program for three separate microcycles of your training program	50
Identify the testing protocols you will implement as part of your program	15
Total Marks	100

 

Grade: Mark out of 100. 60% of total grade.

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

 

Question 12: History

 

Students will write a paper, 6-8 pages long, based on the Joyner Charles “down the Riverside: A South Carolina Slave Community” and Kaye Anthony “Joining Places: Slave Neighborhoods in the Old South” books. Students will compare and contrast the historians approaches to understanding how African American slaves defined their communities. They will touch on the various topics that each author considers important, judging why each author emphasizes certain things at the expense of others.

 

Question 13: Engineering

 

3.14 A highway reconstruction project is being undertaken to reduce crash rates. The reconstruction involves a major realignment of the highway such that a 60-mi/h design speed is attained. At one point on the highway, a 720-ft equal-tangent crest vertical curve exists. Measurements show that at 3 40 stations from the PVC, the vertical curve offset is 3.5 ft. Assess the adequacy of this existing curve in light of the reconstruction design speed of 60 mi/h and, if the existing curve is inadequate, compute a satisfactory curve length.

 

Question 14: English

 

We have to do a proposal plan before we write the research

 

Proposal Planning
Eng 3880: Intro to Technical Communication
Goals:	Develop the quantitative components of your proposal.
Submit:	Canvas

 

1. Quantify the problem you intend your document to solve in THREE ways:

	Problem	Method of Measuring	End Goal Result
A.
B.
C.

 

 

 

2. SMART goal development:

S	What document are you proposing to develop?
M	What goal # do you want to see?
A	Is it attainable?	(no need to type anything here)
R	What are the final results?	(this might overlap with the M component and you might not need to type anything here)
T	When do you want to see the results by, AND when will your document be completed?

 

Write your SMART goal in sentence form:

 

 

 

Computer Science

 

Web Programming

 

This is done using HTML/CSS/JS/PHP

• Create a PHP page with a simple web form
• Include at least
  • Two text fields (<input type=”text”>)
  • One drop down (<select>)
  • One radio button group with at least two radio buttons (<input type=”radio”> //same name attribute will cause them to group together)
  • A submit button (<input type=”submit”>)
• Set up PHP code to validate that all fields had values entered
• Create styled error messages if fields were not completed
• Output the values entered on the page using PHP

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 16: General Question

 

Consider the following newborn: Philip is a 6 pound, 7 ounce boy whose pulse is 108. His hands and feet are blue. His grasp is weak. He has been crying loudly. He made a weird face when his reflexes were tested but he did not sneeze or cough. What would Philip’s overall Apgar score be?

 

 

Question 17: Computer Science

 

Concepts of programming languages 11^th Edition

 

Build a table identifying all of the major language developments, together with when they occurred, in what language they first appeared, and the identities of the developers.

 

Question 18: Health Care

 

Products & Service Assignment

 

In this assignment, you will complete another key section of your marketing plan.   Write a 2-3 page description of the product/service to be sold or delivered by your firm. This could be a completely new-to-the-world concept, or an improvement on an existing concept.   ·         Please discuss the basic attributes in appropriate detail, and then expand to describe the experiential and emotional aspects of the product or service.  Be sure to address the role of branding in fulfilling customer expectations for your product or service.   ·         Within this section draft, please demonstrate your grasp of the marketing terminology and concepts related to products and services.  For example, it would be appropriate to discuss whether your product is a convenience, shopping, or specialty go

 

 

Question 19: Computer Science

 

Java

 

      Delta College

CSP26A – Java Programming

     In-class Lab 05

 

Question 1.

Modify your Question 1 in Lab 04 such that you will write all valid input values to an output file called outdata.txt

Hence, if user enter the following integers:

Enter a number : 100

Enter a number : 1

Enter a number : 4

Enter a number : 3

Enter a number : 5

Enter a number : 18

Enter a number : 25

Enter a number : -3

The content of your output file outdata.txt file should be what shown below and you can use Notepad to view this file:

100 1
4
3

5 18 25

What to Submit?

A pdf file that has screenshot of three different outputs for your program.

Also, a zipped files of your .java files ONLY. You may leave the .class files and zipped it together with the .java files.

Question 2

Write a Java program to prompt user to enter the file name of file that has the output in Question 1 (outdata.txt)

You might also have to enter the path to the file as the file can be saved

anywhere in your computer.

After open the outdata.txt file, read all values from the file until all values

read.

When finished reading the file, display the average of all data read to 2 decimal

places.

What to Submit?

A pdf file that has screenshot of three different outputs for your program.

Also, a zipped files of your .java files ONLY. You may leave the .class files and zipped it together with the .java files.

Question 20: English

 

Read the passage from “The Monkey’s Paw.” The Whites are being offered compensation for Herbert’s death. In what way does the stranger’s answer increase the tension of the rising action?

From “The Monkey’s Paw”

The [visitor] coughed, and rising, walked slowly to the window. “The firm wished me to convey their sincere sympathy with you in your great loss,” he said, without looking round. “I beg that you will understand I am only their servant and merely obeying orders.”

There was no reply; the old woman’s face was white, her eyes staring, and her breath inaudible; on the husband’s face was a look such as his friend the sergeant might have carried into his first action.

“I was to say that Maw and Meggins disclaim all responsibility,” continued the other. “They admit no liability at all, but in consideration of your son’s services, they wish to present you with a certain sum as compensation.”

Mr. White dropped his wife’s hand, and rising to his feet, gazed with a look of horror at his visitor. His dry lips shaped the words, “How much?”

“Two hundred pounds,” was the answer.

Unconscious of his wife’s shriek, the old man smiled faintly, put out his hands like a sightless man, and dropped, a senseless heap, to the floor.

The answer causes Mr. White to faint.
The answer satisfies the first wish, and there are still two wishes left.
The answer causes the wife to shriek.
The answer indicates that Herbert has doubts about the wish.

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 21: Accounting

 

In April of the current year, Freeman Steel Company transferred Herb Porter from its factory in Nebraska to its plant in Michigan. The company’s SUTA tax rates based on its experience ratings are 3.2% in Nebraska and 3.8% in Michigan. Both states base the tax on the first $9,000 of each employee’s earnings. This year, Freeman Steel Company paid Herb Porter wages of $20,900; $2,800 were paid in Nebraska and the remainder in Michigan. Compute:

 

Question 22: General Questions

 

ECON 213 How to use Inquisitive Liberty University Complete Answers

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

1. Points, Grades, and Levels

Drag the labels below to fill in the blanks.

(Hint: You saw most of this information on the introductory screen when you first started the activity. To view that screen again, click the gear icon in the top right-hand corner and select “Instructor Activity Introduction” from the drop-down menu.)

Drag word(s) below to fill in the blank(s) in the passage.

• You score points in InQuizitive by answering.
• You determine how many points you can gain or lose on each question using the Question slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users).
• You must answer a number of questions to get a grade on the activity.
• To get a perfect grade (100%) on the activity, you must reach a designated Score.

2. Confidence Levels

Find the Question Confidence slider (to the right if you’re on a computer, or at the bottom for smartphone users). Try sliding the ball to adjust your confidence level.

Using the keys below or your keyboard, type out the name of the lowest confidence level.

2. Confidence Levels

Go back to the Question Confidence slider. What’s the highestconfidence level?

Using the keys on the screen or your keyboard, enter it below.

2. Confidence Levels

As you’ve seen, you can adjust your confidence level on each question using the Question Confidence slider. What happens when you increase the confidence level for a question?

When you answer the question correctly on the first try, it the number of points you’ll earn.

When you answer incorrectly while attempting the question, it the number of points you’ll lose

4. Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Which devices can you use to work on InQuizitive activities?

(Note that to complete this question you must drag every answer option into either the “Correct Answer(s)” area or the “Incorrect Answer(s)” area.)

2. Confidence Levels

If you guess incorrectly on a question, you immediately lose the points you “wagered” when setting your confidence level. If you answer the question correctly after that initial incorrect guess, however, you can earn back half of those points in most cases.

So, here’s a math question for you: Suppose you set your confidence level at “I think I know it,” which means that you’re initially risking 80 points. You guess wrong on the first attempt. How many “second-chance” points will you be able to earn back?

4. Other InQuizitive Policies and Features

Find Quizmo, the InQuizitive alien, in the upper left-hand corner of the screen. Quizmo is thinking of an African animal’s common name. Guess the animal.

(This is an impossible question that we’re slipping in here, to make sure you get at least one question wrong and see what happens when you guess incorrectly. Just keep typing until you fill in the answer. You will not encounter impossible questions like this in later InQuizitive activities in your course!)

If you answer the minimum number of questions for an activity before you reach the Target Score, your initial grade will be calculated this way:

If you’ve just reached the minimum number of questions and have scored 750 points, your initial grade is .

However, if you keep answering questions and eventually reach 1,500 points, your grade will improve to , no matter how many questions it takes you to get there.

 

Question 23: General Question.

 

ECON 213 Problem Set ch. 13 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

01Question

The following table reports the four-firm concentration ratio for five different industries:

Refer to the table above. In which industry do the four largest firms have the most market power?

Refer to the table above. In which industry do the four largest firms have the least market power?

02Question

Consider a cartel, the Organization of the Rice Exporting Companies (OREC), which is a group of rice-exporting countries. Although OREC has eight members, let’s keep it simple and assume there are only two: China and Vietnam. The figure below shows the payoff matrix for the game.

Each country must choose how much rice to produce, either low output or high output. Note that this payoff matrix is not symmetric. At any outcome, China makes more money than Vietnam because China is the dominant member of OREC.

If the countries colluded,

China’s dominant strategy is to produce a

Vietnam’s dominant strategy is to produce a

The Nash equilibrium for these two countries is

Suppose that the countries try to cooperate over a longer time. Although this strategy allows the countries to develop strategies like tit-for-tat, which may sustain collusion, cartel members may still try to cheat. Which of the two countries is more likely to cheat on a cartel agreement?

03Question

Rachel and Joey are two students who are dating. Before they left for class this morning, they decided to meet for dinner in the evening. After their last class, they go home and get ready for their date. Unfortunately, although they both remember the time—7:00 p.m.—neither of them can remember where they agreed to meet: Clementine or Beyond. Also, there is no way for them to contact each other before 7:00 p.m. Where should they go? Let’s assume that Joey prefers Clementine to Beyond, but Rachel prefers Beyond to Clementine. Joey loves Rachel, however, so he would rather be with her at Beyond than by himself at Clementine. Rachel loves Joey, so she would rather be with him at Clementine than by herself at Beyond. The figure below is the payoff matrix, where the payoffs are measured in utils (happy points).

What is Joey’s dominant strategy?

What is Rachel’s dominant strategy?

What is the Nash equilibrium?

04Question

Indicate whether each group or association benefits from network externalities.

Network externalities are important because

05Question

The following table shows your neighorhood’s demand for drinking water. Assume that only two firms (Waterland and Aquataste) produce and sell water in this market. Each firm offers the same quality, no fixed costs are incurred in the production of water, and each firm’s marginal cost is constant and equal to $0 because both companies can pump as much water as needed without cost. Because marginal cost is constant and equal to $0, total revenue is equal to total profit.

Assume Waterland and Aquataste make a nonbinding, informal agreement that each will produce 250 gallons of water, charge $1.50 per gallon, and evenly split the profit of $750.

If Aquataste sticks to the agreement, Waterland has an incentive to renege on the agreement by producing 350 gallons because Waterland’s profits would then increase from $375 to (Provide your answer to two decimal places.)

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 24: General Question.

 

ECON 213 Problem Set ch. 10 Liberty University Complete Answers

 

The below shown questions is just one version sample.
Download the solution .PDF document for the complete different version solutions and get A grade.

 

 

1Question

If you’re like most college students, you are always worried about having enough money. Suppose that you decide to become an Uber driver and offer rides to students on weekends. For a fee, you will drive them to parties and pick them up at the end of the night. The table below depicts the demand schedule for rides. To keep things simple, assume that you are the only person providing this service; that is, you’re a monopolist. Let’s see how much money you can make.

Although you have no fixed costs, you do incur a marginal cost of $15 per ride. How much do you charge per ride to maximize profits?

How much profit do you earn?

02Question

Below are eight descriptions of firms operating under various market conditions. For each item, determine whether the market is a monopoly or a market with perfect competition.
03Question

Suppose that the owner of a smartphone monopoly hires you to determine whether his firm has made the profit-maximizing number of smartphones. He provides you with the following production and sales information for the first six months of 2016.

In which months should the firm have produced fewer smartphones?

In which months should the firm have produced more smartphones?

In which months was the firm maximizing profits?

04Question

A monopolist has the following fixed and variable costs:

Complete the table. The profit-maximizing monopolist produces a quantity of

05Question

The figure below depicts an unlabeled market diagram that includes both the monopoly and perfectly competitive solutions. Label the diagram with the items to the right of the diagram. Make sure you scroll down to see all the items that need labeling.

06Question

Use the figure below to answer the questions that follow.

(a) Which area represents consumer surplus under perfect competition?

(b) Which area represents producer surplus under perfect competition?

(a) Which area represents consumer surplus under monopoly?

(b) Which area represents producer surplus under monopoly?

Which area represents the deadweight loss associated with a monopoly?

07Question

Suppose that after graduating from college with an economics degree, you get a job with your state’s public utilities commission. Your job is to determine the regulated price for an electric utility (a natural monopoly). The figure below shows the current situation in the market.

If the electric utility was unregulated, it would earn

If you set a regulated price to achieve economic efficiency, the electric utility would earn

If the electric utility is forced to charge a price that leads to economic losses, it would go out of business, and consumers would have no electricity. To avoid this, the government has several possible solutions at its disposal. Which of the following is NOT a possible solution?

08Question

The local community bus service, which is a monopoly, charges $2.00 for a one-way fare. The city council is thinking of raising the fare to $2.50 but expects it to generate less than 25% more revenue. The council has asked for your advice as a student of economics. The council predicts that raising the price by 25% will raise revenues by less than 25%. Which of the following is true?

Therefore, the council has

Question 25: History

 

Learning activity 1 instructions

 

Background to the assignment: Who “owns” the past? Who has the right to define what the past means for us today? This assignment asks you to reflect on these questions. In the course of this assignment, you will discover that ancient history can sometimes be very contemporary, reminding us that the past is always present with us. Many of the conflicts in our world today have ancient roots, which is one of the reasons studying the past is important.

 

Description of the assignment: Go online and find some information about the “Elgin Marbles” (also called the “Parthenon Marbles”). Read a little about the controversy between the British and Greek governments concerning the ownership of these marbles. In a 2-paragraph essay, first summarize the controversy in your own words, and then take a clear position by supporting either the Greek or British side. Discuss 2 main reasons that support your position. You do not need to do extensive research or reading to complete this assignment well. However, if you include sources, cite them in current APA format. This assignment must be 250–300 words and must include the word count in parentheses. Submit a draft of your Learning Activity to SafeAssign for feedback a few days before the assignment is due.

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 26: Business

 

Week 4 Quiz

Excess inventory well beyond what is needed for the year may:

tie up cash and cause cash flow problems

reduce cash flow problems

allow the organization to be more responsive to future financial needs

enable the customer to have a better selection of product

allow a company to increase their cash reserves

 

 

 

_______________ helps managers plan, operate and control a company’s activities.

 

Management accounting

Financial accounting

Business accounting

Customer surveys

The federal government

 

The contribution margin is calculated by this formula:

total revenue + variable costs

total revenue + fixed costs

total revenue – fixed costs

total revenue – variable costs

fixed cost + variable costs

 

The accounting system generates information about the:

awareness level

distribution system

level of accessibility

customer preferences

operations of a business.

 

Examples of period costs, also referred to as fixed costs, are:

 

depreciation expenses, SG&A and current liabilities

depreciation expenses, R & D expenses, and labor expenses

depreciation expenses, R&D expenses, and variable costs

depreciation expenses, R & D expenses, and administrative expenses

short term expenses, SG&A, and R&D expenses

 

The difference between contribution margin and gross margin is:

 

gross marketing excludes depreciation expenses

gross margin includes depreciation expenses

contribution includes depreciation expenses

contribution margin includes variable costs

contribution margin and gross margin are identical

 

Variable costs are the:

 

costs of making products the company produces

costs of making products the company sells

costs of making the product the company sells on account

revenues from making the product the company produces

revenue from the products a company sells

 

______________ is used by individuals external to the organization to understand its performance.

 

Question 27: Business

 

SEJPME Final Exam | Complete Solution | Scored 100%

SEJPME Pre Test and Post Test (Study Guide) / SEJPME Final Exam (Study Guide)

SEJPME I POST TEST

1) In the name of strategic mobility, the Marine Corps adopted prepositioning for which of the following purposes?   [objective81]

 

 

 

speed and dispersion

 

 

 

provide materiel needed to sustain a brigade for 30 days in a potential combat zone

 

 

 

amphibious assault

 

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

 

2) The most well-known Coast Guard mascot during World War II, who provided a morale boost to his crew, was named?   [objective88]

 

 

Skipper

 

 

Aladdin

 

 

Sinbad

 

 

Smoky

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

3) With over half of its forces in the Reserve Components, the Army relies heavily on _____.   [objective92]

 

none of the answers are correct

 

 

the Army Reserve

 

 

both the Army National Guard and Army Reserve

 

 

the Army National Guard

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

4) Which of the following options represent the Statutory Advisors of the National Security Council?   [objective63]

 

Chief of Staff to the President, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, and the Director of National Intelligence

 

 

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff and Director of National Intelligence

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, and Secretary of Defense

 

 

Secretary of the Treasury and Secretary of Homeland Security

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

5) Between 1777 and 1778, Baron Friedrich Willhelm von Steuben taught the Continental Army what aspects of war? (Select all that apply.)   [objective79]

 

rifle cartridges loading

 

 

drill formations

 

 

proper care of equipment

 

 

bayonet usage

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

6) What is the role of the U.S. Armed Forces today? (Select all that apply.)   [objective72]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

to train forces

 

 

to retain forces

 

 

to equip forces

 

 

to organize forces

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

7) The first step in solving a problem is to _____.   [objective58]

 

gather multiple perspectives on the problem

 

 

report the problem to the commanding officer

 

 

define the problem

 

 

draft an action plan

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

8) Derived from the integration of Service cultures and competencies and requires teamwork amongst all Services and Military Departments to accomplish objectives in the best interest of national security unfettered by parochialism. _____ best describes this concept.   [objective96]   [Remediation Accessed: N]

 

Integration

 

 

Interdependence

 

 

Diversity

 

 

Jointness

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

9) Deliberations involving the possible use of force must include the Reserve Component at what point in the planning process?   [objective90]

 

after all of the planning is completed

 

 

early in the planning process

 

 

somewhere – early, mid, or later – as long as they are included

 

 

late in the planning process

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

10) One of the three approaches within the Total Force Fitness (TFF) Program includes preventative strategies which include addressing and eliminating the stigma and other factors that prevent Service members (and their families) from seeking help early and focus on achieving increased performance.   [objective105]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

11) Who are the caretakers of naval customs, traditions, honors, and ceremonies?   [objective85]

 

commanders

 

 

chief petty officers

 

 

admirals

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

12) Ice Operations and Marine Environmental Protection fall under which role of the Coast Guard?   [objective77]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

maritime stewardship

 

 

maritime safety

 

 

maritime security

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

13) Flexibility in aerospace power allows forces to exploit mass and maneuver simultaneously to a far greater extent than surface forces can.   [objective76]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

14) The multinational force commander must resolve or mitigate sovereignty through which of the following? (Select all that apply.)   [objective70]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

compromise

 

 

communication

 

 

coordination

 

 

consensus

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

15) _____ is key to successful employment, readiness, and use of Reserve Component forces.   [objective91]

 

Adaptability

 

 

Transformation

 

 

Predictability

 

 

Training

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

16) Leaders at all levels should be vigilant and consistent in the prevention, identification, and fraud, waste, and abuse (FWA).   [objective102]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

17) In a traditional cake-cutting ceremony the first piece of cake is given to the youngest Marine present, and the second piece of cake is given to the oldest Marine present.   [objective86]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

18) While its missions might include forcible entry operations and peace enforcement, humanitarian assistance is not within the Marine Corps’ purview.   [objective75]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

19) Service members contribute to force readiness by being focused, alert, and prepared for new tasks, behaving responsibly and ethically, and _____.   [objective103]

 

limiting the number of times they take vacations

 

 

remaining single

 

 

maintaining dental health and hygiene

 

 

being able to engage in critical thinking

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

20) Each geographic combatant command has a _____ to plan and control special operations and other Special Operations Forces activities.   [objective95]

 

Regional Special Warfare Command (RSWC)

 

 

Theater Special Operations Command (TSOC)

 

 

Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC)

 

 

Joint Special Operations Task Force (JSOTF)

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

21) The statutory members of the National Security Council are _____.   [objective60]

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Homeland Security

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Energy

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of State

 

 

President, Vice President, Secretary of State, Secretary of Defense, and Secretary of Treasury

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

22) Taking steps and precautions to reduce the likelihood of something negative or hazardous happening, or reducing the extent of the exposure to a risk, is called risk modification.   [objective100]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

23) What are the fundamental roles of the U.S. Navy, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard in the implementation of the National Naval Strategy (NNS)? (Select all that apply.)   [objective74]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

establish favorable security conditions

 

 

secure strategic access and retain global freedom of action

 

 

strengthen existing and emerging alliances and partnerships

 

 

secure the United States from direct attack

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

24) Within joint command organizations, leadership and ethics considerations require us to _____ and consider not only personal experiences, but also the lessons learned from others’ experiences – both positive and negative.   [objective101]

 

seek out professional assistance

 

 

acknowledge our own prejudice

 

 

know all of the facts

 

 

critically think about

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

25) _____ warfare is a violent struggle among state and non-state actors for legitimacy and influence over the relevant population(s). It favors indirect and asymmetric approaches, though it may employ the full range of military and other capacities, in order to erode an adversary’s power, influence, and will.   [objective59]

 

Irregular

 

 

Asymmetric

 

 

Joint

 

 

Traditional

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

26) Units that support military commanders by working with civil authorities and civilian populations in the commander’s area of operations during peace, contingency operations, and war are known as _____ teams.   [objective94]

 

civil affairs

 

 

foreign area officers

 

 

special forces

 

 

political advisors

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

27) What Services were established as precursors to the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.)   [objective83]

 

Lighthouse and Revenue Cutter Service

 

 

Bureau of Navigation

 

 

Steamboat Inspection Service

 

 

Transportation Security Administration

 

 

Life Saving Service

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

28) Upon a declaration of war the Coast Guard may be transferred to and operate as a service of the U.S. Navy?   [objective78]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

29) National Security Agency (NSA) provides the following support: (Select all that apply.)   [objective57]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

timely, relevant, and accurate geospatial intelligence

 

 

signals intelligence

 

 

solutions, products, and services

 

 

information systems security

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

30) Joint _____ is the component of joint force development that entails collecting observations, analyzing them, and taking the necessary steps to turn them into changes in behavior that improve the mission ready capabilities of the joint force.   [objective97]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

lessons learned

 

 

concepts

 

 

education

 

 

doctrine

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

31) What is the purpose of sending someone to the Grog Bowl?   [objective87]

 

as a reward for attendance

 

 

recognition for a job well done

 

 

as punishment for violating the rules of the mess

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

32) The major challenge in working toward unity of effort often comes from _____.   [objective62]

 

disjunctions in the three levels of interagency coordination

 

 

the news media reporting on governmental and military actions

 

 

a lack of sufficient resources applied to the problem

 

 

bipartisan politics and infighting in Congress

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

33) The ______ is an interagency staff group that establishes or enhances regular, timely, and collaborative working relationships between other government agency (e.g., CIA, DOS, FBI) representatives and military operational planners at the combatant commands.   [objective64]

 

JIACG

 

 

HAST

 

 

CMOC

 

 

POLAD

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

34) The _____ is a joint force that is constituted and so designated by the Secretary of Defense, a combatant commander, a subordinate unified commander, or an existing Joint Task Force commander to accomplish missions with specific, limited objectives and which do not require overall centralized control of logistics. It is dissolved when the purpose for which it was created has been achieved or when it is no longer required.

 

subordinate unified command

 

 

combatant command

 

 

joint task force

 

 

Service component command

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

35) The offering of ceremonial toasts is a traditional Army custom at a formal Dining-In, which includes passing the wine, “over the water,” an historical reference to King James I, who was exiled by Oliver Cromwell.   [objective84]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

36) What are the Army’s primary missions? (Select all that apply.)   [objective73]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

shaping the international environment

 

 

responding to crises

 

 

preparing now for an uncertain future

 

 

secure the United States from direct attack

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

37) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), “. . .requires leaders at every echelon to be _____.”   [objective98]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

impartial

 

 

adaptable

 

 

decisive

 

 

strict adherents to doctrine

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

38) _____ and _____ are two key structural enhancements that should improve the coordination of multinational forces.   [objective71]

 

Liaison network, coordination centers

 

 

Rationalization, training

 

 

Interoperability, liaison network

 

 

Training, interoperability

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

39) Reserve Components now comprise almost what percent of the Total Force and are an integral part of the Armed Forces of the United States?   [objective89]

 

50 percent

 

 

60 percent

 

 

30 percent

 

 

40 percent

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

40) After the attacks of 9/11, U.S. Special Operations Command assumed an operational role in synchronizing the DoD effort in _____.   [objective93]

 

combating weapons of mass destruction

 

 

cyberspace operations

 

 

support of the U.S. government response to pandemic influenza

 

 

global operations against terrorist networks

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

41) Unlike the military, most U.S. Government agencies and nongovernmental organizations are _____ to create separate staffs at the strategic, operational, and tactical levels, with the result that Joint Task Force personnel interface with individuals who are coordinating their organization’s activities at more than one level.   [objective65]

 

not equipped and organized

 

 

usually willing, but hesitant

 

 

not educated and trained

 

 

not eager

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

42) Operations designed to demonstrate U.S. resolve and involve the appearance of a credible military force in an attempt to defuse a situation that, if allowed to continue, may be detrimental to U.S. interests are known as _____ operations.   [objective67]

 

enforcement

 

 

nation assistance

 

 

economy of force

 

 

show of force

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

43) The post-Vietnam Maritime Strategy called for the positioning of strong Naval forces along the seaward flanks of the Soviet Union in what locations? (Select all that apply.)   [objective80]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

the Far East

 

 

the Black Sea

 

 

the Mediterranean Sea

 

 

northern Europe

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

44) Successful teamwork requires _____ commensurate with responsibility.   [objective99]

 

delegation of authority

 

 

experience

 

 

maturity

 

 

rank

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

45) The difficulty some units face adapting their mindset to vastly changed conditions on their third or fourth deployment to the same location is known as _____ challenges.   [objective66]

 

rotation

 

 

transition

 

 

situational awareness

 

 

influence

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

46) The Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff provides a channel of communication between the President/SECDEF and the combatant commanders.   [objective56]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

47) Resilience-based training contributes to the overall mission readiness of the Armed Forces.   [objective104]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

48) During the 1930s, which essential building blocks for an effective air force fell into place? (Select all that apply.)   [objective82]

 

a vision of a long-range, four-engine bomber that became reality with the first B-17

 

 

a comprehensive doctrine of air warfare

 

 

clear tactics, techniques, and organization for air-ground cooperation

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

49) To promote their mutual national interests and ensure mutual security against real and perceived threats, nations that form partnerships must understand the impacts of _____.   [objective69]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

techniques, tactics, and procedures (TTPs)

 

 

culture and economics

 

 

non-governmental agencies

 

 

internally displaced personnel (IDPs)

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

50) The principle of joint operations designed to limit collateral damage and prevent the unnecessary use of force is _____.   [objective68]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

proportionality

 

 

perseverance

 

 

restraint

 

 

legitimacy

 

 

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

ADDITIONAL POST TEST QUESTIONS

 

 

 

1) The primary function of the Air Force is to provide prompt and sustained offensive and defensive air operation.   [objective72]

 

 

 

False

 

 

 

True

 

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

 

2) The U.S. employs the military instrument of national power at home and abroad in support of its national security goals. The ultimate purpose of the U.S. Armed Forces is to _____.   [objective96]

 

 

deter aggressors from attacking the U.S.

 

 

support and defend U.S. allies and partners

 

 

defend the homeland

 

 

fight and win the Nation’s wars

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

3) What are the peacetime roles of the Coast Guard? (Select all that apply.)   [objective77]

 

maritime security

 

 

maritime stewardship around the U.S. and U.S. territories

 

 

maritime stewardship around the globe

 

 

maritime safety

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

4) During the conduct of military operations, multinational personnel must be able to _____.   [objective70]

 

develop guidance for detainee operations in a joint environment according to their respective laws

 

 

enforce local rules of engagement (ROE) without regard to approved coalition ROE

 

 

properly control, maintain, protect and account for all detainees according to applicable domestic law, international law, and policy

 

 

target only a small percentage of individuals who fall into different categories under the law of war

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

5) While it is appropriate and strongly recommended to greet a person by name and grade, if you are unsure of an enlisted Marine’s name or grade, “Marine” is as appropriate as, “Good morning, Sir,” in the case of an officer.   [objective86]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

6) Which of the following are primary functions of the Marine Corps according to DoD Directive 5100.01?   [objective75]

 

conduct prompt and sustained combat operations at sea, including sea-based and land-based aviation

 

 

all of the answers are correct

 

 

organize, equip, and provide Marine Corps forces to conduct joint amphibious operations and train all forces assigned to joint amphibious operations

 

 

provide detachments and organizations to serve on armed vessels of the Navy and provide security detachments for naval stations and bases

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

7) The Cooperative Strategy for 21st Century Seapower is the application of maritime forces to support the United States’ Security Strategy.   [objective74]

 

True

 

 

False

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

8) Which branch of the armed forces operates within the Department of Homeland Security?   [objective57]

 

Navy

 

 

Army

 

 

Coast Guard

 

 

Air Force

 

 

Marines

 

 

None of the branches

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

9) Joint _____ prepares individual members and units of the Armed Forces to field a joint force that integrates service capabilities in order to execute assigned missions.   [objective97]   [Remediation Accessed :N]

 

force development

 

 

force planning

 

 

force training

 

 

doctrine

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

10) The Army aids in shaping the international environment through an extensive forward presence in which of the following?   [objective73]

 

Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

 

 

Balkans, Middle East, Europe, Southwest Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

 

 

Europe, Asia, the Korean Peninsula, and Japan

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

11) In the Chairman’s White Paper, “Mission Command” (2012), with the advent and increase of command and control (C2) capabilities, networked-enabled leaders are cautioned against the lure to _____.   [objective98]

 

micromanage

 

 

delegate authority

 

 

second-guess

 

 

provide guidance

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

12) In 1798, the U.S. Navy and U.S. Marine Corps were created.   [objective80]

 

False

 

 

True

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

13) A(n) _____ is a relationship that results from a formal agreement between two or more nations for broad, long-term objectives, while _____ is an ad hoc arrangement between two or more nations for common action, usually for a single occasion.   [objective69]

 

partnership, coalition

 

 

alliance, partnership

 

 

coalition, alliance

 

 

alliance, coalition

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

14) The purpose of the _____ principle of joint operations is to concentrate the effects of combat power at the most advantageous place and time to produce decisive results.   [objective68]

 

offensive

 

 

mass

 

 

objective

 

 

maneuver

 

 

——————————————————————————–

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 28: Psychology

 

Read the Research Paper Instructions and Research Paper Rubric. Decide which specific DSM disorder you plan to research for the Research Paper assignment. Go to the LU Online Library and begin researching for your paper, locating one journal article to share with the class. Share your chosen topic with the class and your reasoning behind your interest in the selected topic. Within your post, provide a 150 word summary of one journal article that you are interested in using for your research paper. Provide the journal (full text) as an attachment. Include at least one direct quote from the journal article (not more than 25 words).   (Note that the entire post should be 200-250 words. For this assignment, the direct quote is included in the required word count). All citations should be in APA format.  As per assignment directions and rubric, include a Bible verse and application and an outside source cited in APA format.

 

Research a specific mental disorder within the realm of Abnormal Psychology. The topic must be one which is discussed in the course textbook and described in the current edition of the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (DSM). The length of the body of the paper must be at least 7 pages, and must not exceed 10 pages of summarized research findings in current APA format.  All sources used must be scholarly journals. In addition to this, include a current APA-style title page, abstract, and references; these do not count toward the minimum number of pages required. The paper must be organized with sub-headings reflecting the required sections (I–IX).

The research paper will address the following aspects, organized in this order:

*          Title Page: APA-style

*          Abstract: APA-style

1. Introduction: Introduce and describe the topic. Discuss the DSM classification for the disorder, including a discussion of the specific criteria as described in the DSM (1/2 page).
2. Historical: Describe the disorder in a historical context (how the view of disorder has changed over time, how cause/treatment options have changed, etc). (1 page).

III.              Cause of the Illness: Current research as to the cause of the illness (1 page).

1. Treatment: Various treatment approaches for this disorder, including the benefits of the treatment (1 page).
2. Prevention: Research as to the prevention of the illness (1 page).
3. Cross Cultural: Cross-cultural issues pertaining to the topic (1 page).

VII.           Biblical Worldview: Discuss the topic from a Christian worldview perspective, including disorder’s cause, treatment, and prevention. Utilize the Bible and a journal source written from a biblical/theological perspective on the topic (1 page).

VIII.        Conclusion: Include a closing summary of the research, including ideas for future research on the topic (1/2 page).

1. References: APA-style. See also References Grading Rubric and instructions.

*          Organize the paper according to directions. Include current APA-style Level 1 sub-titles. Do not use Roman numerals.

*          The use of 3^rd person point of view is expected for this type of scholarly research assignment.

*          Correct spelling, grammar, and punctuation is expected in writing at this level.

*          Include not more than ½ page of directly quoted material. Directly quoted material in excess of ½ page would not count towards length/content requirements of the paper.

*          Current APA formatting is required.

*          Course textbook is not permitted as a source.

*          All sources must be journal articles dated within the past 10 years.

 

 

 

 

Research Paper Grading Rubric

Criteria	Levels of Achievement
Content 70% 140 points	Advanced 90-100% (A)	Proficient 70-89% (B-C)	Developing 1-69% (< D)	Not present
Content (20 points each)	126 to 140 points   The paper exceeds content requirements:   Introduction/Conclusion   Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.   Historical: detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cause: detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Biblical Worldview Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.	98 to 125 points   The paper meets content requirements: Introduction/Conclusion Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.   Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Treatment: detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Biblical Worldview Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.	1 to 97 points The paper meets some of the content requirements:   Introduction/Conclusion   Intro: Detailed DSM information for the disorder and a full 1/2 page. Conclusion: thoughtful content and ideas for future research. Content is a full 1/2 page.   Historical: Detailed Historical content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cause: Detailed Causal content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Treatment: Detailed Treatment content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Prevention: Detailed Prevention content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Cross-Cultural: Detailed Cross-Cultural content based on one or more scholarly sources and is a full page.   Biblical Worldview Detailed Biblical content and is a full page. Contains content based on 1 or more Bible type sources and also includes a Bible verse and application to the topic.	0 points Not present.
Structure 30% 60 points	Advanced 90-100% (A)	Proficient 70-89% (B-C)	Developing 1-69% (< D)	Not present
Organizational Elements	9 to 10 points The paper exceeds structure requirements: Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles	7 to 8 points The paper meets structure requirements: Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles	1 to 6 points The paper meets most of the structure requirements: Organizational Elements as outlined in instructions were followed, including APA style Level 1 sub-titles	0 points Not present.
General APA	18 to 20 points The paper exceeds structure requirements: Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.	14 to 17 points The paper meets structure requirements: Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.	1 to 13 points The paper meets most of the structure requirements: Content displays correct APA format in all required paper sections (Historical, Cause, Treatment, Prevention, Cross-Cultural, Biblical Worldview) with citations throughout matching the References page.	0 points Not present.
Title page, abstract, reference page formatting	27 to 30 points The paper exceeds structure requirements: Title page is in proper APA format. Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords. References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.	21 to 26 points The paper meets structure requirements: Title page is in proper APA format. Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords. References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.	1 to 20 points The paper meets most of the structure requirements: Title page is in proper APA format. Abstract is in proper APA format, contains 150-250 words, and includes keywords. References page is free of APA errors, contains 5 or more scholarly sources in correct APA format (books or journals only). Textbook is not used as a source as per directions. Sources contain Bible type book/journal source.	0 points Not present.

 

 

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!

Question 29: Economics

 

Matching Vocabulary

 

Money that enters the spending stream through an increase in business or government spending.

The difference between exports and imports in an economy.

Where spending equal output in an economy.

The level of consumer and business spending at each possible income or output level.

Insufficient total spending to achieve full-employment GDP

A tax where everyone pays the same amount.

Total spending exceeds level to achieve full-employment GDP

Money, like savings, that is no in the spending stream.

The business spending plan at each level of GDP

Spending choices of business independent of current real output.

 

 

Planned investment

Investment schedule

Aggregate expenditures schedule

Equilibrium GDP

Leakage

Injection

Net Exports

Lump-sum tax

Recessionary expenditure gap

Inflationary expenditure gap

 

Question 30: Sociology

 

‘If you consent to it, then the state should not intervene.’ Critically discuss with reference to female circumcision

 

Question 31: Mathematics

 

1. Calculate the percentage return on a 1-year Treasury bill with a face value of $10,000 if you pay $9,777.46 to purchase it and receive its full face value at maturity.

The percentage return is % Round to decimal place

 

Online Professional Tutoring meets its match at https://www.homeworknest.com  This is by far the tested and most trusted Online College Homework Help /Tutoring Website for College Students in Universities and Colleges across the Globe. Get Online Homework Help, Assignments Help at https://www.homeworknest.com Chat with Your Tutors in Real Time to Get Exam Tutoring Help!